path: root/60482-0.txt

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 60482 ***

STEVE BROWN’S BUNYIP.




  [Illustration: ‘Oh! Good Mister Bunyip,’ he quavered, ‘let’s off
   this oncest.’ (Page 6.)
                                        _Frontispiece_]




                       STEVE BROWN’S BUNYIP

                         And Other Stories


                                BY
                         JOHN ARTHUR BARRY


                    _WITH INTRODUCTORY VERSES_

                                BY
                          RUDYARD KIPLING


                           _NEW EDITION_

  _Author of “In the Great Deep,” “The Luck of the Native Born,”
           “A Son of the Sea,” “Red Lion and Blue Star,”
                    “Old and New Sydney,” etc._


                        N.S.W. BOOKSTALL CO.
                              SYDNEY.
                               1905

                       _All Rights Reserved_




_John Sands, Printer, Sydney._




_CONTENTS._


                                    PAGE
Introduction                          xi

Steve Brown’s Bunyip                   1

Dead Man’s Camp                       11

The Shanghai-ing of Peter Barlow      20

‘Ex Sardanapalus’                     31

‘Mo-Poke’                             51

Keeping School at ‘Dead Finish’       60

‘Number One North Rainbow’            71

The Protection of the ‘Sparrowhawk’   91

The Duke of Silversheen              105

The Officer in Charge                116

‘Sojur Jim’                          123

Far Inland Football                  136

On the Grand Stand                   146

Too Far South                        164

The Mission to Dingo Creek           179

Books at Barracaboo                  192

‘Barton’s Jackaroo’                  208

Told in the ‘Corona’s’ Cabin         229

‘Dot’s Claim’                        265

A Cape Horn Christmas                277




AGAIN.


There have been occasions when, after long rest as a hulk lying in
some land-locked cove, with little of its past history except the name
left in people’s memories, that once again the old ship has been
brought forth, staunch as ever, to perform, it is hoped, faithful
service on the outer seas.

Something of this kind has happened in the case of “Steve Brown’s
Bunyip.” The book has been so long out of print as to perhaps render
any apology for its re-appearance needless. All the more so, as from
many quarters through the years that have elapsed since its
retirement, there have been frequent and kindly enquiries after its
welfare. Also, numerous requests have reached the author that the book
might again be allowed to test the weather of popular opinion, and, if
possible, hold its own as it did aforetime.

Thus, in a new guise, and in a new land, the old “Bunyip,” rejuvenated
and embellished, with, so to speak, colours flying and band playing,
leaves its long rest at moorings, and once more sets sail in modest
confidence that age will not have rendered its timbers less seaworthy,
but rather have preserved and toughened them in such wise as may
enable the old vessel to successfully compete with the modern craft of
her class that have since appeared.

                                       The Author.




_INTRODUCTION._


  There dwells a Wife by the Northern March
    And a wealthy Wife is she.
  She breeds a breed o’ rovin’ men
    And casts them over sea.

  And some they drown in deep water,
    And some in sight of shore;
  And word goes back to the carline Wife
    And ever she sends more.

  For since that Wife had gate or gear,
    Or hearth or garth or bield,
  She wills her sons to the white harvest,
    And that is a bitter yield—

  She wills her sons to the wet ploughing
    To ride the horse o’ tree,
  And syne her sons come home again
    Far spent from out the sea.

  The good Wife’s sons come home again
    Wi’ little into their hands
  But the lear o’ men that ha’ dealt wi’ men
    In the new and naked lands—

  But the faith o’ men that ha’ proven men
    By more than willing breath,
  And the eyes o’ men that ha’ read wi’ men
    In the open books o’ Death.

  Rich are they, rich in wonders seen,
    But poor in the goods o’ men:
  And what they ha’ got by the skin o’ their teeth
    They sell for their teeth again.

  Ay, whether they lose to the naked life,
    Or win to their hearts’ desire,
  They tell it all to the carline Wife
    That nods beside the fire.

  Her hearth is wide to every gust
    That gars the dead ash spin—
  And tide by tide and ’twixt the tides
    Her sons go out and in.

  [Out in great mirth that do desire
    Hazard of trackless ways,
  In wi’ great peace to wait their watch
    And warm before the blaze.]

  And some return in broken sleep
    And some in waking dream,
  For she hears the heels o’ the dripping ghosts
    That ride the long roof-beam.

  Home—they come home from all the seas—
    The living and the dead—
  The good Wife’s sons come home again
    For her blessing on their head.

                                       Rudyard Kipling.




_Steve Brown’s Bunyip._




STEVE BROWN’S BUNYIP.


The general opinion of those who felt called upon to give it was that
Steve Brown, of the Scrubby Corner, ‘wasn’t any chop.’

Not that, on the surface, there seemed much evidence confirmatory of
such a verdict—rather, indeed, the contrary.

If a traveller, drover or teamster lost his stock, Steve, after a long
and arduous search, was invariably the first man to come across the
missing animals—provided the reward was high enough.

Yet, in spite of this useful gift of discovery, its owner was neither
liked nor trusted. Uncharitable people—especially the ones whom he
took such trouble to oblige—would persist in hinting that none knew so
well where to find as those that hid.

All sorts of odds and ends, too, from an unbranded calf to a
sheepskin, from a new tarpaulin to a pair of hobbles, had a curious
knack of disappearing within a circuit of fifty miles of the Browns’
residence.

In appearance, Steve was long, lathy, awkward and freckled, also
utterly ignorant of all things good for man to know.

Suspicious, sly and unscrupulous, just able by a sort of instinct to
decipher a brand on an animal, he was a thorough specimen of the very
worst type of far inland Australian Bush Native, and only those who
have met him can possibly imagine what that means.

Years ago, his parents, fresh from the wilds of Connemara, had
squatted on this forest reserve of Scrubby Corner. How they managed to
live was a mystery. But they were never disturbed; and in time they
died, leaving Steve, then eighteen, to shift for himself, by virtue of
acquired knowledge.

Shortly after the death of his mother, he took unto himself the
daughter of an old shepherd on a run adjoining—a fit match in every
way—and continued to keep house in the ramshackle shanty in the heart
of the Corner.

He had never been known to do a day’s work if he could possibly get
out of it; much preferring to pick up a precarious living by ‘trading’
stock, ‘finding’ stragglers, and in other ways even less honest than
the last, but which nobody, so far, had taken the trouble of bringing
home to him.

       *       *       *       *       *

It was Sunday, and the caravan was spelling for the day.

Greg, having had his dinner—only a half ration, as feed was scarce—and
feeling but little inclined for a chat with the tiger, or the lion, or
the bear, or any other of the sulky, brooding creatures behind the
iron bars, whom he saw every day, and of whose company he was heartily
tired, took it into his great head to have a look at the country.

So, unperceived of Hassan Ali, who was fast asleep in the hot
sunshine, or any of the rest dozing in the tents, Greg, plucking a
wattle up by the roots to keep the flies off, sauntered quietly away.
He was not impressed by inland Australia. In the first place it was
hot and dusty, also the flies were even worse than in his native
Ceylon. Nor, so far as he could discover, was there anything to
chew—that is—no tender banana stems, no patches of young rice or
succulent cane. All that he tried tasted bitter, tasted of gum,
peppermint, or similar abominations. He spat them out with a grunt of
disgust, and meandered on.

Presently the scrub grew thicker, and, heated more than ever by the
exertion of pushing his huge body through an undergrowth of pine and
wattle, he hailed with delight the sight of a big waterhole, still and
dark, in the very heart of it. Descending the slope at the far side of
the thickly-grassed, open glade, Steve Brown, driving a couple of
‘lost’ horses, paused in dismay and astonishment at sight of the
immense beast, black, shining wetly, and sending up thick jets of
water into the sunlight to an accompaniment of a continuous series of
grunts and rumbling noises.

‘_Hrrmp! hrrmp!_’ blared Greg, in friendly greeting, as he caught
sight of the figure staring fascinated.

And then he laughed to himself as he saw how the loose horses,
snorting with terror, galloped off one way, and the horseman another.

But it was getting late; so, coming out of the water, and striking a
well-beaten pad, he followed it. Supper time was approaching, and he
kept his ears open for the shrill cry of Hassan Ali.

Meanwhile Steve had made a bee-line on the spur for home, with some
vague idea surging through his dull brain of having caught a glimpse
of an Avenging Power. It is mostly in this way that anything of the
sort strikes the uneducated conscience.

‘What’s the matter now?’ asked his wife as he entered, pale, and with
hurried steps. ‘You looks pretty badly scared. Did the traps spot yer
a-plantin’ them mokes, or what?’

‘Traps be hanged!’ replied Steve. ‘I seen somethin’ wuss nor traps. I
seen the bunyip down at the big waterhole.’

‘Gam, yer fool!’ exclaimed his wife, who was tall, thin, sharp-faced,
and freckled, like himself. ‘What are you a-givin’ us now? Why, yer
gittin’ wuss nor a black fellow wi’ yer bunyips!’

‘Well,’ said Steve, fanning himself with his old cabbage-tree hat, and
glancing nervously out of the door, ‘I’ll tell yer how it was. Ye
knows as how I dropped acrost that darkey’s mokes when he was camped
at the Ten Mile. Well, o’ course, I takes ’em to the water in the
scrub—you knows the shop—intendin’ to hobble ’em out till such time as
inquiries come this road. Well, jist as I gets in sight o’ the water I
seen, right in the middle of it, I seen—I seen—’ but here he paused
dead for want of a vocabulary.

‘Well, thick-head, an’ wot was it ye seed—yer own hugly shadder, I
s’pose?’ said Mrs Brown, as she caught up and slapped the baby playing
with a pumpkin on the floor. ‘Look better on yer, it would, to wind me
up a turn o’ water, an’ it washin’ day to-morrer, ’stead o’ comin’
pitchin’ fairy stories.’

‘It warn’t,’ replied Steve, taking no notice of the latter part of her
speech. ‘But it was as big—ay, an’ a lot bigger’n this hut. All black,
an’ no hair it was; an’ ’t’ad two white tushes’s, long as my leg, only
crookt, an’ a snout like a big snake, an’ it were a-spoutin’ water
forty foot high, and soon’s it seen me it bellered agin and agin.’

‘You bin over to Walmsley’s shanty to-day?’ asked his wife, looking
hard at his pale face and staring eyes.

‘No, s’elp me!’ replied Steve; ‘not fer a month or more! An’ yer
knows, Mariar, as it aint very often I touches a drop o’ ennythin’
when I does go over.’ Which was strictly true, for Steve was an
abstemious rogue.

‘Well, then, you’ve got a stroke o’ the sun,’ said his better-half,
dogmatically, ‘an’ you’d best take a dose of salts at oncest, afore ye
goes off yer ’ead wuss.’

‘_Hrrmp! hrrmp! hrrmp!_’ trumpeted Greg cheerfully, as at this moment,
interposing his huge bulk before the setting sun, he looked in at the
back door with twinkling eyes.

With a scream the woman, snatching up her child, bolted into the
bedroom, leaving Steve quaking in an ecstasy of terror, as Greg,
spying the pumpkin, deftly reached in with his trunk and asked for it
with an insinuating grunt.

But Steve, pretty certain that it was himself who was wanted, and that
his time had come at last, tumbled off the stool and grovelled before
the Unknown Terror.

Without coming in further, Greg could not get within a foot of the
coveted article. To come in further would be to lift the house on his
shoulders, so Greg hesitated.

For ten years—long ago in the days of his youth—he had been a member
of the Ceylon Civil Service, and had learnt discipline and respect for
the constituted authorities. Also, besides being chief constable of
his fellows, he had been a favourite at headquarters, had borne
royalty itself, and was even named after Governor Gregory. Therefore,
hungry as he was, Greg hesitated about demolishing a house for the
sake of a pumpkin; but Steve, now on his knees in the middle of the
floor, with that curling, snakelike thing twisting and twitching
before his eyes, knew less than nothing of all this.

Had he been able, he would doubtless have prayed in an orthodox manner
to be delivered out of the clutches of the Evil One. Being unable to
pray, he did the best he could, which was indifferent.

‘Oh good Mister Bunyip,’ he quavered, ‘let’s off this oncest, an’ I’ll
takes them mokes back to the nigger. I’ll give up them two unbranded
foals as I shook off the carrier larst week, likewise the bag o’ flour
off his waggin. If yer’ll go away, Mr Bunyip, I’ll never plant nor
shake nothin’ no more. I won’t—s’elp me! An’ if yer’ll go back
quiet’—here the wall-plate began to crack, and Steve’s voice to rise
into a howl—‘I’ll promise faithful never to come next anigh yer
waterhole over yonder to plant hosses.’

As he concluded, Greg, having at length jammed his big head in far
enough to just reach the pumpkin with his trunk, withdrew, taking both
doorposts with him.

‘He’s gone, Mariar,’ said Steve, after a pause, wiping his wet face;
‘but it wor the narriest squeak you ever seed. Took nothin’, he
didn’t, only that punkin as was on the floor. Tell you wot,’ as his
wife came trembling out of the other room, ‘we’re a-goin’ to shift
camp. Neighbours o’ that sort ain’t ter be played with. Ain’t it a
wonder, bein’ so handy like, as he never come afore? I knows how it
was, now!’ he exclaimed, a happy inspiration seizing him. ‘It were all
through them two larst cussed mokes! The feller as owns ’em’s a flash
blackfeller shearer. I had a pitch with him the night afore an’ he
reckons as how he’d just cut out ov a big shed on the Marthaguy. So I
sez to myself, “You’re good enough, ole chap, fer a fiver, ennyhow.”’

‘What’s that got to do with it?’ asked his wife softly, regarding the
crushed doorway with affrighted face.

‘Don’t yer see? The bunyip’s the blackfeller’s Devil. Ole Billy Barlow
tell’d me oncest as he seen the head ov one rise up out of a lagoon.
I’ll have to fossick up them mokes, Mariar, an’ take ’em to that
darkey straight away, afore wuss ’appens. S-sh, sh-sh! Wot’s that?’

It was Greg, who wanted his supper badly, and was soliloquising at the
other end of the hut. He had been down to a little fenced-in paling
paddock on the flat, and, looking over, to his delight had seen a crop
of maize, sweet and juicy and not too ripe, also more pumpkins.

But with the love of the law and the memory of discipline still strong
in him, he had returned to ask permission of the owner—the stupid
white man who sat in his hut and talked nonsense. And now he was
holding council with himself how best to make the fool understand that
he was hungry, and wanted for his supper something more than a
solitary pumpkin.

Hassan Ali, he knew, had but dried hay and the rinds of melons to give
him. Here, indeed, was a delectable change, and Greg’s mouth watered
as he gurgled gently in at the opening which did duty for a window,
and close to which the family crouched in terror.

Why could not the stupid fellow understand? Could it be that he and
his were deaf? A bright idea, and one to be acted upon, this last!

Therefore, carefully lifting up and displacing half the bark roof,
Greg looked benignly down and trumpeted mightily until the hut shook
as with an earthquake, and the whole land seemed to vibrate, whilst
his audience grovelled speechless. Then, finding no resulting effect,
and secure in the sense of having done his uttermost to make himself
understood, he went off with a clear conscience to the corn-patch and
luxuriated.

‘It ain’t no bunyip, Steve,’ wailed his wife, as they heard the
retreating steps; ‘it’s the “Destryin’ Hangel” as I heerd a parson
talk on oncest when I was a kid, an’ that wor the “Last Tramp”—the
noise wot shows as the world is comin’ to an ind. It ain’t no use o’
runnin’. We’re all agoin’ to git burnt up wi’ fire an’ bremston! Look
out, Steve, an’ see if there’s a big light ennywheres.’

‘Sha’n’t,’ replied Steve. ‘Wot’s the good? If it’s the end o’ the
world, wot’s the use o’ lookin’? An’ I b’lieve ’ere’s yer blasted
Hangel a-comin’ agen!’

Sure enough, Greg, having had a snack, was returning just to assure
the folk that he was doing well; that his belly was half full, and
that he was enjoying himself immensely.

So he _hrrmped_ softly round about in the darkness, and scratched his
sides against the rough stone fireplace, and took off one of the
rafters for a toothpick, and rumbled and gurgled meditatively, feeling
that if he could only drop across a couple of quarts of toddy, as in
the old Island days, his would be perfect bliss.

All through the hot summer night he passed at intervals from the
paddock to the house and back, and all the night those others lay and
shivered, and waited for the horror of the Unknown.

Then, a little after sunrise, a long, loud, shrill call was heard,
answered on the instant by a sustained hoarse blare, as Greg
recognised the cry of his mahout and keeper.

And presently Steve, plucking up courage in the light, arose, and,
looking out, shouted to his wife triumphantly,—

‘Now, then, Mariar, who’s right about the bunyip! There he goes off
home to the waterhole with a black nigger on his back!’




DEAD MAN’S CAMP.


One lurid summer, in 1873, I was crossing over from Saint George’s
Bridge, on the Balonne, to Mitchell, on the Maranoa. I had been to a
rush at Malawal, N.S.W., but as it proved a rank duffer, got up by the
local storekeepers in a last effort to keep the township in existence,
I made back again by ‘The Bridge,’ on chance of getting a job of
droving with some of the mobs of sheep or cattle always passing
through the Border town, bound south from the Central and Gulf
stations.

Queenslanders will remember that summer, on certain days of which men
were stricken down in dozens, and birds fell dead off the trees in the
fierce heat.

There is no drearier track in Australia than the one I speak of—all
pine-scrub, too thick for a dog to bark in, and the rest sand and
ant-hills.

There was nothing doing just then in ‘The Bridge,’ so I pushed on for
the Maranoa. It was only the beginning of summer, and I reckoned on
finding water twenty-five miles along the track, at a hole in the
Wullumgudgeree Creek, known of aforetime.

It was a dismal ride, with nothing but walls of close-set scrub on
each side, and sand, heavy underfoot, and glaring ahead. Even the
horses seemed to feel its influence as they ploughed along, heads
bent down, coats black with sweat, and big clusters of flies swarming
thickly at their leather eye-guards. Even one’s own close-knit veil
was but poor protection, for the pests gathered on it in such numbers
as to almost obscure the sight. The flies and mosquitoes were a
caution that summer. However, shogging steadily on, with a pull at the
water-bag now and then, I at length reached the creek, dry as a bone
where it crossed the road. But, following it down through the scrub, I
found the hole, pretty muddy and fast diminishing. Nor was it improved
by the dog and the pack-horse rushing into it and rolling before I
could stop them.

The sun was setting, a big red ball, over the tops of the pines as I
hobbled out, pitched the tent on one side of the round open space, lit
a fire, and slung the billy. There was not bad picking for the horses,
and as I belled the pack I fervently trusted they would not stray far
in such a God-forsaken spot.

After supper—damper, mutton and sardines, washed down by tea, boiled,
skimmed and strained three times before coming to table—I felt pretty
comfortable, and lay down with my head on one of the swags to enjoy a
smoke and fight the mosquitoes, who were beginning to sample freely.
The sun had set, but the moon, big, yellow and hot-looking, hung in a
hazy sky.

But for the buzzing of the insects and the snoring of the dog, fast
asleep in a deep hole scratched in the sand, everything was very
quiet. The thick scrub into which the horses had retreated deadened
the sound of the bell.

Presently, however, evidently compassionating my lonely state, a
little bird, after partaking of the remnants of my supper, came and
perched on the ridge-pole of the tent, and piped forth at short
intervals in a shrill monotone. ‘Sweet, pretty creature! Pretty,
sweet, little creature!’ He was company of a sort, spite of his
egoism. But there was other toward.

The flies had, ere this, gone to roost, but the mosquitoes were
troublesome. They had also taken anticipatory possession of the tent.
Burning some old rags, I cleared them out of that, fixed up the
netting, and was preparing to turn in, when I heard the sound of hoofs
coming thump, thump, down the dry creek bed. The dog, awaking, barked
loudly, and in a minute or two a man and a woman rode into the bright
firelight. They each had a big swag in front of them; and at a glance
I saw that their horses were not only well-bred, but had come far and
fast.

‘Water!’ exclaimed the man.

I gave him some; and he lifted the woman off and handed her the mug.

‘We’re travellin’, mate,’ said he, as I helped him to unsaddle. ‘Got
bushed atween ’ere an’ the Maranoa. A bit o’ damned bad country!’

He had not come from that direction at all; but in such a scrub all
directions were much alike. And, anyhow, it was no business of mine.
They had plenty of tucker, and I put the billy on again.

As the woman stood at the fire, holding up her riding-dress with one
hand and with the other hastily fastening some stray braids of long
hair that had come adrift, I saw that she was a fresh-faced,
pleasant-featured girl of about eighteen or nineteen. As she presently
dropped her skirt, took off her hat, and used both hands to her hair,
I noticed by the flickering light a red, angry-looking scar extending
from the bridge of the nose up to and across the left eyebrow.

Her companion was a type I knew well. A cattleman all over, from the
long, lean, curved legs of him to the sharp-eyed, tanned, resolute
face. And from the swag I saw sticking out the curiously-carved handle
of a stockwhip. They both seemed weary and thoughtful, and after
supper I offered them the shelter of the tent. The man thanked me.

‘The missus,’ said he, ‘’ll be only too glad of the chance. She ain’t
much used to campin’ out.’

So they lugged their belongings inside, whilst, making up the fire,
and throwing some green bushes on it to drive the skeeters away, I
laid on my blankets, with the pack-saddle for a pillow, and the dog at
my feet.

Awaking about midnight, as most bushmen do, I saw that big clouds were
sailing fast across the moon. The air had become rather chilly, and,
throwing more wood on the fire, I stood warming myself and filling my
pipe. The dog, also getting up, yawned sleepily, and came and gazed
into the blaze. The little bird from the ridge-pole still chirped its
eulogistic call, but drowsily, and with effort, as of one who nods and
winks. From the scrub came the faint tinkling of bells, showing that
the horses were feeding steadily.

Suddenly the silence was broken by the peculiar long, rumbling whinny
with which a straggling horse greets the presence of others. Then I
heard the hobble-chains clanking as our horses galloped up to inspect
the newcomer. Then ensued a short pause, followed by the sound of a
wild snorting stampede as they crashed away, their hobbles jingling
and bells ringing furiously through the scrub.

‘Bother!’ thought I, as the noise grew fainter and fainter, ‘that
means, most likely, a long walk in the morning. Hang all brombees!’

Preparing to lie down again, in not the best of tempers, I became
aware of at least one horse steadily making towards the camp. As the
steps approached, the dog, growling low, and with every hair
bristling, backed towards the tent. A cold feeling of disquiet and
nervousness took possession of me as I saw this.

Turning from watching the animal, my eye caught a dark mass between
scrub and fire. Just then the moon shone out from behind a bank, and,
not ten yards away, stood a horseman, his head drooping on his chest,
his body rocking slightly in the saddle.

I gave a sigh of relief. Drunken riders are common enough in the Bush.
And, with all trepidation vanished, I sang out gruffly enough,—

‘Better get off, mate, before you fall off! Come and have a drink of
tea!’

He would be a nuisance, of course, with the inevitable bottle of rum
in his swag, and in his person all the loathsome imbecility
inseparable from the sobering-up process. But, as an institution, he
had to be attended to.

And I repeated my invitation irritably to him, sitting there in the
bright moonlight, one hand grasping the reins, the other resting on
the wither, his chin on his breast, staring fixedly at me from under
the broad-leafed hat.

‘Oh,’ I muttered, ‘you drunken brute! I’ve got to lift you down, have
I! About all you’re fit for is to frighten people’s horses away.’

The dog, only his head protruding from under the tent, kept up a long,
snarling, choking growl, broken by gasps for fresh breath.

Advancing, I placed my hand upon the horseman’s. It was like ice.
Looking up, I saw a black-whiskered face, ashen-grey under the
hat-leaf, and apparently leaning forward to gaze into mine out of
wide-open, staring, glassy eyes.

Suddenly, realising the meaning of the thing, I ran to one side and
shouted hurriedly—I know not what.

Then I heard someone in the tent cursing the dog, who yelped, as from
a kick, and, presently, the stranger came out and walked up to the
fire. Standing away, and in deep shadow, he did not see me. But,
catching sight of that dread rider, sitting motionless, he went over
and peered into its face.

Then with a tremendous oath he sprang back, and I could see his
sharp-cut features working with emotion as he exclaimed, ‘George! What
game’s this?’

Advancing again he stroked the horse, and, as I had done, placed one
of his hands on that other so cold one.

Apparently convinced, he ran into the tent, whence came in a minute an
excited murmur of voices.

A heavy cloud was across the moon, but I could make out the pair
fumbling for their bridles amongst a heap of saddlery at the foot of a
sapling.

Meanwhile the horse was making ineffectual tugs at the bridle to get
its head down to some dry tussocks growing near. But all its straining
could not relax by one inch the steel-like grip of those dead fingers.
Only the corpse at each jerk nodded in a ghastly cordial sort of
fashion.

Presently, moonlight filled the little plain again, and the horse,
growing impatient, turned and made off towards the sound of the
distant bells.

Taking heart of grace, I ran up and caught it. As I led it back I
noticed that the rider’s legs were bound tightly to the saddle by
straps passed from the front D’s over the thighs to the ones on the
cantle.

As I began to undo them I saw the man slinging off into the scrub with
the woman at his heels. I shouted to them. But they took no notice.

Working away at the knots and buckles, the chin-strap slipped, the jaw
fell, and the gleaming teeth showed in such an awful grin that I
involuntarily stepped back.

Now the hat tumbled off, revealing the features of a young man with
coal-black hair and moustache, and beard flecked with spots of dry
white foam.

Even at its best, I should have called it a hard, cruel face. It was
simply hideous now.

As I stood irresolutely staring, a voice behind me made me jump. It
was the woman.

‘Here,’ she said, as with trembling fingers she essayed to loosen the
dead grasp on the reins, ‘I’ll help you. He was a real bad un! But he
couldn’t scare me when he were alive, an’ I aint goin’ to let him do
it now. See’ (pointing to the cut on her forehead), ‘this is the last
thing he done. Slip your knife through them reins,’ she continued.
‘He’s had a fit, or a stroke o’ the sun, an’ he’ll never slacken his
grip, no more’n he would my throat if he could ha’ got hold on it. He
was my husband; an’ jealous of his own shadder. But I never minded
much till he took to knockin’ me about. I couldn’t stand that. So I
cleared with Jim yonder.’

By this, we had undone the saddle and breast-plate straps with which
the man, feeling himself mortally struck, and wishful to avoid falling
off and lying there to rot in that wild scrub, had, in perhaps his
last agony, tied himself to the saddle. And between us we let him
slide gently down on to the sand, whilst the horse shook itself,
sniffed unconcernedly at the body, and wandered away to the others.

For a while she stood gazing on the thing as it lay there with stiffly
curved legs and upturned glassy eyes.

Then she smiled a little out of a white face, set hard with horror and
detestation, saying,—

‘After all, perhaps, he thought a lot of me!’ And, going to the tent,
she returned with a blanket, and carefully spread it over the corpse.

Then, as the man came up with the horses and began to saddle them, she
said, holding out her hand,—

‘So long! an’ many thanks. You’ve bin a real right bower. We’re
a-goin’ into the Bridge, an’ we’ll send the traps out, all square an’
fair. So long! agen.’

‘So long, mate!’ shouted the man, with a tremor in his voice lacking
in the woman’s. And then they rode away, two dark shapes against the
moonlit scrub.

‘Died by the visitation of God,’ said the Coroner’s Jury.

‘Served him damned well right!’ said the district generally, who knew
the story.

But travellers along the Maranoa track make a point of giving ‘Dead
Man’s Camp’ a very wide berth.




THE SHANGHAI-ING OF PETER BARLOW.


‘Yes, Peter, no doubt they’re a couple of fine colts, and should make
good steppers. I hope you’ll have them well broken in for the drag by
the time I return. Then, with the other pair of browns, they ought to
turn out about the smartest four-in-hand in the district.’

‘Goin’ away, sir?’ asked Peter Barlow, Head Stockman and Chief of
Horse at Wicklow Downs.

‘Yes, Peter; I’m thinking of taking a trip to the Old Country,’
replied Mr Forrest, owner of the big cattle station on the border. ‘I
mean to take Mrs Forrest and the children, and be away twelve months;
so you’ll have plenty of time to fix up a team. We start in three
weeks from to-day.’

‘Well, sir,’ said Peter, ‘afore you goes I shouldn’t mind takin’ a
spell down country myself, if you haven’t no objection.’

His employer turned sharply round from the horse-yard rail, and looked
at the young fellow.

Twenty-five, born on the station, an orphan, fairly steady, very
useful, the best rough-rider in the district, never more than fifty
miles away from home in his life. Such was the record of Peter Barlow,
who chewed a straw, and smiled as he noticed his master’s surprise.

‘Why, what’s bitten you, my lad,’ said the latter, ‘that you want to
get away amongst the spielers and forties of the big smoke? Isn’t
Combington large enough for a spree?’

‘Well, sir,’ replied Peter, rather sheepishly, ‘you see, they’re
always a-poking borack an’ a-chiackin’ o’ me over in the hut because
I’ve never seed nothin’. There’s chaps there as has been everywheres,
an’ can talk nineteen to the dozen o’ the things they’ve gone through,
an’ me a-settin’ listenin’ like a stuffed dummy.’

‘I see, Peter,’ said Mr Forrest, laughing, ‘you want to travel.
“Home-keeping youths have ever homely wits,” eh, Peter? Believe me, my
lad, for all that, you’re better off as you are, notwithstanding the
gas of those other fellows. However, you may take a month if you like.
I think, though, that you’ll be glad to get back in the half of it.
But how would it do for you to come down with us? I shall be staying
in town for a week or so, and could often see you, and that you didn’t
get into any mischief.’

But Peter shook his head sagely, saying,—

‘You see, sir, I’d like to git back in about a fortnight or so.
There’s that lot o’ calves in the heifer paddock to be weaned, an’
that last lot o’ foals ’ll want brandin’, an’—’

‘All right, Peter, my boy,’ interrupted the squatter, laughing again.
‘Put money in thy purse, go forth and see the world. Only, when
you’re tired, don’t forget the track back to the old station.’

So, after a day or two, Peter rode 150 miles to the railway terminus,
and, leaving his horse in a paddock, embarked on a very strange
adventure, and one that will be handed down with ever-increasing
embroidery to each generation of Barlows, until, in time, the
narrative overshadows that of Munchausen. It would be tedious to
attempt to depict Peter’s astonishment at the first sight of steam. As
a matter of fact, he was not a bit surprised—or, if he was, he didn’t
show it. It takes more than the first sight of an express train to
upset the marvellous stoicism, or adaptability—which is it?—of the
Native-Born. It takes all that subsequently befel to do so. Peter
arrived in safety at the first large inland town. Here he tarried
awhile and enjoyed himself after the manner of his kind. He stared
into shop windows; went to a race meeting, and there lost five pounds
to a monte man. With a dim notion percolating under his cabbage-tree
that he had been cheated, he made a furious attack on both man and
table. Sequel—five shillings or twenty-four hours. This, now, was
something like life! Would he not soon be able to ruffle it with the
loudest of them on his return?

After this exploit Peter decided to proceed on his travels.

His first emotion of expressed surprise was displayed at sight of the
sea. As the train ran along the embankment, and the stretch of water
studded with ships’ masts caught his eye, he exclaimed,—

‘By Jinks! that’s a thunderin’ big lagoon if yer likes. But what’s
all that dead timber a-stickin’ up in it? Must ha’ been a good-sized
flood hereabout!’

Then his fellow-travellers laughed; and Peter, abashed, withdrew into
himself, but stared steadily over that wondrous expanse of water whose
like so far exceeded his imaginings.

At the port Fate led him—of all people in the world—to put up at a
sailors’ boarding-house. And here, for the first time in his life, he
found himself an oracle.

Many sailors ‘go up the Bush.’ But those who get so far as where Peter
hailed from seldom or never return to the sea.

Therefore, no one criticising, wondrous were the yarns he spun to an
ever-shifting audience of all nations. Wondrous yarns of fierce
blacks, of men perishing of thirst and hunger in the lonely bush, of
wild cattle, of bucking horses, of the far inland life. And, in
return, they told him tales of the stormy seas, and drank heartily at
his expense. The port was busy, wages high, and men scarce. But
Peter’s audience never failed him. The fame of the ‘Jolly Bushman down
at Gallagher’s’ had spread about the shipping, and whole crews used to
drop in of an evening to listen to Peter and drink his beer and rum.

It would have taken a longer purse than Peter’s to stand this kind of
thing.

He had put aside enough money to take him back, and now he resolved to
travel no further. He had heard and seen sufficient; and, above all,
been listened to with deference and attention.

Besides, had he not been on board of ships and there drank rum of
such strength as made his very hair stand on end; and eaten biscuits
and salt junk.

Moreover, once his friends had taken him out and away upon the
‘lagoon,’ away so far, than when he looked for his native land he
beheld it not. Then the water, hitherto smooth, gradually began to
heave and swell into hills as tall as the Wonga Ranges, and,
presently, he fell deadly sick and lay in the salt water in the boat’s
bottom, feeling as if the very soul-bolts were being wrenched out of
him.

Afterwards his friends had apologised, and said something about ‘a
squall.’ But Peter would venture no more.

These things, and many others, would he have to tell. Also the time
was approaching for the weaning of calves and branding of foals. He
had spent nearly all his money. But that did not trouble him. For the
future he must be a bold man who, in the hut, or on the run, could
snub Peter Barlow. One last jovial evening he and his sea-friends
would have together, and then, hey for the far-inland scrubs and
rolling downs.

So far as Peter recollected, it _was_ a jovial evening. He had sung
his famous ballad of ‘The Wild Australian Boy,’ applauded to the echo
as he had never been at home. He had drunk healths innumerable in
divers liquors; had accepted as much strong ‘niggerhead’ in parting
gifts—it was all they possessed—as would have stocked a tobacconist’s
shop, and seen the last guest lurch out into the night.

Then Gallagher had proposed one more drink, ‘for luck!’ After
that—oblivion.

       *       *       *       *       *

When Peter awoke, his first thought was that he must have fallen
asleep in the saddle, as he had done before now when camping out with
cattle from the back of the run.

But, on this occasion, his throat was hot and dry, and his head full
of ringing bells. Raising himself, he bumped his nose sharply, and
fell back to consider.

It was almost dark, and he could hear a noise of wind and of rushing
waters. Also he felt a rocking motion which assuredly was not that of
a feeding horse.

He had heard the same sounds and felt the same motion recently, but he
could not recollect when. Presently a door slid open, and a flood of
sunshine came in, with a black face in the midst of it.

‘Ahi,’ said a voice, as Peter blinked at its owner. ‘You ’wake now,
eh? Copper hot, I ’spect? Have drink?’ and the speaker handed up a
hook-pot full of water.

Peter drank copiously, and made shift to get out.

‘Where the blazes am I?’ he exclaimed, weak and trembling all over, as
his feet touched the deck.

‘Barque _John F. Harkins_, o’ Boston, State o’ Maine. I’m de doctor.
Guess you’ve been shanghaied. Best come out afore de greaser gets
mad.’

This was Greek to poor Peter. But, stumbling over the door-sill, he
gazed about him with a wildly-amazed look, which made the negro cook
grin more widely than ever.

All around was blue water, blue water from where it touched the
sky-line to where, close to him, it rushed swiftly past, curling,
white-tipped. Above his head acres of snowy canvas bellied in graceful
curves aloft into a blue sky; everywhere a maze of ropes and gear,
crossed and re-crossed like the threads of a spider’s web.

Peter gasped. He was astonished and dismayed too deeply for words; and
at the expression of his face the darkey laughed outright.

The ship giving a sudden lurch, he staggered, slipped over to leeward,
and clutched a belaying pin. Then he heard a bell strike somewhere.
Then men came out of a hole in the deck near by, and one, staring
hard, exclaimed,—

‘Why, damn my rags, if this ain’t the Jolly Bushman come to sea!’

‘What!’ shouted the mate, walking for’ard to meet his watch. ‘Isn’t he
a sailor-man?’

‘Nary sailor-man,’ replied the other. ‘He’s a fellow from the
country—a good sort o’ chap—but as green’s they make ’em as regards o’
salt water.’

‘Damn that Gallagher!’ exclaimed the officer. ‘He brought the coon
aboard, an’ got the bounty, swearin’ he was a shellback all over—blood
Stockholm tar, and every hair on his head a rope yarn! If ever we
fetch Coalport again I’ll skin that Irish thief!’

So also affirmed the captain of the _John F. Harkins_, who was out of
pocket a month’s advance, besides two pounds “head money,” to the
crimp who had netted poor Peter.

Luckily, very luckily for Peter, he had not fallen into the hands of a
set of ‘white-washed Americans,’ half Irish, half anything,
proficients in the art of sea-bullying, and in the use of revolvers
and knuckle-dusters.

The officers and most of the men of the _John F._ were genuine
Down-Easters, natives of Salem, Martha’s Vineyard, and thereabout,
shrewd and kindly people; and, though all naturally indignant at the
trick played upon them, too just to visit their wrath on its
unfortunate object.

Presently Peter was recognised by the steward, who had tasted of his
hospitality ashore, and who now, seeing the poor fellow still
suffering from the effects of the narcotic administered in that last
‘for luck’ drink of scamp Gallagher’s, put him to bed and brought him
restoratives. So, in due course, Peter became his own man again, and
got fine-weather sea-legs upon him, and would have been comparatively
happy but for thoughts of those far-away calves and foals, and the
clumsy fingers of a certain assistant stockman. They taught him how to
sweep decks, coil up ropes, and make sinnet. They also coaxed him
aloft; but he never could get further up the rigging than the
futtock-shrouds. There he stuck helplessly, and over them he never
went. He was young and light and active; but, somehow, he couldn’t
bend his body outward into empty air and trust its weight to a little
bit of rope no thicker than a clothes-line. It didn’t seem natural.
One cannot make a sailor at twenty-five.

The _John F._ was bound for Colombo, thence to Hamburg, and, so far,
everything had been fine sailing. But one day a dead-ahead gale arose
and blew fiercely for three days.

Then it was that Peter began to realise earnestly what he had before
but dimly suspected, viz., that on such an occasion one foot of dry
land is worth ten thousand acres of foaming ocean. Easier by far would
it have been for him to sit the roughest colt that ever bucked than to
stand a minute erect on the barque’s deck.

Of such jumping and rearing, plunging and swerving, Peter had
possessed no conception before, except in the saddle. There, however,
he would have been comparatively safe. Here he was tossed about
apparently at the pleasure of the great creature beneath him—one
minute on to the back of his head, the next in the lee-scuppers. When
he arose, dripping and grasping blindly for support, the rushing past
of big seas, the wild, stern hum in the strained rigging, the roar of
the blast in the bellies of the tugging topsails, and the swirling of
green water round his legs, so bewildered him that he was unable to
distinguish one end of the ship from the other.

Under the circumstances, he did the wisest thing he could, and turned
into his bunk. There he lay, and wondered with all his might why men
should go to sea.

On the fourth day, the gale moderating, they made sail again. During
this operation an unfortunate A.B. fell from the main-yard, and broke
his leg. The captain did his best, but he was, like the rest, quite
unskilled, and the poor fellow lay in agony. Two days after this, when
nearly a calm, the mate roused the skipper out of a nap with,—

‘Here’s one of them big packet boats a-overhaulin’ us, sir.’

‘Well,’ replied the skipper sleepily, ‘what about it? Let her rip. I
don’t want her. Wish we had her wind, that’s all.’

‘Poor Bill’s leg, sir,’ answered the other.

‘Why, of course; I forgot,’ said the skipper. ‘Stop the beggar, by all
manner of means. She’ll have a doctor, an’ ice, an’ all sorts o’
fixin’s on board. Run the gridiron half-mast, Mr Stokes. They packets
don’t care much about losin’ time for sich a trifle as a broken leg,
but thet oughter ease her down.’

And so it did. No sooner was the American flag seen flying half-way up
the signal halliards than the steamer kept away, and came thundering
down upon the barque.

‘What’s the matter?’ shouted someone, as she slowed nearly alongside.

‘A doctor!’ roared the mate. ‘Man very bad with a broken leg!’

‘Send him on board, and look smart,’ was the reply.

So a boat was lowered, and amongst its crew was Peter Barlow, who,
from the first, had been told off to attend the injured man, and who
assisted to carry him up the gangway-ladder of the R.M.S. _Barcelona_.

‘Umph, umph,’ said the surgeon; ‘he’ll have to stay here if he wants
to save his leg.’ Then to Peter, ‘Off you go back, my lad, and get his
kit and what money’s coming to him. It’ll be many a long day before he
sails the sea again.’

But Peter, whose eyes had been roving over the surrounding crowd,
suddenly, to the medico’s astonishment, shouting,—‘The boss, by G—d!’
rushed through the people, and, regardless of appearances, seized a
gentleman’s hand and shook it frantically, exclaiming,—

‘Oh, Mr Forrest, sir, don’t you know me? I’m Peter, sir—Peter Barlow,
from the ole station. I’ve been shanghaied an’ locussed away to sea,
an’ I wants to git back home again!’

Mr Forrest was more astonished than Peter at such a meeting. Matters,
however, were soon arranged.

Peter went on to Colombo in the _Barcelona_, and, in a fortnight,
joining another boat, duly arrived at Wicklow Downs, whence he has
never since stirred.

And, if the reader chance one day to journey thither, he may hear at
first hand this story, embellished with breezy Bush idioms and phrases
that render it infinitely more graphic and stirring a version, but
which, somehow, do not read well in type.




‘EX SARDANAPALUS.’


‘Make it eight bells! Go below, the starboard watch!’

A few minutes later, and eight men sat on eight sea-chests, looking
hungrily across at one another. Between them lay an empty meat-kid.[1]
In a box alongside were some biscuits, black and honeycombed with
weevil-holes. Dinner was over in the _Sardanapalus’_ fo’c’stle, but
still her starboard watch glared hungrily at each other.

  [Footnote 1: Small wooden tub.]

‘I’ve lost two good stone since I jined this starvation hooker!’
presently growled one. ‘I ain’t never full, and I kin feel them cussed
worms out o’ the bread a-crawlin’ about in my stummick like so many
snakeses.’

‘Same ’ere, matey,’ chimed in another. ‘A mouthful o’ salt horse an’ a
bite o’ rotten bread for breakfus, ditto for dinner, an’ a soldier’s
supper;[2] with lime-juice an’ winegar chucked in, according to the
Hack,[3] ain’t to say fattenin’.’

  [Footnote 2: A smoke and a drink of water.]
  [Footnote 3: Merchant Seamen’s Act.]

‘That’s wot’s the matter, when the skipper finds the ship,’ remarked a
third. ‘Yer gets yer whack, an’ ye gits nae mair, as the Scotchies has
it.’

‘We doesn’t even get that itself,’ put in another, who was sitting on
the edge of his bunk. ‘That yaller hound of a steward gives short
weight all round. Lord!’ he continued, ‘only to think that, this time
last year, I was a-smackin’ my chops over mutton uns; an’ full and
plenty of everythin’ in the Hostralian Bush. What a hass I was to
leave it! One’d think there was some sort o’ damned magic in the sea
to be able to draw a feller a thousand miles down from good times,
good tucker, good pay, an’ all night in, with a spree whenever you
felt fit.’

‘Too good, Billy, altogether,’ piped up a grey-headed old chap. ‘An’
that’s what’s the matter. You gets up the Bush, you gets as fat as a
bacon hog, you lives like a gentleman, an’, in the long run, it don’t
agree with your constitooshun. You gets the boil,[4] an’ your liver
turns a sort o’ dandy-grey, russet-colour, and you misses the
gravy-eye[5] trick at the wheel, an’ you misses the jumpin’ out o’ a
wet bunk, all standin’ in wet clothes, and the hissle o’ the gale in
your ears, an’ the woof o’ the cold water over your boot-tops, an’
down the small o’ your back as ye comes a-shiverin’ an’ a-shakin’ on
deck. You’ve bin used to this sort o’ thing all your life, Billy, an’
your liver an’ all the other innard parts gives notice when they’re
a-tired o’ the soft lyin’ an’ the good livin’ up-country, an’ drives
ye back to the old life an’ the old ways agin. That’s where the magic
comes in, my son.’

  [Footnote 4: Bile.]
  [Footnote 5: Four till six a.m.]

After this there was silence for a while. Each man’s face poked over
his bunk with a short clay pipe in its mouth. Strong, rank fumes of
tobacco filled the place.

‘I say, boys,’ suddenly exclaimed one, ‘what’s this hooker got in
her?’

‘General,’ replied the old man, whose name was Nestor. ‘I heerd the
customs officer at Gravesend say as it was one o’ the walluablest
general cargers as ’ad ever left the docks.’

‘Well then, mates,’ said the other, ‘all I’ve got to remark is as
we’re the biggest an’ softest set o’ fools as ever left the docks, to
go a-starvin’ in this fashion, when t’other side o’ that there
bulkhead’s every sort o’ tucker you can mention.’

       *       *       *       *       *

‘Make it eight bells! Go below, the starboard watch!’

The same eight men sat on their respective sea-chests.

Between them stood their allowance of beef and biscuit. But it was
untouched. Yet the meal had been in progress an hour.

Alongside of him every man had one or more tins of some kind of
preserved provisions, out of which he was keeping his plate supplied
to an accompaniment of plain and fancy biscuits.

‘Try a little o’ this ’ere fresh herrin’, Jim,’ said one to his
neighbour very politely; ‘I kin recommend it as tasty.’

‘Thank ye, Billy (looking at the label, and passing his own tin), and
’ere’s some sheep’s tongues with tomaty sauce, which p’raps ’ll remind
you on the Bush of Australier.’

‘Ah, if we’d only a drop o’ good stuff now, to wash these ’ere
tiddlewinks down with,’ exclaimed Nestor, ‘I’d feel happy as a
king—an’ as full!’

‘All in good time, dad,’ remarked Billy; ‘this ’ere’s only what the
swells’d call a hinstalment—a triflin’ hinstalment o’ what the
_Sardinapples_ owes us for a whole month’s out-an’-out starvin’. Just
wait awhile till we gets to the bottled ale an’ porter, which’ll
likely be in the lower tiers, an’ then we’ll begin to live like
gentlemen-shellbacks oughter.’

‘I votes as how we should let on to the port watch,’ presently said a
man, as he finished off his repast with a handful of muscatels and
blanched almonds.

‘Ay,’ responded old Nestor. ‘It do seem mean, us livin’ high, an’ them
a-drawin’ their belts tighter every day. Besides,’ added he,
meditatively, ‘company is pleasing; an’ there’ll be all the more for
Pentridge. Not that I thinks it needs come to that if we’re careful.
But (with a doubtful shake of the head) I’m afraid the grog’ll be too
much for some of us when we gits to it.’

A word here as to the _Sardanapalus_.

She was one of the old-fashioned frigate-built ships—somewhat slow,
but comfortable. Carrying, as per owner’s advertisement, ‘a
first-class milch cow and surgeon,’ she was rather a favourite with
that description of passengers who, obeying a doctor’s prescription,
were obliged to take ‘a long sea voyage.’ The passage money was very
high. There were no ‘intermediates,’ no subdivisions. A very good
table was kept, and the ‘dog-basket’ and ‘menavelings’ from it alone
would have supplied the fo’c’stle twice over. But for these leavings
a host of ill-fed, brass-bound apprentices, boys, and petty officers
were ever on the watch—the former knowing as crows, sharp as kites.
Foremast Jack had not the ghost of a chance with them.

Ever since she slipped along the ways the _Sardanapalus_ had borne the
reputation of being a ‘hungry ship.’ More than half-a-dozen times had
she hauled into dock with a collar of clean picked beef bones around
her figure-head. It was currently understood that the skipper ‘found’
the ship. He was an Orkney man, owned a part of her; and probably did
so. She was a regular trader at that time. She is now a custom-house
hulk in an East Indian harbour.

The chief officer was a native of Vermont, U.S., and, with regard to
the crew, a bit of a bully. As he was wont to often inform them, with
the national snuffle intensified,—

‘I’m a big lump of a horse—a high-bred stepper—an’ when I kick bones
fly.’

He came out a loser by this gift, as will be presently seen.

Long before the opening of this yarn the crew had remonstrated with
their superiors about their food. The captain had laughed at them, and
the mate inquired whether they imagined the _Sardanapalus_ had been
specially fitted out as a cook-shop for their pleasure.

Perhaps it was this that now made them linger joyfully over their
stolen meals; and, occasionally, explore with naked lights the
‘general’ when they ought to have been sleeping on empty stomachs in
their watch below.

It being an article of faith with the crew that the chief mate was
responsible for the cargo, they felt a thorough pleasure in its total
destruction. Nestor, old sea-lawyer that he was, had told them that,
although a parcel might be opened and the contents abstracted, yet,
could the smallest portion of the case, cask, or whatever it chanced
to be, be produced, the mate would be held blameless. But, on the
other hand, if not a vestige of anything were to be found to
correspond with the item in the manifest, then would the chief
assuredly be mulcted in the full value of the missing article. With
this devoutly-wished-for end in view, any light package was dragged
for’ard, handed up, and given a free passage. This was criminal and
indefensible. But they hated the Yankee with a very hearty hatred. Had
they not been able to discharge some of it in this manner there would
have surely been a mutiny, and possibly bloodshed, before the
termination of the passage.

In his character of ‘horse’ the mate had one day broken a poor
submissive German sailor’s ribs by repeated kicks from his heavy
sea-boots. Such things create antipathies, even on board ship.
Consignors and consignees alike would have danced with wrath and
anguish could they have witnessed that night’s jettison.

The forecastle was what is known as a ‘lower’ one. A bulkhead
separated the two watches. This partition was composed of very heavy
hardwood planking, on the after side of which was the fore-hatchway,
filled up to within six feet of the deck by a collection of sails,
rope, water-tanks, bundles of hay for the cow, etc. Aft of these, at
about the same height, stretched the cargo. It will thus be noticed
that the _Sardanapalus_ was not a ‘full ship.’

The starboard watch had removed two of the broad massive bulk-head
planks. The port watch two also. At such times as a fresh supply of
provisions was needed, four men from each watch in turn exploited the
cargo. The others kept a look-out aft, and stood by the scuttle to
receive and give things ‘a passage.’ As time passed, the crew, under
the new regimen, began to grow fat and jolly-looking. They worked with
a will, and as a pleasure to themselves. Also, to the utter
astonishment of their superiors, they sang and skylarked in the second
dog watch.

‘And these,’ exclaimed the captain, ‘are the scoundrels who growled
about their food!’

He visited the galley, and sniffed and peered into the fo’c’sle
coppers, and also cross-examined the cook and the steward.

‘Give the beggars more rice,’ said he to the latter official—a sleek,
oily quadroon. ‘Let ’em have “banyan day” three times a week. We’ll
have enough meat left then for the trip home without buying any in
port.’

The crew grinned, but said nothing. The skipper was bothered.

‘Had the fore-hatch off yesterday, didn’t you?’ he asked the mate.

‘Yaas, sir,’ snuffled he.

‘Everythin’ seem all right? No cargo shifted or broached?’

‘Naw,’ replied the mate; ‘seems ’bout the saame as when we left dock;
an’ I oughter know, for I hed a sight o’ trouble fixin’ that
deadweight so’s to trim her forrard. I wonder, naow,’ he continued
with a chuckle as at some joke, ‘how _It’s_ a-gettin’ on down below
thar?’

‘Damn _It_!’ answered the captain shortly, as he turned away. He was
in a bad temper that night. He hated to hear the men jolly; and
instead of lying moodily about, silent and depressed, as of yore, in
the six till eight watch, here were both watches on the t’gallant
fo’c’stle putting all the strength of their united lungs into
‘Marching through Georgia.’

Such a thing had never happened to Captain Flett before, and he took
it as a personal insult. The mate, snubbed, went down on the main-deck
and put a stopper on the singing with a yell of ‘Lee fore-braces
there, and chuck yourselves about a bit!’ The yards didn’t want
trimming in the least. So the men, who knew this, pulled slowly and
silent, each with his mouth full of choice sweetmeats discovered the
night previous.

As yet they had found no strong liquors. But they had found nearly
everything else. ‘Dry goods’ of every description, jewellery, clocks,
firearms, stationery, patent medicines, etc. They had commenced
operations, in the first place, under the main hatch, leaving all the
fore part of the hold untouched. Without a purposeful search, no one
would imagine cargo to have been broached. The throwing things, except
_débris_—empty cases, bottles, baskets, etc.—overboard had been
discontinued. It took up too much time, and the labour was too heavy.
Besides, reckoning by Nestor’s calculation, the mate’s pay-day was
worth already some hundreds of pounds less than nothing.

But one night, coming across a case of toilet soaps, pomades, scented
oils, etc., the temptation proved irresistible, and a stock was laid
in. The love of personal adornment runs strong at all times in Jack’s
heart. On the following Sunday morning the t’gallant fo’c’sle
resembled a barber’s shop in a big way of business. Jack clipped and
shaved and anointed himself until he fairly shone and reeked with the
produce of Rimmel. Never had fore part of ship smelled so sweetly. The
passengers staggered about with their heads well up, sniffing
delightedly.

‘Oh, captain,’ said one—a gushing widow whose age was uncertain, but
mourning fresh—‘we really must be approaching some tropical climes.
These are the lovely “spicy breezes,” you know, “blowing soft o’er
Ceylon’s isle.”’

The skipper didn’t know, but, sniffing also, answered,—

‘Very likely, ma’am. But there’s no islands nearer ’n Tristan da
Cunha, an’ I don’t think that there’s much spice about that one. I
expect,’ he continued, glancing for’ard, ‘that it’s some of the hands
titivatin’ themselves up. You see, ma’am, these scamps get all sorts
of rubbishy oils and essences on an eastern voyage. One of ’em’s
evidently found a bottle or two in the locker of his chest; and, now,
he and his mates are swabbing themselves down with it.’

‘Dear me, how very interesting,’ replied the widow blandly, with a
languishing glance at the skipper. ‘But’ (as a burst of hoarse
laughter came on the scented wind) ‘they’re a terribly rough set, are
they not, captain? I’m sure, but for yourself and your brave officers,
I shouldn’t feel safe for a minute. I think I heard someone say, too,
that they actually complained about their food at the beginning of the
journey.’

This was touching the skipper on a tender spot.

‘At first, ma’am, at first,’ assented he severely, after a sharp
suspicious look at the somewhat faded features. ‘But they’ve found me
out, now, ma’am. They know John Flett’s up to ’em and their little
games. The less food you give a sailor, ma’am, the better he works.
Full an’ plenty’s a mistake. Give ’em a belly full an’ they’ll growl
from mornin’ till night, an’ all night through. They’ll growl, ma’am,
I do assure you, at the very best of beef and pork, the whitest of
biscuits, an’ the plumpest of rice. Growl! They’d growl if you gave
’em toasted angels!’

‘What horrible wretches!’ exclaimed the widow sympathetically. ‘And
what a lot of worry you must have with them, captain!’

‘No one but myself can imagine it, ma’am,’ replied the skipper, as he
moved off, meditating on the possibility of stopping the usual dole of
treacle for the Sunday duff. That laughter from for’ard annoyed him
beyond endurance.

Presently the cuddy went to luncheon; and the starboard watch to its
dinner.

The lump of dark unleavened dough and hook-pot full of molasses were
there, but untouched, and awaiting the ocean sepulchre which had been
their fate for many past Sundays.

‘I ralely don’t know what this is,’ said Bill, as he helped himself to
a _paté de foie gras_ out of a dozen which lay on the deck. ‘But
whatever it is, it ain’t to be sneezed at. Some sorter swell pie, I
reckons. Talk ’bout jelly, lor! What you got there, Ned?’

‘Looks like soup an’ bully ’ithout the bully,’ answered the man
addressed, who was pouring a steaming mixture out of a tin which he
had just taken from over the big slush lamp—‘But it says on the paper
“Ju-li-enne.” Sounds as if some woman had a hand in it. It don’t go
very high,’ he resumed, after a few mouthfuls, ‘seems thinnish-like—no
body—give us some o’ your meat to mix with it, Nestor.’

‘’Taint meat,’ said the old man. ‘It’s what they calls jugged ’are,
and there’s no bones in it.’

‘Pity we couldn’t manage to hot this duff up,’ sighed one, cutting a
huge slice off a big plum pudding; ‘but they’d smell it all over the
ship.’

‘The cake for me!’ exclaimed another, attacking one of Gunter’s
masterpieces. ‘I ain’t seen a three-decker like this since I was a
kid, an’ used to hang about smellin’ at the tip-top cook-shops in the
Mile-End Road!’

‘Wade in, my bullies, an’ line yer ribs,’ croaked old Nestor. ‘It’s
the spiciest Sunday’s feed I’ve ’ad in forty year o’ the sea. I kin do
three months chokey at the end o’ this trip, flyin’; an’ kin live on
the smell of an oil rag all the time! If we on’y ’ad a few nips
a-piece, now, it would be parfect!’

       *       *       *       *       *

Midnight in the hold of the _Sardanapalus_. Four red spots moving
slowly about in the thick gloom. From the irregular, tightly-packed
mass proceeds all sorts of eerie creakings and groanings. The ship is
pitching into a head sea and, at times, a wave catching her a
thunderous slap, makes her seem to fairly stand still and shudder all
over. The atmosphere is thick, and stuffy with an indescribable
stuffiness. Presently the four points of light clustered together.

‘What is it, I wonder?’ said Billy, sticking his candle into a
crevice, and pointing to a long, square, narrow case embedded in a
pile of others.

‘Don’t know,’ replied another, stooping. ‘Got no marks, only “_Ex
Sardinapples_—With great care.” Had any luck, you two?’

‘Try this,’ answered one, holding out a bottle which old Nestor
immediately clutched.

‘Wine o’ some sort,’ was his verdict. ‘Poor stuff—got no grip o’ the
throat—sourish. Let’s see what it sez on the bottle. “Chat-oo
Mar-goox,” read he, straddling, with legs wide apart, and bottle and
candle close to his nose.

‘Ay, ay,’ he continued, ‘I thought’s much. Dutch, I reckon. Much the
same kind o’ tipple as ye gets at the dance-houses in Hamburg. We
wants a warmer drink for these ’ere latichudes—not but what it’s a cut
above that sarseperiller, an’ ’op bitters, an’ such like slush as we
bin livin’ on lately.’

‘Well,’ asked Billy, tapping the case, as he spoke, with a short iron
bar, ‘shall we see what’s in this?’

‘Not worth while,’ replied Nestor, who had finished the claret, not
without many grimaces—

‘It’s only china crockery, or somethin’ o’ that. They always put “With
great care,” an’ “This side hup” on sich. Blast the old hooker, how
she do shove her snout into it!’

This last, as a tremendous forward send of the ship nearly carried him
off his legs.

Billy, however, appeared determined on seeing the contents of the
case, whose peculiar shape had aroused his curiosity, and started to
break it out by himself. Finally the others came to his assistance,
and a quarter-of-an-hour’s work hove it up from its nest. To their
surprise it was locked and hinged. Curiosity took hold upon them. They
prised and hammered, and strove, until, with a crash, the top flew
back.

‘Kind o’ cork chips!’ exclaimed Nestor, taking up a handful and
putting it to his nose. ‘Poof! smells like a chemist’s shop, full o’
camphor an’ drugs.’

‘’Ere’s another box inside this un,’ said Bill, who had been groping
amongst the odoriferous mass. And so it proved; another long, narrow
case, also locked and hinged, made of some polished wood whose surface
reflected dimly the faces bending over it.

Subjected to similar treatment with its outer shell, it, too, soon
yielded.

As the lid, which was thickly padded, flew off under the pressure of
the iron levers, the four men shrank away as if they had stumbled on
a den of venomous serpents.

On a strip of soft black velvet lay the shrouded corpse of a man. The
grizzled head rested on a pillow, and the hands were crossed on the
breast. Thin slats fitting athwartships kept the body in position.
Although the eyes were closed, the features looked unnaturally
natural. There even seemed to be a tinge of colour in the dead cheeks.
But the artist had failed with the lips. The upper one had shrivelled
and curled up over the white teeth, imparting a sardonic, grinning
semblance to the whole face, unutterably ghastly to look upon,
especially just then.

This it was, and the life-like seeming of _It_, that frightened the
cargo broachers so badly. And they _were_ terribly frightened. They
were too frightened to run, even had running been practicable. But the
man who attempts such tricks in a ship’s hold at night, and with a
heavy head sea on, comes to rapid grief at the second step. So they
just stood still, gripping each other’s arms, and swearing under their
breath, as is the wont of the British seaman when badly scared.

The old man, Nestor, was the first to speak. In quavering tones he
said,—

‘It’s only a wax himmidge.’

‘Nothin’ o’ the kind,’ replied Bill, the boldest of the group, letting
go his hold and coming a little closer. ‘It’s a ’barmed corpus, that’s
wot _It_ is. I was shipmates with one on ’em afore. A soger officer
he were. He were lashed under the mizzen-top, an’ labelled
“Combustibles; do not touch!” in big black letters. One fine mornin’
he come down by the run an’ busted the case. He was just the same’s
this un, only they hadn’t put that howdacious grin on to him. It were
in the old _Euryalus_, man-o’-war, so we had to suffer him; an’ a most
hunlucky trip it were. Run her ashore twice. Took the sticks out on
her twice. Lost four men overboard. No wonder _we’ve_ had three weeks
o’ head winds. But this joker ’ll get a free passage without much
delay, if I’ve got to give it him single-handed.’ So saying, he
advanced, picked up the lid, and began to fasten it down.

       *       *       *       *       *

The next morning dawned bright and clear; but the head wind still
stood, and there was a nasty lump of a sea on. For the comparatively
high latitude the air was warm and comfortable.

Most of the passengers came up on the poop after breakfast. Presently,
with the assistance of the skipper’s arm, the widow began a promenade.

‘What an exhibition she’s making of herself! Her husband, if she ever
had one, can’t be six months dead yet, by her mourning. She ought to
be ashamed of herself—the sly thing!’

If the widow did not exactly hear all this, she felt it, and cast
looks of triumphant defiance at her female friends, clustered in
groups, most of them holding on to something unassisted. Elderly
unmarried convalescents, and very spiteful, the majority.

‘Something—on—the—lee-quarter, sir!’ came down from aloft.

The skipper called for his glass, without quitting his companion.

‘Keep her away a couple of points,’ he commanded, as he brought the
instrument to bear.

‘Can’t make it out at all,’ he went on, after a minute’s focussing.
‘Something white, jumping up and down. Bit of wreckage, spar, or the
like, I expect. Keep her away another point. Take a peep, ma’am. Your
bright eyes ’ll perhaps distinguish it.’

The widow bridled coquettishly and, supported by the skipper, put
herself in what she fancied an appropriate and elegant position.

‘Oh!’ she squealed presently, ‘I see it, captain; it’s coming this
way. How very interesting! “A message from the sea,” “Strange tale of
the ocean,” and all that sort of thing, you know, that one reads about
in the papers. What an exciting adventure!’ The widow had taken the
glass from her eye whilst speaking.

Suddenly a passenger cried,—

‘I see it! Look! On top of that wave!’ But even as he spoke it
disappeared.

The starboard watch had been called aft by the second mate to try and
jam the main-yards still further into the slack of the lee-rigging.
The men now remained together with the eager knot of passengers
staring over the quarter.

All at once, and with startling unexpectedness, there bobbed up on a
sea almost level with the taffrail, a nude figure, nearly upright. One
arm, by some eccentric working of the water, was jerked backwards and
forwards from the face with an awfully grotesque motion of throwing
kisses to the horrified watchers.

The notion was intensified by the grin on the lifelike features,
startlingly distinct in the sunlight, as the embalmed figure, kept
erect by the greater weight of its extremities, rose up and down, now
in a hollow, now on a crest, not ten yards away.

‘It’s IT, by G—d!’ shouted Nestor, who happened to be at the wheel.

But no one took any notice of him in the general confusion.

The male passengers stood stock still, fascinated by the spectacle.
The female ones shrieked, and a couple fainted. But louder and higher
than any of them shrieked the widow, who had got both arms around the
skipper’s neck, to which she hung, half choking him, whilst her feet
rattled frantically on the deck.

‘Let go, ma’am!’ he gurgled. ‘Damn it, let go, can’t you?’

‘It’s his ghost!’ she screamed, taking another horrified glance at the
bobbing, grimacing thing as it travelled slowly across the broad wake.
‘What have I done, James, that you should appear like this?’ she
moaned. ‘I’m sure I thought you’d be comfortable down there!’ And here
she began to laugh hysterically; and, held forcibly on the deck by the
sorely-tried skipper, went off into a succession of violent fits.

‘Main topsail braces there, some of you!’ roared the mate, who,
aroused by the cry of ‘Man overboard!’ uttered by one of the boys, had
rushed on deck. ‘Come here, four hands, and clear away the
life-boat.’

‘Don’t be a fool, Mr Sparkes!’ shouted the skipper, still struggling
with the widow, who had got one hand in his long beard and was pulling
it out by the roots.

‘Never mind the boat!’ he panted, for the real state of the case had
broken upon him. ‘But come and take this she-devil away! Let _It_ go
to blazes as fast as it likes! It’s got a fair wind, seemingly, and
that’s more’n we have!’

       *       *       *       *       *

Anchor watch off Geelong, Victoria.

Apparently the whole thing had quietly blown over. When the mate, with
a terribly long face, had reported to the captain, as nearly as he
could, the amount of cargo missing, and proposed as a set-off, to put
one-half of each watch in irons until arrival, the skipper had only
laughed.

He obviously enjoyed the responsible man’s dismay.

‘Nothing of the sort,’ he replied. ‘We can’t do without ’em. We’re
bound to get a good blow or two ’tween here and Port Phillip Heads,
and where would we be with half the men in irons, and the rest
sulking? You’re a fool, Sparkes. I’m goin’ to smooth ’em down. They’ll
have cabin biscuits and plum-duff three times a week from this out.
And you knock off hazing ’em about so much’—chuckling heartily at the
other’s stare of amazement—‘till we get abreast of Sandridge Pier.
Then up goes the police flag. I’ll surprise the varmin, or my name
ain’t John Flett! Meanwhile, let a couple of the hard-bargains[6]
sling their hammocks in the after-hold. That’ll stop any more larks
with the cargo. Has she been up in your watch since?’

  [Footnote 6: Apprentices.]

‘Never seen a rag of her,’ answered the mate, who knew well to whom
the skipper referred. ‘Kept her cabin ever since, I do believe.’

‘Damned good job too!’ said his superior, as he tenderly felt his
face. ‘Who’d have thought that _It_ was hers anyhow!’

But ‘hard-bargains’ have long ears. One of them overheard the above
conversation, and, reporting it to the crew, they got ready.

Also, on making the land, everything went wrong. Twelve hours vain
signalling for a pilot made a big hole in the skipper’s temper. So
when, at last, one came off, and, to his astonishment, got soundly
rated, with a promise of report, he, in revenge, box-hauled the
_Sardanapalus_ about until dark, and then brought-up with every link
of hawse out, in a particularly muddy spot opposite Geelong.

Anchor watch had been set; and as old Nestor struck four bells in the
chill morning and croaked hoarsely out his ‘All’s well!’ the stars saw
a crowd of men in stockinged feet, and bearing bundles, slipping
silently aft.

The gig was hanging at the stern-davits. Noiselessly as greased falls
could slide over greased sheaves she was lowered without a creak or a
splash.

The man who had been standing over the cuddy companion with a
handspike joined his fellows. Fortunately—for themselves—no one had
shown up. The boat pushed off, Bill sculling. The _Sardanapalus_ was
crewless.

Half-an-hour afterwards, the great Australian Bush took to itself
sixteen hairy-breasted able seamen and this story.




‘MO-POKE!’


‘Yes, I’m from out back,’ said a dark, wiry little man, as he
dismounted from his horse at a Queensland frontier-township hotel, in
answer to a question from one of a knot of bushmen and drovers
assembled in the verandah. ‘Out back beyond the Warburton, an’ a nice
warm time I’ve had of it, too!’

‘My eye!’ exclaimed the first speaker. ‘Been right away in that new
country we been hearin’ of, eh? What like a shop is it, mate?’

‘Oh, the country’s right enough; lots o’ grass an water,’ replied the
newcomer, as, giving his horse to the groom, he strode into the bar,
‘only the mopokes is so cussed bad an’ thick in them parts that
there’s no livin’ for a quiet man. Roll up, lads, an’ give it a name!
It’s a long time since I felt so dry!’

‘What did yer mean by “mopokes,” just now, mate?’ queried an elderly,
grizzled overlander, as, lighting their pipes, the party sat down on
the wide wooden bench. ‘Was it snakes?’

‘No, friend, it weren’t snakes. Wusser—a heap. Howsomever—I reckon
it’s a hour or more till supper, so I’ll just tell you how it all
happened. Gosh!’ he exclaimed emphatically, ‘what a comfort it is to
git into a Chrischin place agin!’

‘Well, boys,’ commenced the stranger, ‘last April, I ’greed with ole
Davies—him as owns “Tylunga,” not far from this—to go out an’ herd
cattle for him on his new Adelaide country. Wages was good, three
notes a week—I reckoned it were worth thirty afore I left—but as for
the tucker, well, a feller never knows what he can live on till he
tries it.

‘Howsomever, out we goes—him an’ me an three others; an’ in time we
gets there all right, an’ musters the cattle, which was bein’ tailed
at the head station—as they calls ’arf-a-dozen bark humpies on a
waterhole. Then we drafts ’em into four mobs, an’ each on us takes one
away out to blazes into the bush, where the old chap shows us our
runs, which was about six or seven mile apart.

‘Us herders had each a little hut to himself; so you see, mates, a
feller warn’t likely to quarrel with his neighbours.

‘“Now, Wilson,” sez old Davies, as he gits ready to start, arter
puttin’ the things out o’ the waggonette at my hut—sez he, “Now,
Wilson, take good care of them cattle in your charge, an’ mind none o’
them black rascals come sneakin’ about ’em. If you sees any, pepper
’em well. You’ve got a gun, an’ lots of ammunition.”

‘You’ll obsarve, mates, that, like a good many more of his sort, he
never thinks o’ the man. It’s only the dashed stock as troubles ’em.

‘Howsomever, off he drives, an’ presently I catches a horse, as it was
gettin’ close to sundown, an’ roun’s up the mob an’ puts ’em on camp,
ties the dog up, lights a fire, an’ tries to make myself at home ’s
well ’s I could.

‘So a week or two slips away quiet enough, an’ I was gettin’ awful
tired of the game. The cattle didn’t hardly want any lookin’ after,
an’ all I could find to do was cuttin’ up green-hide an’ plaiting
whips. I thought that the month ’d never go by till rations—such as
they was—was due from the head station on Wild Horse Lagoon, nigh on
thirty miles away.

‘Up to this I’d never heard a bird singin’ out after dark. But one
night, as I was just a-fallin’ off to sleep, mopokes begins cryin’
like anything in the scrub close to the clear patch where the hut was.
Suddently the dog starts barkin’ like mad, an’ I gets up an’ gives him
a cut with the whip. Back I goes to the bunk, an’ lies down
a-listenin’ to them birds, an’ thinkin’ to myself as all the mopokes
in Australy had got roun’ the hut that night. Well, I cussed an’ swore
at ’em no end for kickin’ up such a shine; an’ Towzer a-growlin’, an’
a-snappin’, an’ pullin’ at his chain all the time. In a bit, up I gets
agen, and catches hold of the ole gun, opens the door, an’ lets her
off, both barrels. It was a moonlight night, an’ I could see the backs
of a few of the cattle from where I stood, as, scared by the row, they
gets off their camp, an’ I hears the horse-bell just over in the
scrub. No more mopokes that night. But the next, at it they goes agen.
Now one’d call, it seemed like close to the chimbly, then another,
right at the head o’ my stretcher—outside, o’ course—“mopoke!”
“more-pork!” “mo-po!” till I’m blessed if I didn’t get properly on my
tail, an’ takin’ the gun, I lets Towzer off o’ the chain, and runs out
an’ bangs away, as fast as I could load her, at the scrub, where I
reckoned them blasted fowls was a-roostin’. An’ Towzer, he tears away
into the bushes, barkin’ most furious. No more mopokin’ that night,
but Towzer he never comes back agen. Thinkin’ he’d took arter a
kangaroo-rat, I goes inside, makes up the fire, boils a quart o’ tea,
an’ waits for daylight, which I know’d couldn’t be long.

‘“I never did hear yet,” I says to myself, “of a feller bein’ harnted
by a pack o’ birds; but I’m blessed if this game don’t ’pear somethin’
like it.”

‘You see, mates, I never dropped to the meanin’ o’ the racket; for
though I’ve been stock-keepin’ an’ drovin’ pretty near five-an’-twenty
year now, I never had no experience afore o’ the kind o’ gutter-snipes
as was disturbin’ me these last two nights.

‘At bird-twitter, out I goes, ’spectin’ to see Towzer under his sheet
o’ bark. I seen no Towzer; an’, what’s more, I seen no cattle neither.
They never moved off camp afore sunrise; an’, fearin’ les’ they’d made
a clean break of it, I runs into the hut, collars my bridle, an’ off
after the mokes.

‘When I gets into the scrub, I hears the bell just ahead, an’ I hears,
too, a few o’ them cussed birds a-strainin’ their throats, callin’
about, as if they hadn’t done enough through the night.

‘Well, I follers the bell back’ards an’ for’ards, without seemin’ to
get any nearer to the horses, till I was nigh sick o’ stumblin’ over
logs; an’ o’ swearin’ what I wouldn’t do to ’em when I gets ’em, an’
o’ singin’ out for Towzer.

‘All of a suddent, the bell sounds not ten yards away in a patch o’
thick dogwood scrub, an’ as I makes off full trot, I nearly falls over
somethin’ soft. Lookin’ down, I sees poor ole Towzer lyin’ there with
his head caved in, and a bit o’ broken spear stickin’ in him.

‘My Colonial, mates! I tumbles fast enough then, when it were too
late. Jumpin’ through the scrub to where I last heard the bell, I runs
slap up agen six ugly black beasts o’ niggers, an’ one on ’em was just
a-startin’ to shake the dashed bell, which was hangin’ roun’ his neck.
Close to ’em lies my best horse, ole “Cossack,” dead’s a herrin’.

‘I takes it all in in a flash; an’ afore you could say “knife” I’d
slung the bridle in their faces, and was makin’ tracks for the hut at
the rate o’ sixty miles a hour—leastways it seemed so to me.

‘Whizz, whizz! come the spears; but the scrub was too thick, and ne’er
a one touches me. Yellin’ like ole Nick, after me they tears, full
split, but I show’s ’em good foot for it till I comes in sight o’ the
hut, a-standin’ there so quiet-like, with the chimbly smokin’ away,
an’ the door wide open.

‘Now, mates, what should make me, insted o’ rushin’ in an’ gettin’ the
gun, an’ lettin’ the darkies know what o’clock it was, rip right past
the hut an’ shin up a big gum tree about twenty yards away? I can’t
make out what come over me to do sich a thing. But so it were. An’ up
I swarms to nearly the top limb as the murderin’ willians comes out on
to the open. In another minute eight or nine others tumbles out o’ the
hut, where they’d been waitin’ on chance I might git away from the
fust gang, an’ they all gathers roun’ the ole gum, a-lookin’ up, for
all the world like a lot o’ hungry dogs at a ’possum.

‘“Mo-poke, mo-poke!” sings out one, an’ another lot comes runnin’ up
from the back scrub, just about where I should ha’ hit if the Lord
hadn’t put it into my mind to take the tree for it.

‘But this pitchin’s terrible dry work, lads,’ suddenly broke off the
narrator. ‘Come inside, an’ let’s have another long-sleever apiece,
an’ then I’ll finish the yarn. Spite o’ them “mopokes” I’ve got a bit
o’ stuff left yet.

‘Well, mates,’ went on Wilson, as the party resumed their seats, ‘the
darkies throwed their spears, an’ slings their bommerangs, but it
weren’t no use, I was too high up for ’em, and the nighest spear as
come out of a couple o’ dozen, sticks in a good six foot below my
limb. Seein’ this, one beggar gets the axe from the wood-heap. But she
were old an’ blunt like her owner, ole Davies, an’ I soon see by the
way they shapes as it’d take ’em a couple o’ years to fall me. For a
while they niggles away at the big butt, turn an’ turn about, then
jacks the contract, gruntin’ like a lot o’ pigs.

‘Next move were, one gets the gun out o’ the hut, an’ I scwoushes down
into a six-inch heap, till I remembers she weren’t loaded; an’ I
didn’t give ’em credit for knowin’ how to do that.

‘The mopoke as got her points her most careful, with the stock agen
his belly, an’ with a grin at his mates, as much as to reckon, “You
watch me pot him,” he shouts “Bung!” an’ as true’s I’m sittin’ here, I
bursts out larfin’ to see them black fools a-starin’ up so hard, and
wonderin’ why I didn’t fall down dead man.

‘Presen’ly, ’bout half way up my tree, they spots a good-sized pipe,
an’ bringin’ a fire-stick from the hut, up one comes like a
lamplighter. I knowed the ole gum was sound an’ green enough at the
butt, but I sees by the pipe that some of the top limbs must be
holler, an’ I didn’ fancy this last move a little bit. So, as he’s
busy straddled-out, a-blowin’ and a-puffin’ to raise the flame, I nips
down, pulls out the spear, an’ lets drive at him ’s hard ’s I could.
You never see such a thing in your lives! It hit him just acrost the
loins, an’ goes more’n half way through him. He just gives a wriggle
or two and twists over into a fork and lies there, a proper stiff ’un.

‘You bet, lads, I was proud’s a dog with a tin tail; an’ sez I, “One
for poor Towzer, you pot-bellied willian!” By gosh! didn’t they yell,
an’ dance, an’ carry on when they sees this, an’ me safe agen back in
the ole perch.

‘Runnin’ to the hut, they tears out the slabs in a wink, piles ’em up
at the butt of the ole gum, and sets fire to ’em.

‘In a minute or two, I couldn’t see a stem for smoke; but, as they was
green belar, not a blaze could they get out of ’em.

‘Well, I was squattin’ up there, a-peepin’ down through the smoke for
the next feller as wanted to show off his climbin’ abilities, when I
hears a noise of horses gallopin’, an’ men shoutin’, an’ shots
a-poppin’ off like Billy-ho.

‘Down I comes through the smoke, an’ just clear o’ the tree was five
darkies a-lyin’ stretched out as would never cry “mo-poke!” no more.
Not another soul, dead or alive, could I see. But presen’ly back
canters ole Davies, an’ says he, cool as you like, “Hello, Wilson,”
says he, “is that you? Where’s the rest o’ the cattle? There’s eight
head short yet!” Darn his ole skin, an’ all bosses like him, as thinks
more of a few head o’ stock than a man’s life!

‘You see, lads, when the cattle, disturbed by poor Towzer a-barkin’,
and me a-firin’, moves quietly off afore daybreak, one lot of nigs
follers ’em up, an’ one lot stops to ’tend on me.

‘Them with the cattle, after they’d gone a little way, starts
a-spearin’ ’em, an’ the mob breaks, an’ never stops till they gets to
the fust seven-mile hut, where the other lot was; and the chap there,
seein’ some with spears stickin’ in ’em, gallops off to the head
station, and out comes ole Davies an’ all hands.

‘No; no more new country for me—not if I knows it! I’m a-gettin’ too
old now for such a little game as they played on me out there. Is that
the supper-bell a-ringin’? Well, it’s the finest sound I’ve heard for
five ’underd miles an’ more.’




KEEPING SCHOOL AT ‘DEAD FINISH.’

A Reminiscence of ‘The Rivers.’


The people at Dead Finish had never applied for such a thing, nor
dreamt of, nor wished for it, neither they nor their children. These
latter were mostly of an age now to be of use about the house or in
the field. They had imagined themselves, these half-a-dozen or so of
scattered families hidden in the gloomy recesses of coastal scrubs,
quite secure from any officious interference with their offspring by
the Government. And, without exception, they took it as a most
uncalled-for act of tyranny, this proposed establishment of a school
and a teacher in their midst, and well within the two-mile radius from
all.

Here was the corn just ready to be pulled and husked, and got ready
for Tuberville, and who was to do it with Tom, Jack and Bill wasting
their time at a school?

‘If Mr Gov’ment was here,’ growled ‘Brombee’ O’Brien, the largest
selector of the lot, ‘I’d give ’im a bit o’ my mind. Wot bizness he
got, comin’ an’ takin’ the kids just as they’re a-gittin’ handy? Why
didn’t he come afore, when they was bits o’ crawlers, an’ no use to no
one? Anyhow, me an’ the missis niver ’ad no schoolin’; an’ why should
they? Will learnin’ cut through a two-foot log? Will ’rethmetic split
palin’s or shingles? Will readin’ an’ writin’ run brombees, or drive a
team o’ bullocks, or ’elp to plough or ’arrer? No; it ain’t likely.
Then wot’s the good of it? Garn? Wot they givin’ us?’

Thus Mr O’Brien, at a meeting of neighbours specially convened to
confront the unlooked-for emergency, and whose own ideas he voices to
the letter.

And when, later, the Inspector (taken at first for the ‘Gov’ment’)
puts in an appearance, the case is set before him precisely as above.
But, instead of listening to reason, he only rated them, told them
they ought to be ashamed of themselves, and dilated largely on the
beauty and advantage of a State education at only threepence per week
each child, and one shilling for seven or over. A paternal Government,
he said, had long mourned over their degraded and benighted condition;
and, at last, having, after much trouble, and at great expense,
secured a most accomplished gentleman as a teacher, resolved that one
of his first tasks should be that of making Dead Finish an ornament,
in place of a reproach, to the district.

This was, so the Inspector thought, putting the thing neatly indeed.
But it was all of no avail. They not only unanimously refused to have
anything to do with the erection of the school, but also to receive
the teacher when he arrived. They swore, too, that their children
should not leave work for education, and in the end, used language
unrecordable here, and such as the Inspector had never in all his life
heard before. But he persevered; and, bringing a couple of men from
the township fifty miles away, set them to work.

Dead Finish was situated at the extreme head of one of those short
Australian coastal rivers whose existence begins in boggy swamps and
ends in a big sand-bar.

The country was mountainous and scrubby, abounding in ‘falls,’
springs, morasses, giant timber, dingoes, ticks, leeches, and creeks.
The wonder was, not that anybody should ever have settled on it, but
that, once there, they should ever manage to get out of it, as they
did once in six months.

But for these few families on Dead Finish Creek, the district was
totally uninhabited. It was hard to say where they came from
originally. They were not a communicative people; but they were a
hard-working, hard-living one, whose only wish was to be left at peace
on the little patches they had hewn for themselves out of the mighty
primeval forest that, dark and solemn, walled them in on every side.
The spot chosen by the Inspector as the site of the new school was on
the extreme edge of one of the lesser falls that ran sloping swiftly
down three hundred feet or more into a small valley, generally full of
mist and the noise of running waters.

A mile away lived a settler named Brown, who, after an infinity of
coaxing and persuasion, and to the utter disgust of his neighbours,
had consented to receive and board the teacher on trial. As with the
rest of the Dead Finishers, ready money was so rare that the thoughts
of that proffered twelve shillings a week tempted him, and he fell,
and became a Judas to his fellows, and a mark for the finger of
scorn—he and his wife and their ten children.

But the Inspector was jubilant; and after a last look around the
little hut, smelling of fresh-cut wood, with its three forms, one
stool, and bright, new blackboard, he departed, congratulating himself
on the satisfactory finish of the campaign. Also he indited a minute
and two memorandums to his Department with the intimation that
‘Provisional School No. 28,890, Parish of Dead Finish, County of
Salamanca,’ was completed and ready for occupation. Whereupon, an
animated correspondence took place, which, after lasting six months,
was at last closed by the announcement that a teacher had been
appointed. Then both sides rested from their labours, and the
Inspector, feeling that his annual holiday had been well earned, took
it.

Meanwhile, the little building perched on the brink of the gulf grew
bleached and weather-beaten with wind and rain and fog, and the Dead
Finishers derided ‘ole Gov’ment,’ and the Brown family emerged from
Coventry, and all was once more peace along the creek.

The winter passed, and a young man with thin legs and body, red hair,
and freckled face, appeared in Tuberville and remarked to the
residents generally that he would like to get to Dead Finish. He also
added that he was the ‘new teacher’ for that place. He at once became
an object of interest. People stared at him in much the same way as
did those others, of whom we read, at Martin Chuzzlewit and the
faithful Mark Tapley on their departure for Eden.

The Tuberville people—the majority of them at least—knew of the Dead
Finishers only by repute. These latter came in but twice a year to
exchange corn and hardwood for stores, potatoes, and a little cash. At
these times the programme was invariably the same. Their business
done, the long-haired, touzly-bearded men drove their teams outside
the town, and, leaving the bullocks in charge of the wild,
bare-footed, half-clad boys, returned, and, clubbing their money,
drank solidly as long as it lasted—generally two days.

They kept well together, and no one molested or interfered with them.
It was not worth while. Their especial house was a short distance out,
and when, borne up on the wind, came the roar of bush revelry, strange
and uncouth, the townspeople merely remarked one to the other that
‘Them Dead Finishers must be in again down at Duffy’s.’

Hence the interest taken in Mr Cruppy.

The Dead Finishers all drank ‘rum straight,’ and about two gallons was
their respective allowance. That safely stowed away, they took their
long whips out of the corner of the bar, called their rough
cattle-dogs, lying beside them, and made off to the wilderness again
for another fight with fire and axe against the stubborn forest, and
to raise corn enough for the next trip to market.

That half-yearly or so excursion was their one treat, such as it was;
and the toiling, hard-featured women at home, who never got away,
acquiesced tacitly in the liquid wind-up of it. They never looked for
any money on their men’s return. What was the good of money at Dead
Finish? No wonder the people laughed when the Inspector talked to them
of ‘school fees.’

  [Illustration: But presently there was a report, a cloud of smoke,
   and a flash out of the little window. (Page 68.)]

At last Mr Cruppy drifted into the ‘Bushman’s Home’ in search of
information. Could Mr Duffy tell him how to get to a place called Dead
Finish? No; Mr Duffy was sorry, but he really couldn’t. All he knew
about it was that it was up in the mountains, and a rough, long road
to travel. The new teacher, was he? Well, he was pleased to hear it,
but opined that he’d find some pretty hard cases amongst the kids up
there. Did he know Mr Brown at Dead Finish? Yes, he thought he did,
and a very strong cup of tea he was. Going to stay there, was he?
Well, he hoped that Mr Brown would make him comfortable. But, somehow,
he was doubtful. As to getting there, he would have to trust to
Providence. After a little more talk, however, Mr Cruppy discovered
that Providence, in this case, meant the sum of £4 sterling, for which
the publican expressed his willingness to do his best to find the Dead
Finish.

They were four days on the road, got bogged twice, capsized twice, and
broke the pole of the buggy before they found Brown, who received them
with more surprise than cordiality. Foreseeing ostracism again, he
wished to go back from his agreement, and was surly to a degree.

He said he should get his head caved in. If no one else did it,
‘Brombee’ O’Brien would. A week’s payment in advance mollified him
somewhat. But, if Mr Cruppy had not been an orphan, friendless, and on
his first appointment, he would have returned with Mr Duffy, who,
very much to his surprise, had by the time he reached home, fairly
earned his money.

The teacher’s bedroom was a bark lean-to; his bed sacks stuffed with
corn husks—and cobs. The food was hominy and pork, washed down with
coffee made from corn roasted and ground. He ventured to remark that
the accommodation was rough.

‘It are,’ replied Mr Brown. ‘We’s rough. Take it or leave it. We niver
arst fer no schoolin’. I’ll get stoushed over this job yet. Brombee’s
got it in for me. So’s the Simmses, an’ all the rest ov ’em.’

With much difficulty the teacher got one of the boys to show him the
way to the school. They had to cross Dead Finish Creek fourteen times
to get there. Regarding the youngster as his first scholar, Mr Cruppy
endeavoured to detain him, but with a yell he fled down the mountain;
and, figuratively, the fiery cross was sent round.

Each day the teacher went up and waited in vain. No one came near the
school. Then he essayed a journey of remonstrance from farm to farm,
got bushed, was out for two nights, and would have been left out
altogether only that Mandy Brown, who pitied him, went away and
brought him in after running his tracks for a whole day. Then he
simply sat down and waited despairingly. Then the Inspector came back
from his holiday and visited Dead Finish, expecting to find everything
in full swing. In his wrath he took out summonses against the whole
settlement. No notice was taken of these until four troopers paid it a
visit. Then it went into Tuberville in a body, and was promptly fined
and admonished. Returning, it sent its children to school—a horde of
young barbarians, unkempt, unwashed, almost unclad, but stout and
sturdy. And it was the time of the pulling of the corn! Therefore the
elders had to work double tides to make up for the lost labour of
their offspring, stolidly glaring at poor Cruppy as he tried to beat
into their shock heads the mystery of A B C.

Amanda Brown was eighteen, buxom, bare-footed, curly-haired,
red-cheeked, could ride as she put it ‘anythin’ with hair on,’ use an
axe like a Canadian, and was reckoned the best hand at breaking in a
young bullock to the team of anyone about. And she, since her finding
of Cruppy in the ranges, leech-infested and draggled, had taken him
under her protection. But even she was powerless to influence the
feeling of public indignation, daily growing stronger, against the
Inspector, the teacher, and the ‘Gov’ment,’ and which ended in Cruppy
being requested to clear out from Brown’s. As the latter put it,
‘Mister,’ said he, ‘it ain’t no good shenaneckin’! I dussent keep you
no longer. It’s as much ’s our lives is wuth. Brombee an’ them’s
gittin’ madder an’ madder. Ef you won’t slither complete, you’ll ’ave
to go an’ camp in the schoolhouse up yonder. We’ll sell you a pot an’
a bit o’ ration, an’ ye’ll have to do the best ye can.’ So Cruppy
went, seeing nothing else for it, and Mr Brown once more held up his
head amongst his fellows.

Despite his lack of physique, Cruppy had a certain amount of stubborn
resistance and endurance within him, often observable in red-headed
people. He was, in short, plucky, and unwilling to give in. And Mandy,
out of the largeness of her heart, helped him all she knew how.

For instance, when Tom O’Brien (eldest son of ‘Brombee’) made his
intention known of scaring the teacher out of Dead Finish, from Mandy
came the few words of warning and the present of the old gun and some
ammunition. Thus it happened that one night, when awakened by eerie
yells from his lonely slumber, the teacher looked out and saw a wild
figure clad in skins, and with a pair of bullock’s horns spreading
from its head, he felt no whit dismayed. Capering and shouting round
the hut under the dim moonlight went the weird thing, enough in that
desolate spot to make even a brave man shudder with the uncanny
grotesqueness of it.

But presently there was a report—a cloud of smoke, and a flash out of
the little window, and with a scream the thing dropped, then got up
again, and ran swiftly out of sight.

‘Caught him fair smack, ye did,’ said Mandy, afterwards. ‘Them pellets
o’ coarse salt touched ’im up properly. He don’t set down now without
lookin’ fer pillers. Tom won’t try no more gammonin’ to be a yahoo.
He’s full ’s a tick ov sich sport, he is.’

Other attempts were from time to time made to frighten Cruppy out of
the district, but they were of no avail. The holidays were
approaching, and he had made up his mind to hold out at least until
then in hopes of getting a shift from Dead Finish.

But one night, in melancholy mood, watching a piece of salt beef boil,
and leaning over every now and again to take the scum off the pot, he
heard the tramp of horses outside. Opening the door cautiously, he saw
Mandy riding her own pony _en cavalier_, and leading another one ready
saddled.

‘Come along,’ she said, without dismounting. ‘They’re on their tails
proper now. Wanter git the corn shelled for Tuberville. No more
schoolin’ fer the kids. They’re a-goin’ to put the set on ye to-night,
hut an’ all. Pap, and Brombee, an’ the Simmses, an’ Pringles, an’ the
whole push is out. They got four teams o’ bullocks an’ all the ropes
an’ chains in the country, an’ they’re a-goin’ to hyste school an’ you
over the sidin’. It’ll be just one! two! three! an’ wallop ye all
goes! Roll up yer swag slippy an’ come along.’

Cruppy, seeing at once that a crisis, not altogether unexpected, had
arrived, did as he was told.

‘Now,’ said Mandy, leading the way into a dense clump of peppermint
suckers, ‘le’s wait an’ see the fun. They reckoned as how, sleepin’ so
sound, you wouldn’t know nothin’ till you struck bottom in the crik.
But they’re euchred agin.’

As the night wore on noises broke its stillness, and dark forms moved
athwart the little open space, whilst from far below in the gully came
the faint clank of chains and the muffled tramp of cattle.

‘Look,’ whispered Mandy admiringly, ‘ain’t they cunnin’? There’s Pap,
an’ ole Brombee, an’ young Tom, a-sneakin’ the big rope roun’ the hut.
You’d niver ha’ woke, sleepin’ sound as ye does.’

Even as she spoke a shrill whistle was heard. Then from below came a
tremendous volleying of whips, accompanied by hoarse yells of ‘Gee,
Brusher! Darling up! Wah Rowdy! Spanker! Redman!’ As the noose
tightened, the school first cracked, then toppled. The din below
redoubled, and with a crash the building disappeared bodily over the
brow of the hill.

‘That’s domino!’ remarked Mandy calmly. ‘There won’t be no more
schoolin’ at Dead Finish. Come along; I’ll set ye on the track. Ye kin
leave the horse an’ saddle at Duffy’s when you gits to the township. I
shook ’em from ole Brombee. Won’t he bite when he finds it out. But
you,’ she went on, ‘needn’t be scared. You seen him to-night doin’ his
best to break your neck. Well, so long! Give us a cheeker afore ye
goes; an’ don’t forget Mandy Brown o’ Dead Finish.’




‘NUMBER ONE NORTH RAINBOW.’


‘Another duffer!’

‘Rank as ever was bottomed!’

‘Seventy-five feet hard delving, and not a colour!’

The speakers were myself, the teller of this story, and my mate, Harry
Treloar.

We were sitting on a heap of earth and stones representing a month’s
fruitless, dreary labour. The last remark was Harry’s.

‘That makes, I think,’ continued he, ‘as nearly as I can guess, about
a dozen of the same species. And people have the cheek to call this a
poor man’s diggings!’

‘The prospectors are on good gold,’ I hazard.

‘So are the publicans,’ retorts he, ‘and the speculators, and the
storekeepers, and, apparently, everybody but the poor men—ourselves,
to wit. This place is evidently for capitalists. We’re nearly
“dead-brokers,” as they say out here. Let’s harness up Eclipse and go
over to old Yamnibar. We may make a rise there. It’s undignified, I
allow, scratching amongst the leavings of other men and other years;
dangerous, also, but that’s nothing. And many a good man has had to do
the same before us.’

No life can equal that of a digger’s if he be ‘on gold,’ even
moderately so; if not, none so weary and heart-breaking.

It’s all very well to talk, as some street-bred novelists do, of ‘hope
following every stroke of the pick, making the heaviest toil as
nought,’ and all that kind of thing; but when one has been
pick-stroking for months without seeing a colour; when one’s boots are
sticking together by suasion of string or greenhide; when every meal
is eaten on grudged credit; when one works late and early, wet and
dry, and all in vain, then hope becomes of that description which
maketh the heart sick, very sick, indeed. Treloar was, in general, a
regular Mark Tapley and Micawber rolled into one. But for once, fate,
so adverse, had proved too much for even his serenely hopeful temper.

He was an Anglo-Indian. Now he is Assistant Commissioner at Bhurtpore,
also a C.S.I.; and, when he reads this, will recollect and perhaps
sigh for the days when he possessed a liver and an appetite, and was
penniless.

Our turnout was rather a curious one. The season was dry, and, feed
being scarce, Treloar had concluded that, at such a time, a bullock
would be better able to eke out a living than a horse. Therefore, a
working bullock drew our tilted cart about the country.

‘You see, my boy,’ said Treloar, when deciding on the purchase, ‘an ox
is a beggar that always seems to have something to chew. Turn a horse
out where there’s no grass, and he’ll probably go to the deuce before
morning. But your ox, now, after a good look around, seeing he’s
struck a barren patch, ’ll draw on his reserves, bring up something
from somewhere, and start chewing away like one o’clock. That comforts
his owner. I vote for the ox. He may be slow, but he generally appears
to have enough in his stomach to keep his jaws going; and, in a dry
time, that is a distinct advantage.’

So Eclipse was bought, I merely stipulating that Treloar should always
drive.

I have an idea, that, after a while, as the old ‘worker’ sauntered
along, regarding the perspiring Harry, and his exhortations and
exclamations, often in Hindustani, with a mild stare of surprise, as
he slowly stooped for a dry tussock, or reached aloft for an
overhanging branch, the latter somewhat repented him of his
experiment. But he never said so. And, to do him justice, Eclipse was
not a bad ‘ox’; and, when he could get nothing better, justified
Harry’s expectations by seeming able to chew stones. But his motto was
decidedly _festina lente_.

Yamnibar, ‘Old Yamnibar,’ at last. Behind us, on the far inland river,
we had left a busy scene of activity. Hurrying crowds of men, the
whirr of a thousand windlasses, the swish of countless cradles, and
the ceaseless pounding by night and by day of the battery stamps. And
now what a contrast!

A wide, trackless valley, covered with grave-like mounds, on which
grass grew rankly; with ruined buildings and rotting machinery, and,
here and there, pools of stagnant water, whilst the only thing save
the sweep of the wind that reached our ears was a distant rhythmical
moaning, coming very sadly in that desolate place—the sounding of the
sea on the rock-bound coast not far away.

The only signs of life, as Eclipse, pausing now and again, and taking
a ruminative survey of the valley, drew us by degrees down the sloping
hills, were the buglings of a squad of native companions flying
heavily towards the setting sun.

‘What a dismal hole!’ I muttered, as the ‘ox,’ spying some green
rushes, bolted at top speed—about a mile an hour—towards them.

‘Let’s try and find a golden one,’ laughed my mercurial friend. ‘Here
we have a whole gold-field to ourselves. Just think of it! “Lords of
the fowl and the brute”—Eclipse and _Kálee_ and the bralgas. Take the
old chap out of the _gharri_, and we’ll pitch our camp.’

I ought to have spoken of _Kálee_ long ago. Indeed, when one comes to
think of it, I ought to have called this story after her. But man is
an ungrateful animal—worse than most dogs. Not that the great
deerhound with the faithful eyes, who might have stepped out of one of
Landseer’s pictures, was forgotten—far from it. But for her we should
possibly now, both of us, be bundles of dry bones, with all sorts of
underground small deer making merry amongst them.

She ought, according to her merits, to hold pride of place here. But
she was quiet and unobtrusive as she was faithful and affectionate,
whereas Eclipse was nothing of the kind, only a noisy blusterer,
thinking of no one but himself. Therefore, as happens so often with
us, has he stolen a march on a failing memory for prior recognition.
But the ‘ox’ is grass, and _Kálee_ still lives in the great Eastern
Empire, and has two servants to wait upon her. _O Dea certe!_

‘Behold!’ said Treloar, as we lay and smoked in the moonlight, after
supper, in front of our tent, which we had pitched between the
door-posts of what had evidently been a building of some size, but of
which they were the sole remains. ‘Behold, my friend, the end of it
all! But a few years are passed, and where, now, are the busy
thousands that toiled and strove and jostled each other, below there,
in earth’s bowels, in the fierce race for gold? Look at it now! Think
of the great waves of human hopes and disappointments and joys that
have rolled to and fro across this miserable patch of earth! Think of
the brave hearts that came hot with the excitement of the quest, and
departed broken with the emptiness of it. Also, of those others, who
never departed, but lie at rest beneath that yellow clay. Just a
little while, in the new-born one, is centred alike the glow of
success and the cold chill of failure; all the might of swift fierce
endeavour, every passion, good and bad, that convulses our wretched
souls. And then, after a brief season, its pristine form defaced and
scarred, comes the rotting solitude of the tomb! Why ’tis, in some
sort, the story of our corporal life and death!

  ‘“Over the Mountains of the Moon,
      Down the Vale of Shadow,
    Ride, boldly ride,” the shade replied,
      “For there lies El Dorado.”

Behold, my friend, the Valley of the Shadow that has passed, wherein
many a bold soul has gone down to Hades, “unhouselled, disappointed,
unaneled.” Do their ghosts wander yet, I ask?’

‘O, bother!’ I mutter sleepily. ‘I’m tired. Let’s turn in.’

Fortunately such outbursts were rare. But when the fit came on, I knew
too well the uselessness of attempting to stop it.

Awakened towards the small hours by the roarings of Eclipse,
triumphantly apprising the world at large that his belly was full, I
found the lantern still burning, and could see Treloar’s eye ‘in a
fine phrenzy rolling,’ as he scribbled rapidly. Years afterwards I
read in the _Bombay Pioneer_ ‘How the Night Falls on Yamnibar,’ and
thought it passable.

It was anything but pleasant work, this groping about old workings. It
was also very dangerous. Many were the close shaves we had of being
buried, sometimes alive, at others flattened out.

The soil, for the first twenty or thirty feet, was of a loose, friable
description. Thence to the bottom, averaging eighty feet, was
‘standing ground,’ _i.e._, needed no timbering. But, in many cases,
the slabbing from the upper parts had rotted away and fallen down,
followed by big masses of earth, which blocked up the entrance to the
drives where our work lay.

Then after, with great trouble, clearing the bottom, generally yellow
pipeclay, and exploring the dark, cramped passages for pillars, we
had, before beginning to displace these, to support the roof by
artificial ones. Timber had at the time of the rush been plentiful; as
a consequence pillars were scarce. Also, the field, having in its
prime been a wonderfully rich one, it had been repeatedly fossicked
over. This made them scarcer still.

Often after a heavy job of clearing out and heaving-up mullock, water,
and slabs, all the time in imminent peril of a ‘fall’ from some part
of the shaft, would we discover, on exploring the drives, that they
were simply groves of props—not a natural support left standing.

Such a network of holes and burrows as the place was! I can compare it
to nothing but a Brobdingnagian rabbit-warren.

The flat had been undermined, claim breaking into claim, until the
wonder was that the whole top crust didn’t cave in. In some places
this had happened, and one looked down into a dismal chaos of soil,
rotten timber, and surface water.

As I have remarked, it was risky work this hunting for the few
solitary grains amongst the rotten treasure-husks left by others,
especially without a local knowledge of the past, which would have
been so invaluable to us. But there came to be, nevertheless, a sort
of dreary fascination in it.

We had heard that, on this same field, years after its total
abandonment, a two hundred ounce nugget had been found by a solitary
fossicker in a pillar left in an old claim.

Very often, I believe, did the picture of that big lump rise before
us as we crawled and twisted and wriggled about like a pair of great
subterranean yellow eels, not knowing the moment a few odd tons of
earth might fall and bury us.

One day an incident rather out of the common befell. Lowering Treloar
cautiously down an old shaft to, as usual, make a preliminary survey,
I presently heard a splash and a cry of ‘Heave-up!’ Up he came, a
regular Laocoon, in the close embraces of a thumping, lively carpet
snake, whose frogging ground he had intruded upon.

He had, by luck, got a firm grip of the reptile round the neck, and
was not bitten. He was, however, badly scared.

Doubtfully he listened as, while releasing him from the coils, I
assured him that the thing was perfectly harmless.

Was I quite certain on this point? he wished to know. Of course I was;
and I quoted all the authorities I could think of.

Then, before despatching it, would I let it bite me? As an ardent
ophiologist, he took the utmost interest in such a fact, and would
like to become as confident as myself of it.

But I pointed out earnestly that this was simply trifling, and that we
had no time to spare. Practical demonstration is a very capital thing
in many cases. But _ver non semper viret_, and our friend of the
curiously-patterned skin might not be _always_ innocuous.

We took three ounces out of a pillar in Snake Shaft. That night, on
returning to our camp, we found an old man there. He was the first
person we had seen for a month; and so were inclined to be cordial.
There was nothing particularly remarkable about the new-comer, except
that he had a habit of tightly shutting one eye as he looked at you.

I have called him old because his hair was grey; but he was still a
very powerful man, and likely to prove a tough one at close quarters.

‘Come and have some supper, mate,’ said Treloar.

‘Call me Brummy, an’ keep yer dorg orf,’ replied the other, as he
poured out a pannikin of tea. ‘I don’t fancy a big beast like yon
a-breathin’ inter the back o’ a feller’s neck.’

And, indeed, _Kálee’s_ attentions were marked. She sniffed around and
around the new-comer, bristled all her hair up, and carried on a
monologue which sounded unpleasant.

‘No,’ he resumed in answer to a question, as Treloar sent _Kálee_ to
her kennel. ‘I was never on this here field before. Down about the
Lachlan’s my _towri_. Everybody theer knows Brummy. I’m goin’ to do a
bit of fossickin’ now I got this far. Ain’t a-thinkin’ o’ interferin’
wi’ you. Surfiss is my dart—roun’ about the old tailin’s and puddlers.
Down below’s too risky in a rotten shop like this. I leaves that game
to the young ’uns. An’’ (with a sly grin) ‘old Brum does as well as
the best on ’em in the long run.’

Soon after this he went away and pitched a ragged fly further along
the flat.

Next day, as we were having a smoke and a spell after rigging two new
windlass standards, he came up to us, and in a furtive sort of
manner, began to try and discover the position of those claims which
we had already prospected. Having no motive for concealment, we told
him as well as we could, also pointing out most of them from where we
sat.

He appeared quite pleased as we finished, and marched off with his old
tin dish banging and rattling against the pick on his shoulder.

‘That old man,’ remarked Harry presently, ‘is a dangerous old man.
Moreover, he is a liar.’

‘How do you know that?’ I asked.

‘The first,’ he replied, ‘I feel—as _Kálee_ did. Now for the second
count in the indictment. Did you not hear him tell us that this was
his first visit to Yamnibar? Well, when he asked so carelessly if we
had tried the big shaft over yonder—the one where you can see the
remains of a horse-whim—and you said that we had not, a momentary
gleam of satisfaction passed across his face. We’ll try that hole
to-morrow morning. Luckily, our new standards are finished.’

‘Pooh!’ I said. ‘My dear fellow, your legal training has made you too
suspicious. The poor old beggar may have an idea of prospecting that
very shaft himself.’

‘He probably has,’ replied Treloar quietly. ‘Only don’t forget that he
doesn’t like underground work.’

However, my companion had his own way, which, except in such matters
as that of the snake-test, he generally did; and next morning saw us
fixing our windlass at the summit of the big heap of mullock which
towered above its fellows.

We seldom got anything in such claims. They had mostly been worked by
rich companies, and every ounce of wash-dirt removed.

It was pretty late by the time we had removed sufficient of the
_débris_ from the bottom of the shaft—too late to do more that night.

As we walked over to our camp, we caught a glimpse of ‘Brummy’
following us.

‘He’s been watching,’ said Treloar.

‘Nonsense!’ I replied impatiently. ‘You’re becoming a monomaniac.’

That evening our neighbour came over to our fire; and in consequence
_Kálee_, in low threatening communion with herself, had to be put upon
the chain.

‘Goin’ to try the big un?’ he asked presently.

‘Yes,’ said Harry; ‘there may be something there. One can never tell.’

‘Not much danger!’ he blurted out. ‘The coves as worked Number One
North Rainbow weren’t the chaps to leave much behind ’em.
Leastways’—he quickly added, seeing his mistake, ‘so I’ve heerd say.’

Treloar gave me a look which meant ‘How now?’ but neither of us took
further notice.

‘I’ve heard tell, too,’ he continued, ‘as that claim’s häänted.’

‘Oh!’ said Treloar airily, and as if in constant association with
them, ‘we don’t mind ghosts. It’s the living, not the dead, that force
us betimes to keep a sharp look-out.’

‘Well, mates,’ retorted Brummy, rather sulkily, ‘I ain’t quite
cunnin’ enuff yet to chew tacks, but I ain’t not altogether a born
hidjiot; an’ if anybody was to offer me a thousand poun’ to go down
that ’ere shaft, where you got your win’less rigged, an’ up them
drives, I wouldn’t do it.’

‘I was down it to-day,’ I remarked, ‘and didn’t notice anything out of
the common.’

‘Mebbe not, mebbe not—yet,’ said he. ‘But the yarns I’ve listened
to—on the Lachlan, over yander—consarning that ’ere Rainbow claim ’d
make your ’air stick up stiff.’

During the night, feeling restless and unable to sleep, I got up and
went outside. The weather was very hot, and, for some time, I sat and
listened to the faint wash of the sea, longing for a plunge in its
cool depths. Suddenly, in the great expanse of gloom, my eyes caught
the glimmer of a light. As nearly as I could guess, it was moving
slowly towards the shaft we were to descend in the morning.

‘There goes your aged friend,’ said a voice at my shoulder, which made
me start with the unexpectedness of it.

‘Too hot and close to sleep,’ explained Treloar. ‘Come out for a
breath of air.’

‘Let’s shepherd the old chap, and see what his little game is. Bring
the lantern. Needn’t show a light. We know the way well enough. I
expect he’s after ghosts.’

As, breathless, we arrived at our windlass, Treloar gave a grunt of
disappointment on seeing that everything was exactly as we had left
it—rope coiled neatly round the barrel, green-hide bucket hanging over
the mouth.

‘It must have been a Jack-o’-lantern,’ said he; ‘or perhaps the old
sinner’s gone down some other shaft. Yes, by Jingo! look there!’ he
exclaimed, pointing to where, a couple of hundred of yards distant, a
flash of light was visible for a moment. ‘He’s gone down the Snake
Shaft! Those ladders are as rotten as pears; and he’ll break his
wicked old neck if he isn’t careful. I wish him joy of all he’ll find
there, even if he gets to the bottom safely. What came we out for to
see? Let’s make back.’

It was my turn down next morning, and when I got to the end of the
hundred and odd feet of the häänted shaft, I lit my candle, and, at
random, entered one of the four roomy drives that had been put in so
many long years ago.

So extensively had it been quarried, that I was only obliged to stoop
slightly. Not a trace of earthen pillar here. A valuable property
this, and a clean-swept one. Travelling warily along, I suddenly
stumbled over a ridge of mullock, into what was evidently another
drive altogether.

My course, so far, had been downwards. The new tunnel sloped slightly
upwards.

Evidently both claims had been driving for a ‘gutter.’ One of them had
got to the end of its tether before reaching it. The surface limits of
‘golden holes’ are pretty strictly defined; but roguery, as well as
miscalculation, has been known to produce curious effects in
adjoining claims. Not that, just then, I bothered myself with any such
speculations. I was on the look-out for a lump of that rich water-worn
conglomerate which had made Yamnibar, in the days of its youth, the
talk of the world. Sitting down to rest a minute, the candlelight fell
brightly on the shining steel of a pick.

I had noticed how freshly the earth smelled, and wondered thereat. The
pick was fresh too. One could swear that it had not left its owner’s
grip five minutes. Without a doubt it had been used to remove the thin
curtain of earth between the rival drives.

Looking more closely, fresh knee and footprints were plentiful.

What the deuce did it mean?

Crawling along the new drive, which was much smaller than the
Rainbow’s, I at length emerged into a shaft that struck me as
familiar.

The ‘Snake,’ or I was a Dutchman!

I knew it by the ladders, for one thing; for another, by a piece of
timber at the entrance to the opposite drive—the one in which we had
made our three-ounce rise.

I tried the rungs of the rude ladders. Not half so rotten as we had
taken them to be. Also covered with fresh earth left by recent boots.

Only fifty feet to the top, and up I went safely enough. Treloar was
sitting smoking, with his back towards me as I approached.

I startled him finely when I spoke.

‘This is the hole the old man wants,’ he remarked, after hearing my
story. ‘He knew he couldn’t very well get down our rope and climb up
it again. But he knew that one of the ‘Snake’ drives ran nearly into
one of these. I suspect he must once have been employed in one or
other of the claims. Either that, or he’s been fossicking here before.
You know we’ve come across plenty of traces of such. Cunning old
dodger! But what _can_ he be after? I tell you what. We’ll both go
down and try another of the drives. We’ll leave _Kálee_ on top to
watch. I’ll bet you she’ll sing out pretty soon.’

I said nothing, for I was beginning to have doubts respecting
‘Brummy’s’ veracity.

This time I lowered Treloar first. Then, whilst he held the rope taut,
I slipped comfortably down.

We chose the opposite drive to the one I had explored, and moved in,
Treloar leading.

‘Hello!’ said he presently, ‘someone’s been here before us. See,
there’s been a good-sized pillar taken out. Why, here’s some of the
dirt left yet! And—good God!’ he suddenly exclaimed, ‘what’s this?’

Pushing up alongside him, and holding my candle forward, I saw, lying
at full length, a human skeleton. And yet it was not a complete
skeleton. Here and there, rags and tatters of flesh, dry and hard as
leather, stuck to the frame. A pair of heavy boots, with the ankle
bones protruding, lay detached, and remnants of clothing were still
visible. But the head was what fixed our gaze, the first horror of the
thing over. The fore part of the skull had been smashed completely
in. Near by lay a small driving-pick, thickly encrusted as with rust.

‘Neither rats, nor mice, nor snakes did that,’ whispered Treloar,
pointing to the awful fracture.

‘Surely,’ I replied, with a shiver, ‘this can’t be the thing old
Brummy’s searching for. No wonder he insisted on the place being
haunted.’

‘Not that poor valueless shell,’ answered my friend, who was now
kneeling, ‘but this! and this! and this!’ holding up, as he spoke,
three fine nuggets, whose dull gleam had caught his eye in the heap of
loose drift on which the skeleton partially lay.

‘Never!’ I exclaimed. ‘He never would have had the pluck to face back
again if _that_ is some of his work.’

‘If it is,’ said Treloar, quickly springing to his feet, thereby
bumping the roof with his head, ‘we shall soon hear of it. Back, man!
Back for your life! Hark! By G—d! there’s _Kálee_ now. Good dog, hold
him!’ as if it were possible for her to hear at that depth.

Pushing and scrambling along, we got to the entrance of the drive,
where the muffled sounds resolved themselves in a furious hullaballoo
of barks and curses. Then, as we paused for a moment, swish, swish,
down came the windlass rope, falling all of a heap. Just as we were on
the point of pushing out, what feeble light there was at the bottom
changed into total darkness, and, with a terrific smash, a heavy mass
fell at our feet. Then silence, broken only by low groans and hoarse
fierce growls.

With trembling hands we relit our candles, and saw more distinctly.

Upon the rope coils lay ‘Brummy,’ quite still. Squatted on his breast,
the great hound watched him narrowly—so narrowly that her lolling red
tongue nearly touched the face of the prostrate man. Blood oozed
slowly from his mouth and ears.

With reluctance the dog obeyed her master’s call, and, apparently
uninjured, crouched in a corner, panting loudly, while we examined
Brummy.

‘_Habet!_’ said Treloar, as we turned him over. ‘Back’s broken! See
here’ (producing a loaded revolver from a hip-pocket), ‘the old man
meant business. It’s only guessing, mind. But he probably thought we
should attempt to escape up the Snake Shaft, and would have shot us
off the ladders like magpies. Well done, Goddess _Kálee_. You’ve
proved yourself worthy of your name for once, anyhow.’

With a good deal of trouble we got the rope through the drive into the
Snake Shaft and on to our windlass again. It had been cut clean off
with a tomahawk. We hove the man and the dog up. We let the other
thing alone for a while. But the one we had thought dead was still
alive, with a little life. As the cool air blew on his face he opened
his eyes. It was all he could do. Black, beady eyes, once sharp and
piercing, now fast dulling with the death-film. And he lay there and
watched me, staring fixedly. It was a bright sunshiny day, the birds
were singing cheerily about us, and the wash of the sea was very
faint. From the expression on his face I thought he was listening to
it. Presently Treloar returned from the camp with some brandy, and
poured a spoonful between the clenched teeth.

The spirit revived him a little, and he spoke. He said,—

‘Curse you!’

More brandy, and he spoke again.

‘Is he there yet?’

‘He’s there yet,’ answered Treloar. ‘How long ago was it?’

‘Ten year.’

‘What did you kill him for?’

More brandy; and then, as his eyes brightened, he laughed, actually
laughed up at us, saying, in a strong voice,—

‘Why, you fool, for the big lump, o’ coorse! A ’underd an’ eighty
ounces! Too big to share, I reckon. I’d a-smashed a dozen men for it
in them days, let alone a poor softy like Jim.’

‘There must be thirty or forty ounces down there,’ I remarked. ‘Why
didn’t you take that too?’

‘Never you mind,’ he said. ‘I come back for it now. And if it hadn’t
been for that theer infernal dorg I’d ha’ had it.’

‘And how about us?’ asked Treloar, as, obeying the look in his eyes,
he gave him another drink.

  [Illustration: Upon the rope coils lay “Brummy,” quite still.
   (Page 87)]

The dying man smiled significantly, but said nothing. There was a long
pause, during which Brummy shut his eyes, and breathed stertorously,
whilst _Kálee_, drawing herself noiselessly along on her belly, came
closer, and looked into his face, but with no anger in her gaze now.

‘There’s one thing I can’t understand,’ said Treloar, in a low voice,
‘and that is how he contrived to get up this shaft again with the
gold.’

Quietly as he spoke, Brummy heard him, and muttered—

‘Would ye like to know?’

‘No, no!’ exclaimed Treloar earnestly. ‘We have wasted far too much
precious time already in vain talk. Can we do anything to make your
mind easier? You know you can’t last much longer. In God’s name try
and prepare yourself to meet Him.’

Very slowly came the reply, in short gasps,—

‘I’m easy enough. If I could choke the pair o’ ye by winkin’ I’d do
it. I’m gittin’ cold a’ready. But I’m cursin’ ye to mysen all the
time. If I kin git back I’ll häänt ye.’

Another long silence, and then he murmured,—

‘Take that dorg away, Jim, or I’ll put the pick into yer! There, you
got it now, ole man! Ah, would yer?’

Then the flickering light in the eyes failed altogether, and, I take
it, a very defiant, murderous old soul went forth to meet its Maker.

_Kálee_, smelling at the body, sat upon her haunches and wailed loudly
and dismally after the manner of her kind, answered from the flat by
Eclipse, marvelling at the disturbance of his friend, with sonorous
bellowings.

This was the requiem of him as he passed to join the other shades of
Yamnibar. Slain by a dog and the cunning of his own hand.

As for the gold that ‘Jim’ had lain by so quietly, and watched so
patiently through the years, we never got any of it.

The three nuggets figured in the police-court inquiry, with other
things, under the title of ‘Exhibit A.’

That was the last glimpse we had of them.

Departmental red tape enwrapped them so closely that no amount of
solicitation could render them visible again—to us.

Easier would it be to draw leviathan from the waters with a bit of
twine and a crooked pin than to draw ‘treasure trove’ from the coffers
of a treasury—colonial or otherwise.

To this day they are possibly accumulating dust, pigeon-holed with the
depositions in the case. But I doubt it, I doubt it.




THE PROTECTION OF THE ‘SPARROWHAWK.’


Many people have their special antipathies. There are instances on
record of one fainting at the scent of heliotrope; of another becoming
hysterical at the mewing of a cat; and so on, and so on, _ad
infinitum_. The Scotch, as a rule, are anything but a nervously
susceptible nation, taken either collectively or individually. Nor
have I heard that those members of it who follow the sea as a calling
are more so than their shorekeeping compatriots.

Still, to the present day, and probably to the day of his departure,
John M‘Cracken, retired master mariner, of Aberdeen, becomes signally
and powerfully moved by the cry of the domestic duck, rendered
universally and approximately as ‘Quack!’ His red face grows redder,
his light blue eyes glower menacingly, and his hands open and close
nervously, as if longing for some missile wherewith to annihilate the
unconscious fowl—or its human imitator.

The _Sparrowhawk_, barque, M‘Cracken master, was chartered to convey
returning Chinese passengers from Singapore to Amoy.

I think the regulations as to space, numbers, etc., etc., could not,
in those days, have been very strict. Be this as it may, Skipper
M‘Cracken filled up until he could fill no more. The ’tween deck was
like a freshly-opened sardine tin; on the main deck they lay in double
tiers. Many roosted in the tops. The boats on the davits and the
long-boat on the skids swarmed with the home-going children of the
Flowery Land. The better class, merchants, tradesmen, etc., had
secured everything aft, from the captain’s cabin to the steward’s
pantry, for which accommodation fabulous sums found their way into the
pockets of M‘Cracken and his mates. For’ard, the crew had vacated the
forecastle in consideration of sundry handfuls per man of dollars,
which they had subsequently discovered to be ‘chop.’

The mild-eyed heathen in his leisure moments had amused himself by
punching pellets of good silver out of them, and filling the holes up
with lead. From taffrail to bowsprit-heel, from waterways to keelson,
the _Sparrowhawk_ seethed and stank with a sweltering mass of yellow
humanity. Every soul had a square of matting and a water-jar, also an
umbrella. They also all had money—more or less. The fellows aft, with
the flowing silk gowns and long finger-nails, owned chests of it, all
in silver specie, stowed snugly away in the lazarette. The herd
carried their little fortunes, hardly earned by years of incessant
toil as _sampan_ men, porters, or what not, in the great border city
on the sea, hidden upon their persons.

The vessel looked grotesque to a degree. She was flying light, and
towered loftily out of the water. Upon her deck, amidships, rose two
big arrangements after the nature of boilers. These were for cooking
rice, and were occasionally the scenes of fierce fighting, during
which the Europeans would clamber into the rigging, leaving a clear
field, and applaud vociferously. They were a harmless people, and
fought like sheep-dogs, rarely doing one another much harm.

From the barque’s side protruded curious cage-like structures
connected with the sanitary affairs of the multitude. This last lay
everywhere, pervaded everything. If you wanted a rope you had to
dislodge half-a-dozen grunting, naked bodies. Trimming the yards o’
nights the watches tripped and fell amongst the prostrate ranks.

The passengers, however, bore it all placidly. They had paid M‘Cracken
so many dollars per head for a piece of his deck, and the situation of
it was quite immaterial. Moreover, were they not homeward bound after
years of separation from wives and little ones with fortunes made
beyond the sea? Men in such circumstances are apt to be good-tempered.
A heavy squall would probably have caused the loss of the
_Sparrowhawk_ and all on board. But Captain M‘Cracken took the
risk—and the dollars. He slept on an old sail folded across the cuddy
skylight. His mattress he had leased along with his state-room to one
of the merchants who, he understood, was a convert to Christianity.
The wind kept light, with showers at intervals. At the first drop, up
would go every umbrella; and, looking from aloft, the sight was a
queer one.

On leaving Singapore the skipper had been warned that pirates were
still to be met with in Chinese waters, and, short though the passage
was, advised to arm, at all events in some sort, his ship and crew.
This he did. At a marine store he bought, second-hand, a couple of
cannon—three pounders—also several dozen of grape shot. In exchange
for a worn mizzen-topsail and the fat saved by the cook (of usage the
latter’s perquisite) on the passage out, he procured some old Tower
muskets, a few boarding-pikes, and three horse-pistols for his own and
his officers’ especial use. These last had flintlocks and mouths like
a bell. Thus equipped, he declared himself ready for any piratical
attack.

The ship’s agents smiled meaningly, and winked at each other; but,
knowing their man, forbore further advice, well recognising the
inutility of it. A Scotchman who owns a full half interest in his
ship, who hails from Aberdeen, and habitually comes ashore in
latitude 0 with a Glengarry cap on, no umbrella, and naked feet, is
not a being to stand argument.

One night the moon rose full, and right aft. She rose, too, with a big
black spot in her disc that had no right to be there.

There was too much _samshoo_ aboard for a very sharp look-out to be
kept for’ard. That native spirit gets into men’s eyes and weakens
them. But aft the skipper caught sight of the object.

‘It’ll be a junk, I’m thinkin’!’ he said presently, after working away
for a while with his glass; ‘an a muckle ane at that. She’s fetchin’ a
breezie wi’ her, whilk’s a comfort.’

Some of the long-nailed aristocrats were lounging about the poop. They
needed no glass to make out the approaching vessel. Gathering in a
group, they cackled noisily, pointing and gesticulating among
themselves.

Then, coming up to the captain, one—it was his Christian
friend—plucked him by the arm and uttered laconically, with extended
digit, ‘Prat!’

‘Weel, Johnnie,’ replied old M‘Cracken coolly, as he gathered the
other’s meaning, ‘pireet, or no pireet, gin he come a wee closer,
we’ll just pepper the hide o’ him wi’ cauld airn.’

Without more ado, the Chinaman dived into his cabin and in a minute or
two reappeared with a most hideous idol and a bundle of perfumed
paper. Placing the thing right under the skipper’s nose, he lit a yard
of paper and began to screech an invocation. As of good Presbyterian
stock, M‘Cracken was irritated and shocked.

‘Mon, mon,’ he exclaimed, ‘what wad ye be at! Hae ye niver been tauld
that a’ graven eemages is an abomination in the sicht o’ the Lord? An’
I thocht ye was a Christian.’ So saying, he seized the joss and flung
it far overboard into the silvery water, just rippling under the
coming breeze. The worshipper uttered a yell of dismay. But there was
no time to lose, and, rushing below, he brought up another god, ten
times as hideous as the first one, and, descending to the main deck,
aroused the ship with his devotions.

Then arose the sound of a multitude waking in fear—an impressive sound
and a catching. Up the open hatchways from the steaming, fœtid ’tween
decks they streamed in hundreds, like disturbed ants, with cries of
alarm and grief, and strong callings upon their gods. In a minute the
ship was alive with lights burning before idols of every description.
A thousand half-naked figures crouched cowering from the break of the
poop right for’ard. Aft, a handful of rugged Scotch seamen gazed
quietly at the black spot over the water. Presently the two little
guns were crammed half up to the muzzle with powder and grape, and
placed each in a socket cut out for it after leaving Singapore. The
remainder of the weapons were, with a stock of ammunition, divided
amongst the crew. Hot irons were put in the galley fire; and the
skipper, having thus placed his ship in a thorough state of defence,
felt complacent, and half-inclined to shorten sail, wait for the
pirates to come up, and then give them a lesson. Old seaman though he
was, he was a new hand in these Eastern waters.

Confiding his notion to the second mate, who was also carpenter, also
sailmaker, a grizzled ancient shellback of much experience and endless
voyaging, the other laughed aloud, but not mirthfully.

‘If,’ said he, ‘yon’s a “prat,” as Johnnie there ca’s it, we’ll a’ be
meat for the fishes afore the sun’s risen!’

‘Hoots!’ exclaimed the skipper angrily, ‘whaur’s yer pluck, Davie,
mon! I didna think ye’d be for showin’ the white feather a’ready, an’
ye a Newburgh lad as weel’s mysel’! What’s a handfu’ o’ naked salvages
like yon, in compare wi’ us an’ oor arteelery?’

‘An’ hoo mony men micht she carry yonder, div ye think?’ queried the
other, taking a squint at the junk, whose huge oblong sails shone
whitely under the moonbeams.

‘Mebbe a score or sae,’ replied M‘Cracken, ‘airmed maistley wi’
spears, an’ skeens, sic, as I’ve been tauld, bein’ their usual
weepons.’

The other chuckled hoarsely as he said, ‘If she’s a pireet, she’ll hae
at the vera leest a guid twa ’unnered aboord, a’ airmed wi’ muskets
an’ swords, forbye things they ca’ gingals, takin’ a sax-ounce ball,
to say nothin’ o’ stinkpots an’ ither deviltries. Mon, I’ve seen ’em
wi’ guns they cannonies there wadna mak’ rammars for. But if that chap
has ony, I doubt we sud ha’ heard frae him ere the noo.

‘I was ance,’ continued he, ‘lyin’ in Hongkong Harbour, when they cut
oot the _Cashmere_, a bouncin’ ocean steamer, in the braid daylicht,
an’ murthered ivery soul on boord o’ her. Na, na, skipper; let her but
get a haud on us, and ye’ll see the deil gang o’er Jock Wabster sure
aneuch.’

The skipper listened silently. Then, wetting his finger and holding it
up, he said,—

‘Perhaps, after a’, Davie, mon, ye might ’s weel set they t’g’nt
stun’s’ls, gin ye can get them up, wi’ sic an awfu’ rabble as is aboot
the deck.’

The breeze had died away again. There was only just enough of it to
keep the sails full. The fresh canvas, however, sent the _Sparrowhawk_
through the water half a knot faster, and she was beginning to
perceptibly leave the junk astern, when suddenly out from her sides
flashed a long row of sweeps, under whose impulse she recovered her
lost ground very quickly. If there had been any doubt about the
character of the stranger, there remained none now; and the uproar,
which had partially ceased, arose with tenfold vigour.

Some of the passengers went down into the lazarette and commenced to
stow as many dollars as they could about their clothing. Others
divided their attention between their idols and the skipper, running
frantically from one to the other. Curiously enough the junk appeared
satisfied to maintain her distance, although, had she so desired, she
could with her sweeps have easily overhauled the barque.

Now, from away on the port hand, where lay the outline of the Chinese
coast, black beneath the moon, came a gentle mist hanging low and
thick upon the water. As it gradually enveloped the ship, hiding all
but close objects from view, she was kept away three or four points.
But, presently, with the haze, what wind there was left her, the sails
gave a few ominous flaps, and then hung limply down. At this moment a
Chinaman, uttering a loud yell of fright, pointed over the starboard
quarter. There, close aboard, loomed up a dark mass almost, high as
she was, on a level with the _Sparrowhawk’s_ poop-railing. It was the
junk.

‘The het poker, quick!’ shouted the captain. Some one brought it and,
unheeding the skipper, dabbed it straightway on the touch-hole of the
little cannon pointing directly, as it happened, at the pirate.

The powder being damp, fizzed for a minute, and, just as M‘Cracken
sung out, ‘More pouther; she’s fluffed ’i the pan!’ with a roar the
thing went off. Off and up as well, for it sprung six feet in the air,
and descended with a crash into the binnacle.

‘Fetch the ither ane,’ shouted M‘Cracken, ‘an’ gie ’em anither dose i’
the wame. Hear till ’em,’ he continued, as a most extraordinary noise
arose from the junk now just abreast of the mizzen-rigging. ‘Hear till
’em scraighin’, the thievin’ heathen pireets. They havena muckle
likin’ for sic a med’cin’. It gives them the mirligoes. Pit yer fut on
her, Tam Wulson, whiles I send her aff,’ he went on, addressing a
sailor, as the other gun was brought over and shipped.

‘Pit yer ain fut on her, captain,’ answered the man. ‘I dinna
a’thegither like the notion. She’ll lat oot like ony cuddy, judgin’
frae her mate.’ But the skipper was too excited to argue, and,
applying the hot iron, spit—fizzle—bang, and the piece went up, and,
this time, clean overboard.

A thousand capering madmen were yelling at the top of their voices on
board the _Sparrowhawk_; but high and shrill above even that clamour
could be heard the screech from the junk at that last discharge. The
fog was still thick around the latter, and the ship’s sails being
aback, she was making a stern board towards the enemy, to whom
M‘Cracken, exulting, determined to administer a _coup de grâce_.

‘Noo then, a’thegither,’ he cried, and the old muskets and the
bell-muzzled pistols roared and kicked and sent a leaden shower
somewhere, while, amidst an indescribable medley of yells and cheers,
the defeated pirate vanished into the mist.

Someone cried out that she had sunk. But presently the sound of her
sweeps could be heard in the distance.

Then the skipper, flushed and elated with victory, snapped his fingers
in the second mate’s face, as he exclaimed,—

‘That for yer Chinese pireets, Davie M‘Phairson! Whaurs a’ their
muskets an’ gingals an’ sic-like the noo? Gin they had ony, they were
ower frichted to make use o’ them I expeck! But,’ growing serious, ‘my
name’s nae Sandy M‘Cracken gin I dinna chairge Tam Wulson two pun ten
shillin’—whilk is the price o’ her at cost—for lettin’ the wee bit
cannonie gang overboord. I tellt him to keep her down wi’ his feet,
and he wadna.’

       *       *       *       *       *

Swatow at last; and the _Sparrowhawk_ surrounded with a thousand
_sampans_ whose occupants welcomed their returned friends and
relatives by trying to emulate Babel.

M‘Cracken was deified. His cabin could not hold the presents—mostly in
kind—that he received. Also, his grateful passengers, having set apart
a day for special rejoicing and thanksgiving, returned, and, willy
nilly, decorated the _Sparrowhawk_ after the manner of their land with
banners and lanterns, and had a high old time on board under the
leadership of the convert, who bewailed his backsliding, and privately
asked M‘Cracken to baptise him anew.

The story of the fight ran all up and down the seaboard. Hongkong
heard of it, or a version of it, and the _Gazette_ published a long
story headed in big caps: ‘Another Piratical Outrage.—The
_Sparrowhawk_ turns on her Pursuer—Conspicuous Bravery of the Captain
and Crew—The Pirate Beaten off with Great Loss.’ Singapore heard it,
and the _Straits Times_ followed suit with ‘Four Junks and Terrible
Slaughter.’ This latter item, as we shall presently see, being pretty
near the mark.

       *       *       *       *       *

But what cripple is this that, in a couple of days, comes staggering
up to the Swatow anchorage with her mat sails full of holes and her
decks covered with scarcely dry blood, and whose crew dance and
screech a wild defiance at the _Sparrowhawk_ as she passes on to the
inner harbour?

Presently off comes a mandarin and a guard of soldiers and hales
M‘Cracken ashore, protesting and threatening.

The British Consul is just dead of enteric fever. There is, however, a
French one, and in his room the complaint of Sum Kum On, master of the
_Delight of the Foaming Seas_, is heard. The tribunal is a mixed one,
consisting of two mandarins and the Consul. The first witness called
is Sum Kum On. He states that his vessel is a coaster, engaged mostly
in the poultry trade. That, on the present trip, he left Kin Fo, a
small port four days’ sail from Swatow, laden with a deck cargo of
ducks for the Swatow and Chee Foo markets. Had on board one passenger,
a wealthy tea-grower of Honan, who, carrying with him many dollars,
was naturally nervous, and afraid of pirates. Sighting the big
vessel, the tea-grower, now in court, and prepared to give evidence,
prayed him (Sum Kum On) to keep close to it for protection from said
pirates.

He did so. But in the calm and mist he unwittingly, and without evil
intent (being, as their Highnesses could see, only a poor trader) came
too near, when to his amazement showers of bullets and great cannon
balls tore his sails to pieces; and, but for the coops being piled
high on deck, assuredly every soul must have perished.

In spite of explanations and shouts for mercy he was repeatedly fired
into, all his cargo killed, sixty new coops of the best bamboo knocked
to atoms; one of his crew desperately wounded, his vessel
irretrievably damaged. His claim was for five hundred dollars; and he
retired, secure in the knowledge that the Heaven-Born Son of the great
foreign nation who, that day, with the Twin Lights of Justice,
occupied the judgment-seat, would mete out compensation with an
unsparing hand.

The dealer gave evidence much to the same effect. Then the wounded
sailor, whose scalp had been furrowed by a ball, ghastly with bandages
and the gore which he had liberally smeared over his features, told
his tale. To wind up with, the unlucky jumping cannon, which had
pitched on to the deck of the junk, was produced as evidence of
identity. Outside, in piles, lay other witnesses—hundreds of fine fat
ducks, stiff and ‘high.’

Around the building the fickle crowd could be heard raging for the
blood of the unfortunate M‘Cracken, so lately their hero. The Consul,
who spoke English well, was obviously ill at ease. The two mandarins
glared sourly at the poor skipper.

‘I think, captain, you’d better pay at once,’ said the Consul.
‘Evidently a most unfortunate mistake has been made; and that is the
only way out of it that I can see.’

‘I’ll see him dom’d afore I do!’ exclaimed the skipper. ‘Five hundred
dollars! Why, it’s a hundred pun sterlin’ o’ oor money! An’ a’ for a
wheen dukes an’ a crackit heid! Na, na! Tell the skirlin’ fule I’ll
gie him fifty dollars, and that’s mair than a’ his gear’s worth. I’ll
gang to preesin suner than pay as muckle siller as he’s askin’!’

Outside the ‘Children of far Cathay’ could be heard yelling louder
than ever for the heart, liver, and entrails of the white devil. The
Consul’s face grew graver as he listened to the wounded sailor, just
below the open window haranguing the crowd.

‘What’s a’ that claver aboot?’ asked the skipper.

‘They are demanding,’ replied the Consul, ‘that these
gentlemen’—indicating the mandarins—‘should have you crucified at
once. And, upon my word, captain, if you don’t soon make up your mind,
they’ll do it. I am powerless to assist you in any way beyond finding
you the money.’

M‘Cracken turned blue. It was like parting with his life, the parting
with that hundred pounds. But he could see no escape. As the Consul
quickly told him, this was no question of imprisonment, but one of
cash down. So he paid; and, presently, followed by a coolie carrying
the little cannon, made his way to the boat between lines of grinning
soldiery, over whose shoulders the rabble, derisive now, quacked
itself hoarse. And amongst the noisiest of them he caught sight of his
Christian passenger.

The _Sparrowhawk_ took no freight from Swatow. She sailed for Rangoon
speedily; but there it was just as bad. The joke was too good not to
circulate. In every eastern port she and her people were greeted with
volleys of ‘quacks’ by the native population both on land and water.
Legions of imps, black and copper-coloured, and all quacking with
might and main, formed the skipper’s retinue if he went ashore
anywhere between Yokohama and Bombay.

Native masters of country _wallahs_, lying within hail, would grin,
and ask him for the protection of the _Sparrowhawk_ to their next port
of call. It became unbearable. India, China and Japan seemed to turn
into duck-pens at his approach.

So he took the _Sparrowhawk_ out of those waters altogether, and
shortly afterwards gave up the sea. But, although there are no ducks
within a mile of his house on the Aythen, there are urchins—Scotch
urchins—and he has not perfect peace. The story is too well known.

As for his crew, even yet, if one should, with intent, imitate the cry
of that fowl disastrous where two or three of them happen to be
foregathered, they will come at you with the weapons nearest.




THE DUKE OF SILVERSHEEN.

_Quæ amissa, salva._


The parlour of the ‘Woolpack’ was full of men in from their stations
for ‘Land Court Day.’ A babel of talk was toward—mostly ‘shop.’
‘Footrot!’ shouted a small energetic looking man, ‘I’ll tell you how I
cure my sheep! You boil vinegar, and arsenic, and blue-stone up—No,
Polly, I ordered lager. And then—’ ‘Worms,’ my dear fellow, another
was saying, ‘You can’t cure ’em! Don’t tell me! You go and make an
infernal chemist’s shop of your sheep’s stomach, ruin the wool and
constitution; and, after all your trouble, up bobs the little worm
serenely as ever.’ ‘Strike,’ came from another corner of the big room.
‘No fear! No strike this year if we hang together like we mean to do.
I think we’re pretty right in this district, anyhow. Everybody’s
joined, bar M‘Pherson, and he’ll come-to presently. By jingo, here he
is! Touch the bell, Bob, and let’s have ’em again.’ As the speaker
finished, a burly, grey-whiskered man entered with, in his wake,
another person who had evidently been closely pressing his companion
with argument and persuasion, for the latter was saying irritably,—

‘Once for a’, I tell ye, no. I’ll nae join. I’ll just stan’ on my ain
bottom, an’ employ wha I like. When I want my wool aff, aff it comes;
an’ wha takes it aff I dinna care a damn, so it’s taken off to my
satisfaction! Will that do ye?’

‘The gospel of selfishness according to M‘Pherson,’ said a voice from
out the smoke-clouds. ‘The assessment ’d drive him mad.’ ‘Bang went
saxpence!’ sang out someone else, as the Scotch squatter turned
angrily round with a dim idea that he was being baited.

But the older men quietened the youngsters who threatened to break
bounds.

They still hoped—stubborn and untouchable, except by way of his
pocket, though he was—to gain M‘Pherson to the cause.

He was the largest sheepowner in the district, and that was saying a
good deal when the smallest shore 40,000. Palkara shed was one of the
shearing prizes of the colony, and the A.S.[7] Union officials viewed
the defection of its owner with joy.

  [Footnote 7: Australian Shearers’.]

‘So I hear you bought the “Duke” down at the sales, Mac?’ said one
presently, as the old man, his wrath subsiding, sipped his whisky and
water.

‘Ay,’ responded he, ‘it was a stiff price to gie, but I’m no
regrettin’ it. He’s a wonnerfu’ fine beast.’

They were sitting with their backs to the open windows, which gave on
to a many-seated crowded verandah, and from this came,—

‘That you may lose him before you’ve had him a week, unless you join
the Association!’

‘If I do, I’ll join, and ask it to help me find him,’ retorted
M‘Pherson angrily into the hot outside night, and would fain have
risen and gone in search of the speaker, but that his friend, whose
name was Park, a neighbouring squatter, pulled him back, saying,—

‘Never mind these youngsters, Mac. They’re getting a bit sprung, I
fancy. It’s no use making a row. When’ll the “Duke” be up?’

‘He’s due here on Tuesday,’ replied the other, ‘an’, if ye’ll be in,
ye can see him. He’s weel worth the lookin’ at. He’ll come by rail to
Burrtown, an’ then by coach on.

Two bachelor brothers, the Blakes, who owned a run not far from
Palkara, were close to the window at which the pair sat.

The younger brother it was who had fired the remark inside about
losing the great ram for which M‘Pherson had just paid 700 guineas.

       *       *       *       *       *

‘Well, Jack, what passengers to-night?’ asked the overseer of Blake’s
Tara Station, as Cobb & Co.’s coach drew slowly up in the pouring rain
close to the homestead door.

‘Nary one, bar a cussed ole brute of a ram,’ replied the driver, as he
stiffly dismounted, and handed out the mail. ‘I got him at the
railway, and I’ve bin more cautious with him than if he’d bin a Lord
Bishop He’s for M‘Pherson up at Palkara. Hold the light please,
Mr Brown, till I see if the beggar’s all serene.’

‘He’s right enough,’ said the overseer, after a glance at the
aristocrat, resting luxuriously on pillows, half buried in hay, and
with his legs tied by silk handkerchiefs. ‘Now,’ he continued, ‘slip
inside and have a snack and a drop of hot grog. I’ll stand by the
horses.’

‘You’re a Christian, Mr Brown,’ remarked the driver gratefully, as he
pulled off his gloves and blew on his numbed fingers. ‘It’s the
coldest rain for this time o’ the year as ever I felt.’

Scarcely had his dripping figure entered the open kitchen door, when,
from behind a clump of bushes, came two figures bearing something
between them. Lifting the ‘Duke’ with scant ceremony out of his couch,
they deposited their burden in his place, and after a few whispered
words to Brown, still at the horses’ heads, disappeared. Presently the
driver returned, and, with a cheery ‘Good-night,’ started the coach
rolling once more through the forty miles of mud and water between
Tara and Combington.

       *       *       *       *       *

‘Coach in, Edwards?’ asked M‘Pherson the next afternoon as he drove up
to the ‘Woolpack,’ accompanied by his friend Park.

‘Yes, sir. It’s a bit late, though,’ replied the landlord. ‘Roads
terrible heavy after the rain. I had the ram untied an’ put in the
stable, an’ gave him some green stuff.’

‘That’s right, Edwards,’ said the squatter. ‘How does he look after
the trip—pretty well?’

The other hesitated before answering,—

‘Why, yes, sir; he seems hearty enough. But I’m no judge of sheep.’

‘S’pose ye wouldna care about givin’ 700 guineas for him, eh,
Edwards?’ chuckled M‘Pherson.

‘No, sir,’ replied the landlord with emphasis, ‘I’m damned if I
would.’

‘Ha, ha!’ laughed the other, as he drove into the yard, ‘and yet, mon,
I wouldna swap him for the auld “Woolpack.” Come,’ he added
impatiently, ‘unlock the door an’ let us hae a look at His Grace.’

By this time there was quite a crowd on the scene. A couple of stock
and station agents, a bank manager, the P.M., some drovers, everybody,
in fact, who thought they knew a sheep from a goat, had assembled to
have a look at ‘the big ram.’

‘Keep awa’ frae the door,’ quoth M‘Pherson. ‘Ye’ll all be able to hae
a good sight o’ him presently. Let him come right out into the yaird,
Edwards.’

As he finished, up the lane of spectators stalked a nondescript kind
of animal, at which M‘Pherson just glanced, and then sang out to
Edwards, appearing in the doorway,—

‘Ye never tauld me there was twa. Whaur’s the ither?’

‘There’s only the one, sir,’ answered the landlord. ‘That’s he.’

‘What!’ and M‘Pherson fairly gasped as he stared at the brute,
which—from the muleish head, down the sparsely ‘broken woolled’ back,
and slab-sided flanks, to the bare, kangaroo-like legs—bore the
impress all over of ‘rank cull.’

Then turning to the grinning landlord, and with accent intensified by
excitement, he shouted, ‘What’s yon thing? Whaur’s my ram? D’ye think
I ped my money for sic a brute as that? What ha’ ye done wi’ the
“Duke”? If this is a wee bit joke o’ yer ain, Mister Edwards, time’s
up, I do assure ye, sir.’ And he advanced threateningly towards the
publican, who nimbly retreated into the crowd, whilst protesting,—

‘I can swear to you, sir, that’s the very same sheep Jack Burns
brought in the coach this mornin’. I helped to take him out, an’ I sez
to Jack, “Well, he ain’t much to look at, Jack;” and Jack, he sez,
“No, that he ain’t. I think the trip must have haffected him; he seems
to have felled away sence we put him in at the railway.”’

‘Tak’ me to the villain,’ groaned M‘Pherson, ‘till I get to the bottom
of this de’il’s cantrip!’

Followed by quite a procession, they passed to a little room, where
the driver lay sleeping off the fatigues of the previous night.

‘Hi!’ yelled the squatter, shaking him. ‘What ha’ ye done wi’ my ram,
ye rascal?’

Jack, sitting up, half awake, replied sulkily,—

‘Damn your ram! He’s in the stable. What d’ye want, rousin’ people
like this for?’

‘I’ll rouse ye, ye scamp!’ roared the other. ‘Whaur’s my ram—my
“Duke,” I say? D’ye think that I dinna ken a coo frae a cuddy; an’
that I’m to be imposed on wi’ a blasted auld cull in place o’ the
“Duke o’ Silversheen” that I ped 700 guineas guid cash for? D’ye
imagine I’m daft, ye coach-drivin’ fule, ye? If ye dinna confess wha’s
led ye astray, I’ll give ye in chairge this vera meenit. I’ll let ye
ken that I’m Jock M‘Pherson o’ Palkara; an’ I’m goin’ to mak’ it het
for ye for this wee jobbie!’

This tirade effectually awakened the driver, and said he, with an
earnestness there was no mistaking,—

‘By G—d, Mr M‘Pherson, I’m on the square. I never took much notice o’
the ram at the railway. It was dusk, too, when the agent put him in. I
seen him two or three times along the road, an’ thought he looked fust
class. Nobody could ha’ touched him without me knowin’ of it. But, at
the best o’ times, I can’t tell one sheep from t’other, never havin’
had any truck with ’em. Anyhow, if there’s cross work ’bout this un,
all I can say is, as I ain’t in it: An’ now you can send for the traps
if you likes.’

The man’s manner carried conviction with it, and for a few minutes
M‘Pherson was silent.

At last he said,—

‘Come awa’, some o’ ye, an’ catch the creature till I have a look at
him.’

But when caught, nothing was ascertainable beyond the one patent fact
that he was a broken-mouthed, miserable old cull, who ought to have
gone to market as a wether years ago. Earmarks, out of their own
district, are of precious little use as a means of identification
now-a-days.

It will be noticed that Jack forgot all about his twenty minutes’ stay
and chat with the cook in Tara kitchen. The coach had been very much
overdue.

‘Surely you’re not going to take the thing home, Mac?’ said his
friend, as the former lugged the ‘Duke’s’ _locum tenens_ towards the
buggy. ‘He’s only fit to have his throat cut.’

‘Never mind,’ replied M‘Pherson moodily, ‘he’ll mebbe turn out o’ some
use yet.’

Not that the old Scotchman was at all inclined to sit down quietly and
suffer his loss. Very far from it. But he was no favourite, and public
sympathy was absent. Unfeeling people averred that, at the time of the
sale, he had been under the influence of hypnotism, etc., etc.; in
fact, laughed at, and enjoyed the thing as a good joke. Therefore he
was disinclined to blazon his misadventure throughout the Colonies.
Also, he thought it would be bad policy to make too much noise.

Nevertheless, he quietly strained every nerve, and spent money freely
in endeavours to discover the missing animal. Private detectives and
the local police took the matter in hand, and with exactly the same
amount of success.

       *       *       *       *       *

Meanwhile the ‘Duke’ was thriving. At Tara a big underground cellar,
lit by skylights, had recently been excavated. This was his home.
There, waited upon by the only three in the secret, the great merino
lived on the fat of the land. Some nights the Blakes would let him
out into the garden for a pick, themselves or Brown securing him in
his quarters again before they turned in.

It was a lot of bother, doubtless. But what of that, if they could
only ‘bring old Mac to his bearings,’ and secure Palkara for their
Association!

As for the risk of discovery, they laughed at it. From the minute the
agent (who was ready to swear to the ‘Duke’s’ identity) put him in the
coach at the Burrtown terminus, everything seemed vague and
exceedingly doubtful respecting the spot at which the transfer could
possibly have been effected.

The coach stopped at some half-dozen stations along the road, besides
mail stages, and at none of these places could the slightest clue be
obtained. In common with the rest, Tara was subjected to official
visits.

‘Certainly, Sergeant, happy to show you through all the paddocks. Like
to see the rams? Yes, of course. We’ve got some very fine Havilahs
you’ll be pleased with, I’m sure. Yes; terrible affair about poor
M‘Pherson’s “Duke”! Have another nip before we start?’

So, sheep galore did the unhappy police inspect, and carefully did
they compare, stags, wethers, and ancient ‘horny’ ewes with photos of
the ‘Duke’ until, at length, quite dazed with the apparently endless
quest, to say nothing of the whisky, they audibly cursed the whole
ovine race back to the days of the first breeders.

Only once did the brothers feel a doubt. Driving into town, they met
M‘Pherson and a black-fellow following the old cull, who was steadily
tramping along the road Tara-ward.

‘What’s all this about, M‘Pherson?’ asked one, as they pulled up.
‘Have you taken a droving contract?’

‘Ay,’ replied the old fellow, glaring suspiciously at the pair. ‘Just
thet. I’m wantin’ to see whaur Beelzebub, here, gangs. If he’s gotten
a hame, which I muckle doot, mebbe he’ll mek back.’

But a couple of miles on, Beelzebub struck a patch of clover, and
stuck to it.

The darkey watched him for three days, and, after he had finished
every vestige, the old ram paused irresolutely, scratched his ear with
his hind foot, and meandered calmly back to the township.

So M‘Pherson returned with him to Palkara. A bit of the garden was
fenced off, and here he used to sit and smoke and stare for hours at
Beelzebub, until his friends began to think his loss had affected his
brain.

Like many of his countrymen, M‘Pherson was superstitious, and, deep
down in his heart, was a lurking suspicion of _diablerie_ that would
not be exorcised.

‘It’s no earthly use watching that beast, Mac,’ said Park, riding up
one day, and finding his neighbour at his usual occupation. ‘Look as
hard as you like, and that won’t turn him into the Duke. Now, take my
advice, and I think you stand a show of getting him back again. You
remember you said that night at the Woolpack, that, if you lost him,
you’d join the Association and trust it to recover him for you, or
something to that effect. Well, my notion is that some of the boys
have had a finger in the pie. And I solemnly believe that, if you
don’t soon make your mind up, you’ll never see the Duke any more.
Come, now’s the time! Shearing will start presently. Besides, I know
you want him badly for those Coonong stud ewes.’

Park, himself a prominent member, used all his powers of persuasion,
and to such good purpose, that in the next issue of the local paper
appeared the announcement,—

  ‘Palkara will start shearing on —— under Conference rules.’

       *       *       *       *       *

A morning or so afterwards, M‘Pherson going out for his
before-breakfast smoke and usual look at Beelzebub, to his
astonishment saw him not. He had gone. But in his stead stood a
stately, almost perfect animal, the _beau ideal_ of what a ‘Champion’
should be. Around his neck he bore a card, on which the old squatter
presently read,—

  ‘I am a fully paid-up member of the Pastoralists’ Association of
  Australasia.

                                       ‘(Signed) Silversheen.’




THE OFFICER IN CHARGE.

A Far Inland Sketch.


‘A rising township of some four hundred inhabitants, situated on the
Trickle Trickle River. Distance from Sydney, north-west, six hundred
and fifty miles.’

Thus the _Australian Gazetteer_, speaking of the far-inland village of
Jillibeejee. For days you shall have ridden over bush roads, fetlock
deep in dust, through monotonous open forest, or over still more
monotonous plain, ere, far away on a dry brown ridge, you catch the
glitter of something in the bright, hot sunshine. This proceeds from
the first roof in Jillibeejee. Then, making your horse stride
carefully over the Trickle Trickle, whose banks are apt to crumble,
you breast the ridge and take a bird’s-eye view of the township as it
lies frying in the sun.

This ridge must be fully fifty feet above the level of the surrounding
country, and is probably the ‘rising’ referred to by the jocular
_Gazetteer_.

The first building is deserted; so is the second. As you ride along
you come to others, dilapidated but, from sounds within, peopled.
There are altogether forty houses in Jillibeejee, which, by the
_Gazetteer’s_ reckoning, gives us an average of ten inmates to each
one.

I am afraid the _Gazetteer_ has never been to Jillibeejee.

In fact, very few people ever do seem to go there. Those that do,
either depart again very shortly, or stay until theirs makes one
amongst a collection of rudely-fenced enclosures on the banks of the
Trickle Trickle, inside which sleep the pioneers of the place.

Perhaps the first emotion that arises in the visitor’s mind is of
wonder that any pioneer, no matter how hard up he may have been,
should have thought it worth while to commence pioneering at
Jillibeejee. The second, that any others should ever join him in such
a speculation. Neither tree nor any other green thing meets the sight.
All is brown, barren, desolate—apparently a ‘waste land where no one
comes, or hath come since the making of the world,’ except that
intrepid band in possession.

Why do people live here? How do they live? I must discover this, if
possible, before leaving. Having no time to spare, I begin at once.

He is six feet in his stockings, broad, massive, hirsute, and tanned.
The insignia of office in such a place would be an absurdity.
Therefore his raiment is nondescript, and mostly slouch hat. This is
the man who rules the official destinies of the settlement—the
‘Officer in Charge.’ To him I propound my conundrum.

‘Ah,’ replies he; ‘ye shud jist come aroun’ whin ut’s a wet saison,
an’ thin ye’d see the differ av ut.’

‘Yes,’ I remark. ‘And when may that time be due?’

‘God knows,’ says he piously, and with a sigh. ‘I’ve bin here four
year, an’ I’ve seen ut wanst. Ye cudn’t see the counthry for a week
bekase av the wather. Thin, afther, comes the grass an’ the clover six
feet high. Ut’s a great counthry, them times, so it is, sorr.’

It is high noon as I and my friend stroll along the fiery, dusty track
amongst the iron-roofed ovens large and small.

Everybody seems asleep, save that now and again we catch a glimpse of
women, wan and prematurely old-looking.

In the sun’s eye a man lies in the brown dust. He is on his back, his
hat off, and snoring stertorously up at a cloud of mosquitoes,
sandflies, and other abominations hovering and buzzing about his face.

With a look of solicitude my guide exclaims,—

‘Sure, now, that’s Tim Healy, come in from Out Back, an’ his cheque
gone already! Lend a hand, will ye, sorr, wid the other ind av him.
The poor devil ’ll be sthruck intirely here, so he will.’

So, one at each ‘ind,’ we bear the man from Out Back into the
comparative shade of a verandah, where the constable takes off his
boots, loosens his shirt collar, and props his head up, saying,—

‘There, the cratur, mebbe he’ll waken wid nothin’ worse nor a sore
head, an’ a limekiln in the throttle av him.’

A fit man and a proper, this one, I reflect, to be Officer in Charge
of this half-forgotten fragment of a people.

So, presently, I am not surprised at hearing that, in addition to that
title, he bears the important ones of Clerk of Petty Sessions,
Registrar of Small Debts Court and Births, Land Bailiff, Inspector of
Slaughterhouses, Curator’s Agent, and others equally pertinent to his
surroundings, but which I have forgotten.

Entering the parlour of the one public-house, silent and deserted but
for clouds of humming flies, a drowsy landlord, booted and spurred for
riding, answers our knock.

‘I was goin’ over the river an hour ago,’ he explains, rubbing his
bleary eyes, ‘to run a beast in; but two or three of the boys wos here
larst night, an’ they kep’ it up; so I lays down on the sofy an’ drops
right off. What’ll ye have, gents?’

I ask for beer. My companion smiles and ‘takes’ rum.

‘Lor bless yer!’ exclaims the landlord, ‘there ain’t bin no beer here
this twelvemonth or more! I got some, somewheres, on the teams. But,
the way things is, it’ll be another twelvemonth afore they show up.
Dry time, ye see, sir.’

‘Well, then,’ I say, ‘have you any whisky?’

‘There was a bottle or two, but the boys—’ he commenced, when,—

‘What’s the use av batin’ about the bush that way?’ puts in my
companion. ‘Why don’t ye tell the gint at wanst that sorra a dhrop’ll
he get in Jillibeejee, bar the rum utself. I’ve dhrunk worse in Port
Mackay. Ut’s a wholesome dhrink, in moderation, an’ wid jist a
suspicion o’ Trickle Trickle at the bottom av the tumbler.’

So rum it is. The Officer in Charge takes his, I notice, very nearly
pure, and without winking. We help ourselves, and the price is one
shilling each.

It is still terribly hot.

‘It must be a long way over one hundred degrees in the shade,’ I
remark.

‘Come acrost to the station,’ says the Officer in Charge, ‘an’ we’ll
see. There’s no shade whatever in Jillibeejee. But there’s the best
that is. Sure, ut’s weatherboard an’ lined—the only wan in the town.
There’s a thermomether there as tells how big a hate’s on.’

So we go over. The place is like a furnace, and the glass registers
one hundred and twenty-seven degrees.

‘And you’ve been here some years!’ I gasp, sliding off my chair, a
wet, limp heap, on to the floor, and staying there.

‘I have, indade, sorr,’ replies he. ‘The first summer I was minded to
blow me head off wid me pistol. The second was near as bad; but I
don’t fale ’em so much now. Whin the wet do come, ut’s almost as
thryin’; for the san’-flies an’ miskitties bangs Banagher. Ay, ut’s
dull an’ lonesome like, sure enough, till the b’ys comes in for a
change; an’ thin, if ye’ll belave ut, Jillibeejee is as ructious a
towneen as is on God’s earth.’

‘Come in from where? Where the deuce can anybody come in from? And who
in the world would come to such a hole as this ‘for a change?’ I ask
irritably, whilst wringing my pocket handkerchief, as the heat proves
too trying.

‘Whisht!’ replies my host placidly. ‘Ye’ll mebbe have noticed that
there’s not many min in Jillibeejee, knockin’ aroun’ like?’

‘Only the fellow,’ I answer, ‘that we put in the verandah.’

‘Ay, he’s iver wan o’ the fust, is Tim Healy,’ says the Officer in
Charge. ‘Whin the others are comin’ in, he’ll be afther going back,
stone bruk, so he will, poor divil!’

‘In from _where_? Back to _where_?’ I cry impatiently.

‘To an’ fro the big stations on the border, over yander,’ replies he,
with a wave of his hand westward. ‘To the back av beyant, where they
digs dams, an’ sinks wells, an’ fences an’ fights wid the naygurs, an’
herds cattle, an’ gathers up a cheque, and thin comes back like
pilicans to their women and children on the edge o’ the wiltherness
here. Good b’ys, in the main,’ he continues; ‘just a little rough,
perhaps, when the rum’s in. Ye see, sorr, ye can’t expeck much else
from the craturs, for, iv this is bad, ut’s Hell utself out yander in
the new counthry, where there’s no law, no polis, no nothin’. D’ye
wander at the b’ys, now, wantin’ a change out av ut wanst an’ agin?’

‘Well, perhaps not. But what must that other life be like?’

So, in the gloaming, hot and close, with a hot-looking moon hanging in
a hazy sky, I depart from Jillibeejee, leaving its Officer in
Charge—strong man, and a very fit—stroking a great black beard
meditatively, and possessing his soul in patience for the stirring
times which herald the advent of his charges from the ‘Back av
Beyant.’




‘SOJUR JIM.’


Brightly blazed the watch-fires into the still night air, brightly
from within the circle formed by them gleamed thousands of sparkling
eyes, and fell on the ear a low, continuous sound, like the soft
distant murmur of some summer sea on a shingly beach, as twelve
thousand sheep peacefully chewed their cuds after the long day’s
travel.

The weather was close and sultry. So, feeling indisposed to sleep, I
had left my hot tent and was walking round the whitish, indistinct
mass of recumbent figures, when I nearly stumbled against the
watchman, who, as one of the fires flared up, I saw was the eccentric
individual known in the camp by the nickname of ‘Sojur Jim’; and, in
pursuance of an idea I had long borne in mind, first assuring myself
that all was right with my fleecy charges, I lit my pipe, stretched
myself out on the short, thick grass and sand, and said, whilst
looking at my watch,—

‘Now, Jim, spin us a yarn that will help to pass away the time.’

But my companion is well-deserving of a more particular description.
‘Sojur Jim’ was the only name by which he was called, and this he had
gained by an extraordinary mania he possessed for destroying those
small terrors of the Australian bush, familiar to all dwellers therein
as ‘Soldier’ or ‘Bull-dog’ ants; insects fierce, intractable and
venomous. These, then, seemed objects of especial aversion to Jim; and
many a time, whilst travelling along, would one of the men sing out,
‘Jim, Jim, sojurs!’ The effect was electrical; Jim, leaving his flock,
would bound away towards the nest, and, dexterously using the long
stick, flattened at both ends in rude shovel shape, which was his
constant companion, he would furiously, regardless of innumerable
stings, uproot and turn over the ‘sojurs’’ stronghold, and, having
exposed its inmost recesses, complete the work of destruction by
lighting a great fire upon it, and all this he would do with a set
stern expression on his grim face, as of one who avenges
never-to-be-forgiven or forgotten injuries.

He was indeed a remarkable looking man, strong and athletic, and, in
spite of his snow-white hair, probably not more than fifty years of
age. Part of his nose, the lobes and cartilages of his ears, and one
eye were wanting, whilst the rest of his face was scarred and seamed
as if at one time a cross-cut saw had been roughly drawn to and fro
over it. And as I watched him sitting there on a fallen log, the
flickering blaze playing fitfully on the white hair and corrugated,
mutilated features, I felt more than ever sure that the man had a
story well worth the hearing could he but be induced to tell it.

Amongst his fellows in the camp he was taciturn and morose, never
smiling, speaking rarely, apparently always lost in his own gloomy
reflections. My request, therefore, was made with but faint hopes of
success; but, to my surprise, after a few minutes silence, he
replied,—

‘Very well, I’ll tell you a story. I don’t often tell it; but I will
to-night. If at times you feel disinclined to believe it you have only
to look at my face. I’m going now to tell you how I got all these
pretty lumps and scars and ridges, and how I partly paid the men who
made me what I am. “Sojur Jim” they call me, and think I am mad. God
knows, I fancy so myself sometimes. Well,’ he went on, in language at
times rude and unpolished, at others showing signs of more than
average education, ‘Did you ever hear of Captain Jakes?’

‘Of course,’ I answered, for the notoriously cruel bushranger had,
after his own fashion, helped to make minor Australian history.

‘Yes,’ muttered Jim abstractedly, ‘he’s accounted for. So is his
mate—the one who laughed the loudest of any. But there were three of
them, and there’s still another left somewhere. Not dead yet!’ he
suddenly exclaimed in a loud voice. ‘Surely not! My God, no! After all
these years of ceaseless search! That would be too hard!’ And here he
stood up and gazed excitedly into the outer darkness.

‘But the story, Jim,’ I ventured to remark, after a long pause.

‘Right you are,’ he replied, as he again sat down, and calmly resumed.
‘Well, it was the year of the big rush, the first one, to the Ovens.
I was a strapping young fellow then, with all my life hopeful and
bright before me, as I left the old mother and the girl I loved to try
my luck on the diggings. Three years went by before I thought of
returning to the little Victorian township on the Avoca, where we had
long been settled; but then I struck it pretty rich, and made up my
mind to go back and marry, and settle down alongside the old farm; for
a pair of loving hearts were, I knew, growing weary of waiting for the
return of the wanderer.

‘Like a fool, however, instead of sending down my last lot of gold by
the escort, I all of a sudden got impatient, and, packing it in my
saddle-bags, along with a tidy parcel of notes and sovereigns, I set
off alone. The third night out I camped on a good-sized creek, hobbled
my horses, and after planting my saddle-bags in a hollow log, I
started to boil the billy for supper. Presently, up rides three chaps,
and, before I could get to my swag, I was covered by as many
revolvers; while one of the men says, “Come along, now, hand over the
metal. We know you’ve got it, and if you don’t give it quiet, why,
we’ll take it rough.”

‘“You’ve got hold of the wrong party, this time, mates,” says I, as
cool as I could. “I’m on the wallaby, looking for shearing, and, worse
luck, hav’n’t got no gold.”

‘“Gammon,” says the first speaker. “Turn his swag over, mates.”

‘Well, they found nothing, of course. Then they searched all over the
bush round about, and one fellow actually puts his hand up the hollow
of the log in which lay hid my treasure; and I thought it was all up
with it, when he lets a yell out of him and starts cutting all sorts
of capers, with half-a-dozen big sojurs hanging to his fingers.

‘Jakes (for he was the leader of the gang) now got real savage, and
putting a pistol to my head, swore that he would blow my brains out
unless I told where the gold was. Well, I wouldn’t let on, for I
thought they were trying to bounce me, and that if I held out I might
get clear off, so I still stuck to it that they’d mistaken their man.

‘Seeing I was pretty firm, they drew off for a while, and, after a
short talk, they began to laugh like madmen; and one, taking a
tomahawk, cut down a couple of saplings, whilst another gets ready
some stout cord; and Jakes himself goes poking about in the saltbush
as if looking for something he’d lost. Before this they had tied my
arms and legs together with saddle-straps and greenhide thongs; and
there I lay, quite helpless, wondering greatly what they were up to.

‘Presently the three came up, and tying me tightly to the saplings—one
along my back, and one cross-ways—they carried me away a short
distance to where I had noticed Jakes searching around, and then laid
me down face uppermost, partly stripping me at the same time. I lay
there quietly enough, puzzling my brains to try and guess what it was
all about, and those three devils standing laughing fit to split their
sides.

‘“Tell us now, will you,” said they, “where that gold’s planted? How
does your bed feel? Are you warm enough?” and such like chaff, till I
began to think they must have gone suddenly cranky, for I felt nothing
at all. Perceiving that was the case, one of them took a stick and
thrust it under me into the ground; and then—oh, God! it was awful!’

Here Sojur Jim paused suddenly, and a baleful light gleamed from that
solitary bright eye of his, whilst a spasm shook his whole frame, and
his scarred features were contorted as if once more undergoing the
agonies of that terrible torture.

The wind sighed with an eerie sound through the tall forest trees
around us; the cry of some night-bird came mournfully through the
darkness, whilst black clouds flitted across the young moon, filling
the sombre Australian glade with weird shadows—making the scene, all
at once, dismally in unison with the story, as with a shiver I stirred
the fire, and patiently waited for its narrator to go on.

‘Yes,’ he continued at length, ‘I dropped down to it quickly enough
then. I was tied on to a sojur-ants’ nest, and they swarmed about me
in thousands—into my nose, ears, eyes, mouth, everywhere—sting, sting,
sting, and tear, tear, tear, till I shrieked and yelled for mercy.

‘“Tell us where the gold is planted,” said one of the laughing
fiends—I heard him laugh again years afterward over the same
story—“and we’ll let you go.”

‘“Yes!” I screamed, “I’ll tell you. But for God Almighty’s sake take
me out of this!” “Not much,” replied he. “Tell us first, and then you
can jump into the creek and give your little friends a drink.” “Look
in the big log,” I groaned at last. Then, one of them, remembering the
sojurs, gets a stick and fossicks about till he felt the bags, when he
shoves his arm up and drags them out.

‘“A square thing, by G—d!” says Jakes, and turning to me, he said,
“Mate, you’ve given us a lot of trouble, and as you look as if you
were comfortably turned in for the night, it would be a pity to
disturb you. So long, and pleasant dreams!” And, with that, away the
three of them rode, laughing loudly at my screams for mercy. As you
may think,’ went on Jim, ‘I was by this time nearly raving mad with
pain. Thousands of those devil-ants were eating into my flesh, and me
lying there like a log. Hell! hell will never be as bad as that was!

‘Six months afterward I came to my senses again. It was a sunshiny
spring morning, and I heard the magpies whistling outside the old
humpy on the Ovens, as I tried to get up and go down to the claim,
thinking that I’d had the nightmare terrible bad. But when I got off
my bunk I fainted clean away on the floor, and there my mates found me
when they came home to dinner. Good lads they were true men, who had
nursed me and tended me through all the long months of fever and
madness that had passed since the Escort, for which I should have
waited, had by the merest chance come across me and sent me back
again to die, as everyone thought.

‘But,’ and here, for the first time, Jim’s voice faltered and shook,
‘there was another and a gentler nurse who—God bless her—helped me
back to life; the little girl who loved me came up—my mother was
dead—and would have kept her word to me, too, and taken my half-eaten
carcase into her keeping wholly, had I been mean enough to let her do
it. But that was more than I could stand the thought of. So one
morning I slipped quietly away to begin my man-hunting; for I had
vowed a merciless retribution upon my undoers if I had to track them
the wide world over. That’s close on fifteen years ago. I can account
for two, and live on in hopes of yet meeting with the third.

‘You’ve heard how Jakes pegged out?’ asked Jim abruptly.

‘Yes,’ I answered, ‘Sergeant O’Brien shot him in the Long Swamp.’

‘So most people think,’ was his reply. ‘But I know who was first in at
the end; and when, crouching up to his neck in the mud and long reeds,
with my fingers grasping his throat, I think, as he turned his
bloodshot and protruding eyes on mine, I think, I say, that he knew me
again, all changed as I was. He never spoke, though, and I let him die
slowly, for I was sure that the sergeant was a long way behind. I held
him there, I tell you, and watched him as he tried to blow the bubbles
of blood and froth from out his pale lips, and at last I told him who
I was, and how I had tracked him down, and was now about to send his
vile soul to perdition. Then, as I heard the galloping tramp of the
trooper’s horse, I smothered him in the stagnant ooze of that foul
swamp. Truly a dog’s death, but one too good for him! O’Brien, coming
up soon afterward, found the body, put a couple of pistol bullets into
it, and received the Government reward and promotion, whilst I set off
in search of the others.

‘One I came across four years afterwards on the Adelaide side. I had
taken a job of shepherding up Port Augusta way, when, one night, who
should come to the hut but Number Two, the one who laughed the longest
and loudest of the three, as I lay in agony on the sojurs’ nest. I
knew him in a minute and heartily welcomed him to stop that night.
“Just put those sheep in the yard, matey,” I says, “while I make some
bread for our supper.”

‘Well, I makes two smallish johnnycakes, and we had our tea. Then we
starts smoking and yarning, and at length I turned the talk on to
ants, saying I couldn’t keep nothing there because of them. With that
he falls to laughing, and, says he, “My word, mate, I could tell you a
yarn if I liked ’bout ants—sojurs—that’d make you laugh for a week,
only you see it ain’t always safe, even in the bush, to talk among
strangers.”

‘All of a sudden he turned as white as a sheet, and drops off the
stool, and twists and groans. Then he sings out, “I’m going to die.”

‘You see,’ remarked Jim, with the cold impassiveness which had, almost
throughout, characterised his manner, ‘the strychnine in the
johnnycake that had fallen to his share was beginning to work him, and
as I laughingly reminded him of old times, and asked him to go on with
his story about the sojur ants, he also knew me, and shrieked and
prayed for the mercy that I had once so unavailingly implored at his
hands. He was very soon, however, too far gone to say much. A few more
struggles and it was all over, and then I dragged the dead carrion out
of my hut and buried it eight feet deep under the sheep-dung in the
yard, where, likely enough, it is yet. So much for Number Two!’
exclaimed Jim, as I sat looking rather doubtfully at him. Not that I
questioned the truthfulness of his story—that was stamped on every
word he uttered—but that I began to think him rather a dangerous kind
of monomaniac to have in a drover’s camp. ‘And now, sir,’ he went on
presently, ‘you’ve had the story you asked me for, and if ever we meet
again after this trip, maybe I’ll have something to tell you about
Number Three; that business it is that brought me down about these
parts, for I heard he was working at some of the stations on the
river. And as God made me!’ he exclaimed, with a subdued sort of
gloomy ferocity in his voice, ‘when we do meet, he shall feel the
vengeance of the man whose life and love and fortune he helped to ruin
so utterly. I could pick him out of a thousand, with his great nose
all of a skew, and his one leg shorter than the other.’

       *       *       *       *       *

The watch-fires were glimmering dimly. The cool air which heralds the
Australian dawn was blowing, and the sheep were moving silently out of
their camp in long strings as I rose to my feet. In the white tents
all was silence. Thanks to Sojur Jim, their occupants had passed an
undisturbed night. Absorbed in his gruesome story—that dark tale of
torture and retribution, with just that one little trait of woman’s
constancy and devotion shining out like some bright star from a murky
sky—the time had slipped away unheeded. Sending him to call the cook,
I put the sheep together, wondering mightily to myself, as the man,
with his bent-down head and slouching gait, moved away, whether he
really could be the same creature who through the silent watches of
the night had unfolded to my view such a concentrated, tireless, and
as yet unsatiated thirst for revenge, such a fixed and relentless
purpose of retaliation, unweakened through the years, but burning
freshly and fiercely to-day, as, when with the scarcely healed scars
still smarting, disfigured, ruined, hopeless, forsaking all, he went
forth alone into the world to hunt down his persecutors.

       *       *       *       *       *

A few days after Sojur Jim had related to me the story told above, one
evening, at dusk, a swagman entered the camp and asked the cook for a
piece of meat and some bread. Instead of eating it at once with the
accompanying offered drink of tea, he turned away, and, a few minutes
later, we saw his fire burning brightly a little further along the
lagoon, the banks of which formed our resting-place for the night.
Evidently, as the men remarked amongst themselves, our visitor was a
‘hatter.’

Next morning, when Sojur Jim was called out to take his flock, he was
missing. His blankets and few belongings still lay as he had arranged
them in the tent the night before, ready for turning in; and I at once
ordered a search to be made.

It was of very short duration. Just in front of the swagman’s fire, in
the shallow water of the lagoon, we found the two bodies. The
stranger’s throat was grasped by Jim’s fingers in a vice-like clutch,
that, even in death, we long strove in vain to sunder. When parted at
last, and we had washed the slimy mud from the features of the dead
traveller, a truly villainous countenance was disclosed to view; the
huge mouth, low, retreating forehead, and heavy, thick-set jaws, all
betokened their owner to have belonged to the very lowest order of
humanity. But what struck me at once was that the nose, which was of
great size, had, at one time, been knocked completely over to the left
side of the face, and as we straightened the body out, it could
plainly be seen that one leg was much shorter than its fellow.

       *       *       *       *       *

Was this, then, indeed ‘Number Three,’ and had Sojur Jim’s vengeful
quest, his vow of bitter retaliation, ended at last? I believed so.
But, as I gazed down upon the poor, scarred dead clay of a wasted and
ruined life lying there, now so calm and still, all its fierce desires
and useless repinings, all its feverish passions and longings for
dread retribution at rest, forcibly came to my mind the words of the
sacred and solemn injunction—‘Vengeance is Mine, saith the Lord; I
will repay.’




FAR INLAND FOOTBALL.


‘Frightfully dull, isn’t it?’ said the Doctor.

‘Dull’s no name for it,’ said the Clerk of Petty Sessions; ‘this is
the awfullest hole I ever was in.’

‘Never knew it so bad,’ chimed in the Chemist and the Saddler, who
were on this frosty night drinking whisky hot in the snug parlour of
the Shamrock Inn in the little township of Crupperton.

‘I tell you what,’ said the C.P.S. presently; ‘I see by the paper
they’ve started a football club at Cantleville. Why shouldn’t we do
the same? It’ll help to pass away the time, anyhow.’

The Doctor pricked up his ears with interest. The Chemist seconded the
motion enthusiastically.

‘A capital idea,’ said he, ‘and, although I never have played, I’ll go
in for it. It’s simple enough, I should imagine.’

‘Simple!’ said the C.P.S., who had once seen a match in Sydney. ‘It’s
as easy as tea-drinking. There’s no expense, except the first one of
the ball. It’s not like cricket, you know, where you’re always putting
your hands in your pockets for something or other.’

‘I’ll give ten shillings, Mr Brown,’ said the Doctor softly.

‘Same here,’ said the Chemist.

‘How do you play it?’ asked the Saddler, and the Blacksmith, and the
Constable, who had just dropped in for a warm and a yarn that chilly
evening.

‘Well,’ explained the C.P.S., who had ideas, ‘first you get your ball.
Then you put up a couple of sticks with a cross one on the top of ’em.
Then you measure a distance, say one hundred yards by, say, fifty, on
a level bit of ground, and put up another set of sticks. Then you get
your men, and pick sides, and pop the ball down in the middle, and
wade in. For instance,’ he continued, ‘s’pose we’re playing
Saddlestrap. Well, then, d’ye see, we’ve got one goal—that’s what they
call the sticks—and they’ve got the other. We’ve to try and block ’em
from kicking the ball over our cross-bar, and do our best, meantime,
to send it over theirs. It’s just a splendid game for this weather,
and nothing could well be simpler.’

More men came in, the idea caught; a club was formed, and that very
night the C.P.S. wrote to the capital for a ball ‘of the best make and
the latest fashion.’

But it was a very long way to the capital. So, in the interval, the
C.P.S., who was an enterprising young Native, procured and erected
goal-posts and cross-bars of barked pine; and very business-like they
looked with a little pink flag fluttering from the summit of each.

At last the new ball arrived. But, to the secret astonishment of the
C.P.S., in place of being round it was oval. However, he was not going
to expose his ignorance and imperil the reputation already earned as
an exponent of the game, so he only said,—

‘I sent for the very best they had, and I can see we’ve got our
money’s worth. I’ll take her home and blow her up ready for
to-morrow.’

For a long time the ball seemed to go in any direction but the right
one, kick they never so hardly; whilst, as a rule, the strongest and
most terrific kickers produced the least effect.

They tried the aggravating thing in every position they could think
of, and, for a considerable period, without much success.

It was a sight worth seeing to watch the Blacksmith, after scooping a
little hollow in the ground and placing the ball perpendicularly
therein, retire and prepare for action. Opening his shoulders and
spitting on his hands, he would come heavily charging down, and
putting the whole force of fifteen stone into his right foot, deliver
a tremendous kick; then stand amazed to see the ball, after twirling
meekly up for a few yards, drop on his head instead of soaring between
the posts as it should have done.

‘I’m out of practice myself—haven’t played for years, in fact,’ said
the C.P.S. when explanation as to this erratic behaviour was demanded.
‘It’s simply a matter of practice, you know, like everything else.’

But all the same for a long time, deep down in his heart, there was a
horrible misgiving that the thing was not a football at all—that it
should have been round. At last, by dint of constant perseverance,
some of the men began to kick fairly well—kick goals even from a good
distance.

The first difficulty arose from a lack of side-boundaries. Hence, at
times, a kicking, struggling, shouting mob might be seen half-a-mile
away, at the far end of the main street, whereas it should have been
in front of the post-office.

To remedy this state of affairs, the C.P.S. drove in pegs at what was
voted ‘a fair thing’ to serve as guides. When the ball was sent beyond
the pegs no one pursued, and little boys stationed there kicked it
back again. Also, the cows, pigs and goats of Crupperton, who must
have imagined that a lunatic asylum had taken possession of their
feeding grounds, returned, and henceforth fed peacefully about the
grass-grown streets and allotments at the lower end of the township.
Presently, to vary the monotony, the Cruppertonians got up a match
amongst themselves for drinks—East _versus_ West was the title of it.
But it never went beyond the first scrimmage, if that can be called a
first where all was one big scrimmage, caused by two compact bodies of
men fighting for the possession of a ball. Out of this quickly emerged
the Chemist with, as he averred, a fractured wrist. Anyhow, he wore a
bandage, and played no more.

Then the Blacksmith accused the Saddler of kicking him on the shins,
wilfully and of malice prepense. For some time past there had been
bad blood between these two, and the fight that ensued was so gorgeous
that the game was quite forgotten in the excitement of it.

Presently, the village of Saddlestrap, a little lower down the river,
in emulation of its larger neighbour, started football also.

The Saddlestraps mostly got their living by tankmaking, were locally
known as ‘Thicklegs,’ and were a pretty rough lot. So that, when a
match was arranged between the two places, fun was foretold.

The rules of the Saddlestrap club were, like those of the Crupperton
one, simplicity itself, consisting, as they did, of the solitary
axiom—‘Kick whatever or wherever you can, only kick.’

Therefore, as remarked, fun was expected. The C.P.S. chose his team
carefully, and with an eye to weight and size. Superior fleetness, he
rightly imagined, would have but little to do with the result of the
day’s sport.

With the exception of half-a-dozen of the townspeople, the Crupperton
players consisted of young fellows from a couple of stations
adjoining. Therefore, the Saddlestraps somewhat contemptuously dubbed
their opponents ‘Pastorialites.’

The Doctor pleaded exemption on account of his age, and was,
therefore, appointed ‘Referee.’

For a while the play was somewhat weak and desultory, and lacking in
effect. The ball was continually being sent outside the pegs, and the
urchins stationed there were kept busy. But, at length, to the
delight of the spectators, consisting of the entire population of the
two townships, there was a hot scrimmage. ‘For all the world like a
lot o’ dorgs a-worryin’ a ’possum!’ as one excited bystander yelled,
whilst the crowd surged around the mixed-up heap of humanity, the
outside ring of which was frantically kicking and shoving at the
prostrate inner one, serving friend and foe alike.

‘A very manly and interesting game,’ remarked the Doctor, placidly
ringing his bell for ‘Spell, oh!’ whilst the Chemist ran to his shop
for plaster and bandage.

Presently, the undermost man of all was dragged out, torn and gory,
and spitting teeth from a broken jaw.

Him the Doctor caused to be carried to the nearest house, and, after
attending to his wounds, returned hurriedly to the field, where his
coadjutor was looking to the minor casualties, and both teams were
refreshing themselves with rum, and boasting of their prowess.

The Doctor rang his bell, and play was resumed. It was, he explained,
unhealthy to dawdle about in such weather and after severe exertion.

As the C.P.S. pointed out very eloquently that night at the banquet,
football was a game in which people must learn to give and take, and
that, until this had been fully understood and practised, the game
would never get beyond an initial stage.

This was probably the reason that on a Saddlestrap in full pursuit of
the ball being deliberately tripped up by a ‘Pastorialite,’ and sent
headlong to mother earth, which was hard and knobby, in place of
rising and going on with the game, he began to punch the tripper.

Five minutes afterwards might be seen the curious spectacle of a ball
lying neglected in the centre of the ground, whilst outside raged a
big fight of thirty.

For a time the trouble was strictly confined to the two teams. But
when it was observed that Crupperton was getting the worst of it,
partisans quickly peeled off and took sides; so that, directly, both
townships were up to their eyes in fight, and the Doctor seriously
contemplated sending for professional assistance to Cantleville.

For some time victory hovered in the balance. But men fight well on
their own ground, and at last the Saddlestraps broke and fled for
their horses and buggies. Those who stayed behind did so simply
because there was no doctor in their native village.

A banquet for both teams had been prepared at the leading (and only)
hotel. But there was only a remnant of one side that felt like
banqueting, so the gaps were filled by residents who had been
prominent in the fray.

The C.P.S., with a couple of beautifully blackened eyes, took the
chair. At the other end of the table presided the Constable, whose
features presented a curiously intricate study in diachylon, many of
the Saddlestraps having seized a mean opportunity of wiping off old
scores.

Speeches and toasts were made and drunk, and football enthusiastically
voted the king of all games. As the Blacksmith—whose arm was in a
sling—observed, ‘It was a fair an’ square game. A man know’d what he’d
got to do at it. There wasn’t no tiddleywinkin’ in the thing.’

The Doctor had been too busy to come early; but he dropped in for a
minute or so during the evening, and with great fire, and amidst much
applause, made a splendid speech. In its course he quoted Gordon’s
well-known lines—‘A game’s not worth a rap for a rational man to
play,’ etc.; and also adapted that saying of the ‘Iron Duke’s’ about
the battle of Waterloo being won upon the British football grounds.

It was decidedly the ‘speech of the evening,’ and was greeted with
hearty cheers as, concluding, he retired to look after his patients.

But Crupperton was very sore next morning; and for a whole week there
was no more football. Then they looked about them for more victims to
their prowess. But they found none at all near home.

At last, in despair, and in defiance of the advice of the C.P.S., the
executive challenged Cantleville itself—agreeing to journey thither.
In due course, and after the C.F.C. had recovered from its surprise,
and consulted a ‘Gazetteer,’ it accepted.

Cantleville was a very long distance away. Moreover, it was the ‘City’
of those inland parts, and the headquarters of the Civil Service
therein. Therefore the C.P.S. and the Constable discreetly refused to
accompany their fellows. One of the pair, at least, had doubts as to
whether Cantleville played the Crupperton game.

So the Blacksmith was elected Captain. ‘You’d better stay at home,’
said the C.P.S., ‘the chaps over there are regular swells, up to all
the latest dodges, and they wear uniforms. Besides they may not quite
understand our rules.’

‘Then we’ll teach ’em,’ said the Blacksmith. But the question of a
uniform troubled him. So he took counsel with his now fast friend the
Saddler, and the result was that everyone packed a stiffly-starched
white shirt and a pair of black trousers into his valise.

‘How about your uniforms now?’ said the Blacksmith, ‘nothin’ can’t be
neater’n that.’

So they went forth to battle, accompanied by the good wishes of the
populace; but neither by Doctor nor Chemist. There were plenty of both
at Cantleville. Also they were wise in their generation, and had
doubts.

Communication in these days was limited. Cantleville news arrived
_via_ Sydney, and the newspapers were a week old when delivered. So
that the team brought its own tidings home. They had not had a good
time. They had also been heavily fined, and they proposed to go afield
no more. The Blacksmith and the Saddler, who had ‘taken it out,’ were
the last to appear.

‘I suppose you play Rugby rules?’ had asked blandly the Secretary of
the C.F.C., as he curiously surveyed the ‘Bushies’ on their arrival.

‘No, we don’t,’ said the Blacksmith. ‘We plays Crupperton,’ and no
more questions were asked. But when it was seen what Crupperton rules
meant, backs, half-backs, forwards, and all the rest of it, struck and
refused to continue. Instead, they took to chaffing the ‘black and
white magpies.’

Whereupon, Crupperton, putting the question of football on one side,
went at its opponents _à la_ Saddlestrap. Their places, however, they
presently found taken by policemen. These latter every man handled to
the best of his ability, and had to pay for accordingly.

‘Shoo!’ said the Blacksmith, as he finished. ‘They’re nothin’ but a
lot o’ tiddleywinkers up there. Let’s have another match with
Saddlestrap.’




ON THE GRAND STAND.

A Pioneer Sketch.


There was a lot of men from up-country staying at the Kamilaroi. One
could easily tell them by their bronzed hands and faces, and creased
or brand-new clothes, from the city members of the well-known
Pastoralists’ Club.

‘Hello,’ suddenly exclaimed a fine-looking man, whose thick moustache
lay snow-white against the deep tan of his cheek, ‘here’s
Boorookoorora in the market! H’m, one hundred and sixty thousand sheep
(so they’ve got the jumbucks on it at last).... Capital homestead ...
stone-built house ... splendid garden and orchard. How things must
have changed out there since Wal Neville and Jimmy Carstairs and
myself took that country up, and lived for months at a time on damper,
bullock and pigweed in a bark humpy. Stone house and orchard! Well,
well,’ he concluded, laying down the newspaper with a sigh, ‘I hope
they haven’t disturbed the boys. I left them there sleeping quietly
enough side by side over five-and-twenty years ago.’

‘Shouldn’t have gone home and stayed away so long, Standish,’ here
remarked a friend. ’You’re out of touch altogether with our side now.
That’s the worst of being rich. D’rectly a fellow gets a pot of money
left him, off he must go “home.” But here’s Hatton.—Hatton, let me
introduce Mr Hugh Standish to you. He’s interested in your place.
First man to take it up; early pioneer, and all that sort of thing.’

‘Yes,’ said Mr Hatton presently, ‘I was the first to put sheep on
Boorookoorora, and they do well. Yes, the two graves are untouched at
the old homestead still. Carstairs and Neville! I’ve heard the story,
or a version of it. Poor fellows! I had their graves freshly fenced in
a couple of years ago. And so you were the third partner. Will you
tell us the story of your escape? I should much like to hear it at
first hand.’

‘Do you know the Grand Stand?’ asked Standish, without replying
directly.

The other shook his head.

‘What is it?’ he asked.

‘Why, the big rock, close to the Black Waterhole, on your own run,’
replied Standish.

‘Oh,’ said his new acquaintance, ‘you mean Mount Lookout. That’s just
at the bottom of the orchard now. You see, we’ve shifted the head
station from where you and Warner and Adams and the rest had it.’

‘Well, well,’ replied the other, ‘Grand Stand, or Mount Lookout, or
whatever you like to call it, I had a very rough time on its top.’

‘Ah,’ remarked the owner of Boorookoorora, ‘I’ve had the top levelled
and an anemometer erected on it; also a flight of steps cut. In fact,
it is a sort of observatory on a small scale.’

‘The devil it is!’ exclaimed Standish. ‘Well, if you’ll listen, I’ll
tell you what I observed once from its top.’

       *       *       *       *       *

‘There were three of us. We were all young and healthy, and each had a
little money. Foregathering (the first time was in this very room), we
determined to become partners, and take up country. We would go out in
person—far out, beyond even, as poor Neville put it, the “furthest
paling of civilisation.”

‘There we would acquire a territory, expressible not in poor,
miserable acres, but in square miles—thousands of ’em.

‘There we would breed sheep and cattle, increasing yearly in
multitude, so that the sands upon the sea-shore shouldn’t be a
circumstance to them. We would plant in that far country our own vines
and our own fig-trees, and sit under their shade in the good days to
come—we and our children, and our children’s children after us—in that
wide and pleasant heritage of our founding. Alas, the glamour of youth
and confidence, and health and strength over a bottle or two of good
wine! Five-and-twenty years ago, gentlemen, in this same old room!

‘So we went. And the days grew into weeks, and the weeks into months,
as we rode, searching hither and thither, to the right hand or to the
left, but always with our faces to the falling sun. Over stony ridges
and over rolling downs; over deserts of cruel spinifex and barren
sand; through great scrubs, thick and gloomy; along rivers, tortuous
and muddy. At times drenched with rain, at others suffering from heat
and hunger and thirst, but ever westward. At length, after many
disappointments, emerging from a broad stretch of sterile country and
ascending a range of low hills, our eyes beheld something resembling
the Canaan of our dreams. Track of horse or beast we had not seen for
weeks; therefore we knew that the land was, if we so willed it, ours.

‘For a long time we gazed over the timber-clumped, wide expanse,
emerald-swarded after some recent fire, and through which ran a creek
whose waterholes shone like polished steel under the mid-day sun.

‘“Here we rest?” said one; and another,—“The Plains of Hope lie before
us!”

‘So we rested from our wanderings; and one, journeying backwards,
secured the country, defining its boundaries, not by marked trees, but
by parallels of latitude.

‘Shortly a homestead arose, rude but sufficient. Mob after mob of
cattle came up from stations to the south and east, and Boorookoorora
became itself a station.

‘We got the name from a black fellow. We understood him to signify
that the word meant “_No place beyond_.” This pleased us, for we were,
so far, proud of being the “farthest out”—the _Ultima Thule_ of
settlement. We may have been altogether mistaken, for the fellow was
wild as a hawk, and, at the first chance, gave us the slip. But I’m
glad, all the same, that the old name still holds.

‘Of the blacks we had seen very little. They appeared to decline all
communication with us. Now and again the stockmen would bring one in;
but he came evidently under strong protest, and refused both food and
gifts of any description. However, we cared nothing for that, so long
as our cattle remained unmolested. They were doing splendidly; and we
soon began to talk about sending a mob to the southern markets, with
which, in those days, there was little or no communication. We
intended to pioneer that trade. There was plenty of room as yet. Our
nearest neighbour was a hundred miles away; the nearest township, five
hundred. One Sunday morning I went for a ride, leaving Walter and
Jimmy alone. The two white stockmen and a couple of black boys, who
made up the head station staff, were away on a round of the
out-stations.

‘I had intended to be back for the dinner, which I had left the pair
busily preparing. Unfortunately, when about five miles from the
homestead on my return, my horse put his foot in a hole, stumbled
badly, and directly afterwards went dead lame.

‘The day was a roaster for a tramp; but there seemed no help for it.
So, planting the saddle and bridle, also, in a most unlucky moment, my
heavy Enfield rifle, I set out through the long, dry grass, which
reached at times over my head, and made walking hard and disagreeable
work.

‘As often as I paused to rest and wipe my dripping face did I curse
our remissness in not having “burnt off” before this, and vow to soon
have a right royal blaze amongst the thick reed-like grass-stalks
that hampered my progress towards shade and dinner.

‘I had got about two miles along, and was just thinking of having a
good drink at the Black Waterhole, which I knew to be close to me,
when I suddenly came upon the dead body of a fine young heifer.

‘A couple of broken spears stuck out of the carcase—so freshly killed
that even the crows had not yet found it. It was, indeed, still warm.
By the tracks I could see that the niggers were in force. They had
evidently run the beast up from the water, and slain it merely for
sport, as it was untouched. My first impulse was to return for the
rifle. Second thoughts determined me to make for home as quickly as
possible.

‘I had kept my shoulder-belt, to which was attached a heavy metal
powder-flask. Thinking that I should travel lighter without these
things, I started to unbuckle, when a tomahawk hurtled past one side
of my head, whilst a spear went sailing by the other. The grass was
full of blacks coming at me sideways—that is, between me and the
station.

‘Turning, I ran for the water, the whole pack, now in full cry, after
me.

‘Close to the banks of the Black Waterhole stood a tall rock we had
named (I don’t know why, for it was as much like one as this tumbler
is) the Grand Stand. I daresay it must have been quite one hundred and
fifty feet high, if not more—’

‘One hundred and seventy-five six,’ put in Mr Hatton, who, in common
with, by this time, a small crowd, was listening interestedly.

‘Thanks. You’ve evidently had more leisure than we could manage.
Anyhow, it was sheer on three sides, only accessible, in one part, on
the fourth.’ (‘Just where I had the stairway cut,’ murmured Mr Hatton.
But no one took any notice).

‘Many a time I had climbed it to look for cattle across the plains on
which it formed such a landmark. If I could do so now, very quickly,
there might still be a chance.

‘I could tell by the sound of the spears that I was gaining. They
didn’t come slipping quietly past, but whizzed and sung angrily, a
sure sign that the throwing sticks were being used; at least I found
it so. It was wonderful how they missed me. If the grass had been
burnt I was a dead man fifty times over. Presently, I struck a cattle
pad, and, at the same moment, caught sight of the Grand Stand. Now
they saw what I was after, and put on a spurt, yelling harder than
ever. As they arrived at the foot of the rock I was half-way up the
narrow, almost perpendicular, track, going like a goat, whilst spears,
tomahawks and nullahs hit all around me. One spear grazed my leg,
sticking in the breeches, and a stone tomahawk knocked my hat off. I
afterwards made use of that spear. It was hot work while it lasted,
which, luckily, wasn’t long. The top of the Grand Stand measured about
twenty feet each way, and sloped gently inwards, saucer-shape, to a
depth of four. There had been rain lately, and a good pool of water
was collected in the basin, which was strewn with stones and big
boulders, remains of a former top, which had broken off and lay around
the base. Being in a hurry, I hadn’t time to pull myself up, so
tumbled headlong into the water. However, the bath refreshed me much,
and, everything below having all at once become silent as the grave, I
peeped over.

‘Well it was I did so!

‘Four big fellows were climbing up, one behind the other.

‘Lifting a stone, just as much as I could manage, I rolled it to the
edge, and, forgetting to sing out “Stand from under,” let go.

‘It caught the first fellow fair on the chest, and the lot went down
like skittles.

‘Three picked themselves up and limped off howling. The fourth man—he
who led—lay quite still, and had to be dragged away. I did not care
about expending my ammunition or I could have scattered them also.

‘It was terribly hot up there under the sun, but, ripping out the
lining of my coat, I covered my head with it. If there had been no
water, though, I should have been done—roasted alive.

‘Now I had a spell, and took a good look at the niggers.

‘They were a wild lot—five-and-twenty of ’em—naked as the day they
were born, tall and wiry, with woolly hair and long, black beards. One
side of their faces was painted white, t’other red, ribs and legs to
match. Half-a-dozen of ’em had some shining stone like a lump of
crystal either around their necks or tied upon their foreheads. These
I took to be chiefs.

‘I had never seen any niggers quite like these, and, consequently, was
rather impressed, not to say scared. They squatted under a shady tree,
the only one for miles around, evidently holding a council of war,
whilst I crouched and watched them, and slowly baked on top of my
rock.

‘Suddenly, all springing to their feet, they ran backwards, then,
wheeling together, threw their spears. But the height beat ’em. There
was a strong breeze blowing, too, hot as from a furnace, right against
them. Quite plainly that game wouldn’t answer, so they squatted again
and started another consultation.

‘Meanwhile the day grew hotter. The rock was actually blistering my
skin through the light clothes I wore.

‘Bathing my head and face brought relief.

‘Being quite a new chum with respect to blacks and their ways, I half
expected that, now, seeing they couldn’t get me down, they would raise
the siege and be off.

‘Nothing, it appeared, could be further from their intentions. The
confab over, some lit a fire on a small, clear space close to the
water, whilst others went off towards the dead heifer, shortly
returning with great lumps of meat, which they roasted and devoured.

‘After this, they all got up, and coming quite close, one went a
little apart from the rest and pointed at my head, which was all he
could see, with outstretched arm.

‘Then his fellows formed a circle and danced and yelled, patting their
bellies, and going through the motions of eating and drinking.
Presently the gaunt, black semaphore was altered, pointing towards the
sun. The dancing and shouting ceased, and, sitting down, the party
began to display symptoms of the utmost distress.

‘Once more the arm shifted, this time towards the water, whereupon the
whole crowd stiffened themselves out as if dead.

‘Another dance round and a song, and the semaphore put himself in
position again and pointed in the direction of the homestead.

‘Instantly all but two sneaked off into the tall grass. The pair left
behind lay down beside each other, feigning sleep. Suddenly, with
terrific yells, the rest sprung upon them and went very realistically
through the motions of beating the sleepers’ brains out and thrusting
spears into their bodies.

‘The first portion of the pantomime I took to mean that they were
determined to stay and see how long I could withstand the combined
effects of heat, hunger, and want of water.

‘The second was only too intelligible, and for the first time made me
feel a sharp pang of anxiety for those at home, totally unwarned, and
off their guard.

‘How, as I watched the brutes, did I wish and long for that rifle,
hidden away back there, or—best of all—that newly-imported
breech-loader hanging over my stretcher at the station.

‘It was getting late in the afternoon. The rock was casting a long
shadow, and my dripping body beginning to feel a little cooler as the
sun lowered. Slight though the scratch upon my leg was, it smarted
terribly. I was also very hungry, and altogether in anything but a
happy frame of mind.

‘Foreseeing a night of it, I carried and rolled big stones to the
edge, placing them so that at a touch they would go crashing down.

‘Darkness fell at last, and with it came the moon, nearly at her full.

‘Lying along the incline, I watched the niggers, and tried to work out
some plan of giving them the slip.

‘Gorged to repletion, they were stretched about their fire: but two
upright black forms, motionless as if cut from marble, watched
steadfastly the pathway, on which the moonbeams fell full of light.

‘Although I had promised to return for dinner, I had no expectation,
on account of my failure, that the others would come and look for me.
We were all nothing if not irregular in our habits. Of the blacks we
had almost ceased to think, so little had we seen of them. Indeed,
though generally going armed, we carried rifles more for the purpose
of shooting an odd bull or so than from any other motive. The place,
you should remember, had been formed now over a couple of years,
during all which time nothing suspicious had occurred.

‘The two at home would merely think that I had extended my ride as far
as one of the out-stations, and feel no surprise if I did not turn up
till the next day.

‘As for them, I knew not what to think. That the blacks were nearly
all inveterate liars I was aware; but this sudden, strange raid,
together with their expressive pantomimes and determined attitude
towards myself, made me fear the worst.

‘If there had been no moon I should certainly have made an effort to
get away. But it was as bright as day—so bright that I fancied I could
at times see the glitter in the eyes of the sentinels.

‘I must have been cat-napping, for I awoke with a start to the sound
of an awful chorus of yells.

‘The moon was low, but still gave enough light to enable me to make
out that more niggers had arrived.

‘After what appeared to be an enthusiastic greeting of the new-comers,
the whole mob—about fifty—came up and began to dance at the foot of
the rock. Presently, to my horror, I caught sight of objects that I
recognised only too well.

‘One fellow had on a broad-brimmed straw hat belonging to Carstairs;
another flourished a hunting-knife of my own; yet another waved a
gaily-striped rug that I had last seen covering poor Neville’s
stretcher.

‘Evidently the station had been sacked.

‘Neither hearing nor seeing anything, they perhaps imagined me asleep,
and, just as the dawn was breaking redly, some of them began to
ascend.

‘A leaping, rattling, boulder, however, soon undeceived and sent them
to the right-about.

‘Knowing that another day would probably see the end, they were in no
particular hurry now.

‘The sun rose hot and angry-looking. By its better light I made out a
whole heap of our traps under the tree, jumbled up anyhow.

‘But, lest I should, by any means, fail to comprehend what had
happened, they had recourse once more to dumb show.

‘A nigger came forward and arranged three spears, tripod fashion. To
their apex he hung a nullah-nullah. All the weapons were red with
blood. Then, pointing alternately to the homestead, myself, and the
heap of plunder, he made a long speech, beginning quietly enough, but
working himself into such a rage at the finish that his big black
beard was speckled with foam.

‘Of course, I didn’t understand a word. There was little need that I
should—everything was plain enough.

‘But worse was to come!

‘Seeing that I made no sign, and thinking, perhaps, that I was
difficult to convince, the orator went off to the pile of stuff, and,
in a minute, returned with some object in a net, which, amidst
triumphant yells, he fastened to the trophy already erected.

‘For a moment I couldn’t make it out at all. Then, as the sun shone
fuller on the thing, I saw that it was Neville’s head.

‘All gashed and disfigured though it was, I recognised it by the long
golden beard which the poor old chap had been so proud of.

‘The sight turned me quite faint and sick. Then I got vicious.
Slipping to the water, of which there was now very little left, to get
one good, long, last drink, my eyes fell upon the powder-flask lying
where I had thrown it off.

‘It was one of the old-fashioned kind, of solid copper, very large,
and holding nearly a couple of pounds. It was quite full.

‘“Well,” I said to myself, taking the flask up as the idea struck me,
“you’ve cornered me and killed my mates, but I’ll be hanged if I don’t
try and scorch some of you before giving in.”

‘Now, sitting down, I tore a strip off my handkerchief, and, with
moistened gunpowder, made a rough sort of fuse. Then unscrewing the
measuring cylinder, and taking out the spring-valve, I inserted the
fuse deeply into the powder, brought the twisted end well up, and
replaced the long cylinder. Then, binding the flask firmly about five
feet from the head of the spear that had come up with me, I shouted to
the niggers, who were busily overhauling their booty.

‘They stared with surprise, and I waved my coat and beckoned to them
to come nearer.

‘Chattering like anything, a couple of ’em advanced a few steps very
doubtfully.

‘Stooping down and striking a match I fired the fuse, which caught at
once and began to burn quietly away inside the cylinder.

‘At this moment I hove the spear well out towards them. To my delight
it stuck fairly upright in the ground almost at their feet, the shock,
so far as I could see, shifting nothing.

‘Starting back, they gazed inquisitively at the shining polished
object it had brought with it.

‘For a minute or two they hesitated, and I despaired. But, seeing the
rest moving up, curiosity or cupidity prevailed, and one running to
it, seized the spear and made off back to the mob.

‘At once he was surrounded with an eager, excited, jabbering crowd,
each man with his chin over his neighbour’s shoulder.

‘The seconds went by like ages. I had reckoned the fuse would last,
perhaps, seven or eight minutes. They had untied the flask, and it was
being passed from hand to hand.

‘Still no sound!

‘With a deep sigh of regret I gave the affair up as a failure—had even
turned away—when an explosion like that of an eighteen pounder made me
jump.

‘From out of a cloud of dense white smoke came shrieks and screams of
agony. I could dimly see bodies—some quite still, and others rolling
over and over.

‘By God! gentlemen,’ exclaimed the speaker, interrupting himself
emphatically, and with a cruel gleam in his eyes, ‘although
afterwards I shot the wretches down in dozens, and always with joy in
my heart, yet never with such a complete sense of satisfaction and
pleasure as I felt at that moment.

‘As I looked a sharp blaze curled up, spreading broadly, and almost
instantly, into a curtain of flame and smoke.

‘The grass was on fire!

‘Never a thought had I given to that. For miles and miles the country
was covered with herbage, tall, and dry as tinder.

‘The top of the Grand Stand was about the only safe place now, bar the
water, in all that neighbourhood. For a long time I couldn’t see a
foot for smoke; but, as with the fire, it rolled away before the wind.
I looked towards the Black Waterhole, thinking, of course, that the
niggers would have taken to it. To my surprise not one was to be seen.
There was the blackened ground, smoking yet, bare, and affording not
the slightest cover.

‘The erstwhile shady and graceful tree was a gnarled and withered
skeleton.

‘Underneath it, as the haze cleared, I made out four motionless
bodies, blacker than the burnt black ashes on which they lay.

‘I waited a bit longer before coming down. But at last, pretty certain
that the niggers had cleared out, or better still, been caught in the
fire, I crept down the pathway, stiff, sore, and hungry, but with that
feeling of vengeful joy in my heart trebly intensified as I passed by
the poor, scorched, singed head lying on the ground.

‘Poking about the heap of blankets, clothing, etc., still smouldering,
I dropped across a tin of preserved meat—a four pounder.

‘This was luck, if you like. Taking it to the water I finished it to
the last scrap, and made the most appreciated meal of a life.

‘I hadn’t gone near the bodies. They were charred, and I was certain
they were dead.

‘But, as I finished eating, to my astonishment one fellow got up and
staggered straight for me. Snatching up a heavy stick, which happened
to be handy, I stood ready to receive him.

‘As he came nearer his face frightened me.

‘It wasn’t a face at all, properly speaking; nor, for the matter of
that, a head even. It was simply a mass of grass-ashes and blood—every
scrap of hair had been burnt off. From his open mouth protruded a
blackened tongue. I dropped my stick, for I saw he was stone-blind—in
fact, he was eyeless altogether.

‘Groping along, in a minute or two he felt the water at his feet,
when, instead of splashing into it, as you’d naturally think a fellow
in such an awful predicament would do, he gave a sort of screech, very
bad to hear, and made out again at a great pace, tripped over a stone,
and fell headlong.

‘When I got up to him he was as dead as Julius Cæsar, and a great lump
of jagged copper was sticking out of the back of his skull.

‘Presently I started off towards the homestead, but hadn’t got more
than half-way before I met our two white stockmen—the black boys had
cleared on the back track.

‘The buildings, such as they were, and all our things were gone. But
we didn’t trouble much about that just then.

‘Taking Neville’s head to him, we buried him and Carstairs, who had
been literally chopped to pieces, and then, getting the outside men
together, we followed the niggers.

‘They had made for a patch of red ground six miles away. There we
found ’em—fifty of ’em; and there we left ’em. How they must have
travelled to have beaten the fire! Must have been touch and go, for
some of ’em were pretty badly scorched.

‘Well, gentlemen, that’s the story of the Grand Stand, and the first
settling of Boorookoorora. “Stone house and garden, and splendid
orchard,” eh? Well, well, I suppose it’s only natural. Yet it sounds
curiously to me. No; I won’t invest. Shouldn’t care about going back
to live there now. That’s the dinner gong, isn’t it? Good old
Kamilaroi! Come along.’




TOO FAR SOUTH.


The captain of the _Boadicea_—regular London and Australian trader—had
long been the owner of a crotchet, or perhaps it would be nearer the
mark to call it a theory. He was a comparatively young man, and after
a few trips of eighty-nine, ninety, and ninety-six days respectively,
he grew impatient; and at last, seeing an opportunity of putting his
idea to the test, he determined to make the attempt.

It was by no means a new theory; simply an expansion of an old one.
Years ago the masters of the _Lightning_, _Red Jacket_, and other
clipper ships of renown, had successfully demonstrated that, instead
of turning round the Cape of Good Hope as if it were a corner, in the
old style, vessels bound to the Australian colonies would, if they
kept on southward, be very likely to pick up a current of strong
westerly winds which, although twice the distance might have to be
sailed over, yet would take them to their destination far more quickly
than by the usual route.

But the master of the _Boadicea_ contended that none of these early
exponents of ‘Great Circular sailing’ had as yet gone far enough
south, and that, at a still more distant point, a regular westerly
wind-current, strong as a good-sized gale and as steady as a trade,
without its fickleness, was to be met with which would shorten the
average passage by at least ten days.

Older shipmasters laughed, and, saying that they found the Roaring
Forties quite strong enough for them, stuck to the regular merchantman
track, not so old yet, they thought, nor so worn by the marks of their
keels, as to require a fresh one. However, Captain Stewart had, by
dint of long persuasion and perseverance, obtained permission from his
owners to test practically his pet idea; and this was the reason that,
on the thirty-fifth day out, the _Boadicea_, in place of running her
easting down amongst the Forties like a Christian ship, with half a
gale singing in the bellies of her topsails, and mountains of
dark-blue water roaring rhythmically astern, found herself poking
about close hauled, with, on every hand as far as vision extended,
icebergs, varying in size and shape, from a respectable many-peaked
island to a spireless dissenting chapel.

We were very far indeed to the southward.

  And now there came both mist and snow,
  And it grew wondrous cold;
  And ice, mast high, came floating by,
    As green as emerald.

Still our commander’s faith in his strong wind-streak was unshaken;
albeit, for a week or more, light baffling airs, scarce sufficing to
fill the stiffened canvas, had been our portion. It was, too, indeed,
‘wondrous cold,’ and the necessity for keeping a close and unwearied
look-out became every hour more apparent. Already we had had narrow
escapes of coming into collision with bergs wandering aimlessly about,
which, although wonderfully beautiful objects in the daytime, and at a
distance, with the bright sunlight reflecting a thousand prismatic
hues from their glistening surfaces, yet of a dark night were liable,
with a touch almost, to send us in a twinkling to Davy Jones.

The crew growled and shivered, and shivered and growled, making the
while sarcastic inquiries as to the near vicinity of the South Pole,
wishing in undertones that their skipper had been perched on the top
of it before leading them into such cold quarters. As for myself,
although rated as third mate, I was little more than a lad at the
time, and thought the whole thing simply magnificent, hoping that we
might penetrate still further into the unknown ‘regions of
thick-ribbed ice’ ahead of us, whilst visions of a Southern Continent,
bears, seals and walruses, floated through my imagination. To be sure
I was well clothed and comfortably housed, which, perhaps, made all
the difference. We are very apt to look at things one-sidedly, and
with regard only to the character of our own particular surroundings.
Man born of a woman is a more or less selfish animal. Every day the
‘wandering pearls of the sea,’ as someone has called them, seemed to
become more plentiful, whilst, to add to our dilemma, a thick
Antarctic fog, through which the _Boadicea_, with look-outs alow and
aloft, crept like some great blind monster feeling its way across the
ocean, arose and hid everything from view.

The only one on board with any experience of such latitudes was our
chief officer, a rough New Englander, who had taken a couple of
voyages to the Northern fisheries in a Nantucket whaler. Far, however,
from giving himself airs on that account, he was probably the most
anxious man in the ship’s company. He had not a particle of faith in
the great theory; moreover, he had seen a vessel ‘ripped’ in Davis
Sound, which none of his companions had.

One evening, as if drawn up by some mighty hand, the fog lifted,
disclosing the sun, cold, red, and angry-looking, glaring at us out of
a sombre sky, and flushing the water and the bergs round about with a
flood of purple light, on which our masts and rigging cast tremulous,
long, black shadows, crossing and recrossing in a quivering maze, with
big, shapeless blotches here and there for the sails. Suddenly a
deeper, darker shadow fell athwart us; and there, not two oars’
lengths away, between ship and sun, rose an island.

Men rubbed their eyes, and rubbed and looked again, but there it was,
every stern outline standing in bold relief, a rough, ragged mass of
barren, desolate rock, its summit covered with snow—still,
indisputably land. Even as we gazed eagerly, wonderingly, the _mirage_
faded away in a moment, as it had appeared, and the mist descended
like a grey, heavy curtain, enveloping all things in its damp folds.

Presently it came on to snow. The standing rigging and running gear
alike were coated with ice, whilst the canvas took the consistency of
sheet-iron, and rang like glass when touched.

Roaring fires were lit in oil drums, fore and aft, in forecastle and
cuddy. Soon the smoke in both places was as thick as the fog on deck;
a kind of damp, unwholesome warmth was engendered as the impromptu
stoves grew red-hot; great half-frozen cockroaches, thinking that the
tropics were at hand, crawled out of nooks and crannies; and it seemed
at times a toss up whether our end should come by ice or fire.

Most of our crew were Danes or Swedes, hardy and obedient men. If they
had been British they would probably have attempted to compel the
captain to alter his course. As it was, they simply put on all their
available clothing and growled quietly. No matter what their
nationality, all seamen growl; only some growl and work also.

Now, all the watches and clocks on board stopped, and, refusing to
start again, they were placed in the cook’s oven with a view to
warming the works. But, in the excitement consequent upon fending off
a huge berg, which threatened to crush us, they were done brown, and
completely ruined. About this time the captain, thinking, perhaps,
that his experiment had gone far enough, gave the order to square the
yards. On going to the braces we found that the sheaves of the blocks
were frozen to their pins and would not travel. Taking them to the
winch, with much heaving, the yards at last swung, creaking and
groaning, round, whilst showers of icy fragments fell rattling on
deck.

It was almost a calm, the ship having barely steerage way upon her;
but the barometer was falling, and it was judged prudent to shorten
sail by putting the _Boadicea_ under a couple of lower top-sails and
fore and mizzen stay-sails.

To stow each of the upper top-sails it took twenty-four men and two
boys—nearly, in fact, the ship’s company; and, if the courses had not
already been furled, I do not think we could ever have managed them.
The foot-ropes were like glass, the reef-points as rigid as bar iron,
and one’s hands, after a minute aloft, had no more feeling in them
than the icy canvas they tried to grasp. Through the fog, as we slowly
descended the slippery ratlines, we imagined we could see great bergs
looming indistinctly; and in our strained ears echoed the
ever-impending crash as the wind gradually freshened.

It was a trying experience, even for the best prepared amongst us,
this comparatively sudden transit from the tropics to twenty degrees
below freezing point; and I firmly believe that, but for the unlimited
supply of hot cocoa available day and night, at all hours, some of us
would have given in. Spirits could be had for the asking, but no one
seemed to care about them, even those known to be inveterate topers
declining rum with something akin to disgust; perhaps the reason was
that it became quite thick, and, when taken into the mouth, burned and
excoriated both tongue and palate.

The night of the day on which we had snugged the _Boadicea_ down was
dark as pitch, and you could feel the fog as it hung low and
clingingly to everything. Some time in the middle watch the breeze
died away, giving place to light, unsteady airs—catspaws almost—and
occasional falls of snow.

Imagine, if you can, the big ship creeping timorously and uncertainly
through the thick Polar darkness and mist, a shapeless mass of yet
thicker darkness, emitting here and there ruddy flashes of light,
reflected momentarily back from snow-covered deck or coil of frozen
rope. No sound breaks the silence except a gentle lap-lapping of water
under her fore-foot as the canvas just fills enough to draw. Now snow
falls, not deliberately, but with a soft, fleecy, rushing motion,
which speedily fills up any inequalities about the decks, and would
fill them from rail to rail if it lasted long. Presently a dozen bulky
spectres move noiselessly around the galley door, which, being
withdrawn, a warm glow streams out upon the watch come for hot cocoa.

Imagine, too, just as the tired men are about to drag their
half-frozen limbs below, a sudden deeper silence, and a strange
feeling of warmth and calm pervading the ship; the sails giving one
mighty creaking flap up there in the gloom; the crash and rattle of
ice falling from their frozen folds, and a cluster of awe-struck,
up-turned faces, shining pallidly in the glow of the galley fire, as
the _Boadicea_, but for a slight roll, lies idle and at rest.

Everyone knows and feels that something unusual has taken place, but
no man there can say what it is. A muttered order is heard, and in a
minute a flood of vivid blue fire pours out into the darkness from the
ship’s quarter, and a great subdued ‘Ah!’ runs fore and aft her, as,
by its glare, we see tall, jagged cliffs, weird and ghastly in the
strange light, towering far on high above our mast-heads, which appear
to touch them.

‘Get the deep-sea lead overboard!’ shouts the captain.

‘Watch, there, watch!’ needlessly cry the men, as the line slips from
their hands; and no bottom at one hundred fathoms.

‘’Taint land at all,’ says the mate quietly. ‘I kin smell ice; an’ ef
we don’t mind we may calculate to winter ’mongst it ’stead o’ makin’
tracks for the Antipodes. Lower the quarter-boat,’ he goes on, ‘an’
tie the ship up for the night, as, ef I ain’t mistook, we’re pooty
nigh surrounded.’

More bluelights are burned, and by their help and those of lanterns,
the _Boadicea_, in a somewhat unnatural plight, is warped alongside a
kind of ice jetty which stretches out from the main mass, and which,
as if to save us the trouble of carrying out anchors, also to complete
the resemblance to a pier, is furnished here and there with great
knobs, to which we make fast our lines.

If you will try and picture to yourself the scene I have described,
you will, I think, be willing to admit that ship seldom entered
stranger harbour in a stranger manner, or that the ‘sweet little
cherub, sitting up aloft,’ who is supposed to keep a special look-out
for ‘poor Jack,’ and who on the present occasion—all the more honour
to him—must have felt colder even than the proverbial upper hank of a
Greenlandman’s gib, seldom performed his duty better.

Perhaps the all-pervading stillness was the thing that struck us most.
The fenders, even, between the ship’s side and her novel pier scarcely
gave a creak. And yet we were conscious that, somewhere, not very far
away, it was beginning to blow freshly, although the sound fell on our
ears but as a subdued, faint murmur, serving only to intensify the
surrounding silence and hush.

‘There’s a fire up there!’ exclaimed one of the men, presently. And,
sure enough, a tiny, sickly flame appeared far away above us. It grew
gradually larger and larger, till at length a long, broad streak of
silver shot down the ice-mountains and fell athwart our decks, as a
three-quarters-full moon, pale, washed-out and sickly-looking, shone
for a minute through the low, black clouds hurrying swiftly across her
face.

A dull, grey dawn, at last, giving us just enough light to see what
had happened. Ice everywhere!

  The ice was here, the ice was there,
  The ice was all around;

and on every side rose huge bergs from one hundred feet to two hundred
feet in height, and enclosing a space of barely a mile in
circumference; an ice-bound lake, in fact; and, what struck a chill of
terror to our hearts as we gazed, a lake without any exit. Look as we
might, there was not the least sign of an opening. Unwittingly we had
sailed or drifted into a girdle of conjoined bergs. During the night
the passage through which we entered had closed, and a cruel and
stupendous barrier, hard as granite, slippery as glass, lay betwixt us
and the outer ocean.

Within, the water was as smooth as a mill-pond, the air was quite
warm, and after breakfast all hands went ‘ashore’ to stretch their
legs, look wonderingly up at our prison walls, and speculate on the
chances of getting out.

As I gazed around me at the strange scene—the snow-clad, towering
peaks, glittering coldly in the yet feeble sun rays, the deep,
shadow-laden valleys at their bases, and the perpendicular curtains of
naked, steely-blue ice connecting one berg with the other—there came
to my mind some long-forgotten lines of Montgomery’s, in which he
depicts the awful fate of an ice-bound vessel:—

  There lies a vessel in that realm of frost,
  Not wrecked, not stranded, but for ever lost;
  Its keel embedded in the solid mass;
  Its glistening sails appear expanded glass;
  The transverse ropes with pearls enormous strung.

         *       *       *       *       *

  Morn shall return, and noon, and eve, and night
  Meet here with interchanging shade and light;
  But from that barque no timber shall decay;
  Of these cold forms no feature pass away.

I had rather enjoyed the first days of our Antarctic experiences, but
the pleasure began decidedly to pall with such a horrible contingency
in view, and I was now fully as anxious as anyone for clear water and
a straight course.

After a while, the gig was manned, and, with the captain and chief
mate, we pulled round our harbour to a spot where, from the ship, a
part of the ice-curtain seemed low and pretty accessible. So it had
appeared; but when we reached it we found fifty feet of perpendicular
slippery wall between our boat’s gunwale and the summit of the ridge
we had hoped to mount.

‘We’re in a pooty nice kind o’ a fix,’ said our mate, as we returned.
‘An’,’ glancing at the lowering sky, ‘I reckon it’s going to blow
some, presently. Mebbe it’ll blow us out o’ these chunks of ice.’

The captain made no reply, but he was evidently not in a very cheerful
state of mind.

That evening it did begin to blow very hard. Not that we felt it much,
but we could hear the storm howling and roaring outside, and the
thunderous breakers which dashed themselves against our sheltering
bergs, causing them to tremble and pitch now and again as the mighty
seas struck their bases. We had shifted the _Boadicea_ out to the
extreme end of the jetty, double-banked our fenders, and taken every
other precaution we could think of, in addition to standing-by through
the night to cast off and sheet home at a minute’s notice.

There was no more silence now; for, although we were all drifting away
together about E. half S. before the wind, the bergs forming our
enclosure ground against each other with an incessant rending,
tearing sound, which now, although seeming to foretell an early
dissolution of partnership, filled us with terror lest some of them
should topple over on the ship.

The ship herself, no longer steady, was hove violently up and down
with every motion of the bergs; whilst the great wooden fenders, cut
from spare spars, were torn to splinters, and the hawsers surged round
their icy mooring posts with a curious, screaming, intermittent noise,
making us think that every moment they were about to part.

Four bells in the morning watch had just struck when we heard a
terrific crash rising high above the surrounding din, and the next
instant a great wave came rushing over the _Boadicea_, filling her
decks, nearly lifting her on to the ice, and then slamming her down
with such force as to snap the hawsers like threads and smash the
bulwarks to matchwood the whole length of the port side. Drifting away
from our friendly jetty, we at once felt that our prison was broken
up; for, now, the gale from which we had been so long sheltered howled
and tore through the rigging, whilst cataracts of bitter cold water
rushed in quick succession over the decks, and lumps of ice bumped up
against the _Boadicea’s_ bows and sides.

‘Set the lower fore-top-sail and mizzen-stay-sail!’

And now the slatting and banging of canvas, the rattle of iron sheets
and hanks, the hoarse cries of the men as they staggered about the
wet, slippery planking, together with the rending and smashing of ice
all around, made up a scene that defies description; whilst to lend it
an additional weirdness, a ‘flare-up’ of oakum and tar, which had been
run up to a lower-stuns’l boom-end, blazed wildly overhead like a
great fierce eye looking down upon us out of the thick darkness. So
closely were we beset, however, that, spite of the canvas, we soon
found that we were simply drifting aimlessly about amidst immense
fragments of capsized bergs, which threatened every moment to crush
us. Indeed, we did get one squeeze that made the ship crack again, and
whose after effect was seen by the fact that the cabin doors for the
rest of the passage refused to close by a good six inches. Presently,
grinding and scraping up alongside a small berg—or portion of a larger
one, we cannot tell which—we make fast to it as well as we are able,
and direct all our efforts to fending off its companions. As daylight
approaches, we notice that the ice becomes rarer, and sails by at
longer intervals; and as it breaks more fully out of a lowering
yellowish sky a wild sight meets our eyes.

The sea is dotted with bergs—small ones nodding and bobbing along, big
ones gliding majestically before the wind, till, a pair of these
latter colliding, down crumble spires and minarets, towers and
pinnacles, suddenly as a child’s card-built house, sending up tall
columns of water as they fall.

It is not this spectacle, however, that brings forth a simultaneous
shout from everyone on board, but the appearance, as one berg gives a
half-turn, of an object, hardly two hundred yards from our jibboom
end, standing there, amidst all the wild commotion, steadfast, rugged
and grim, with tall breakers curling up against its ice-surrounded,
dark red cliffs, and falling back in showers of foam, showing
milky-white in the morning gloom.

It is land, surely! And, surely, we have seen those forbidding,
snow-capped precipices before. It is the island of the _mirage_,
substantial enough this time, and in another ten minutes we shall be
dashed to atoms against its surf-encircled base.

The sight had a wondrous effect, and men who seemed incapable a minute
before of stirring their stiffened limbs now hopped up the rigging
like goats, and scampered along the deck with the top-sail halliards
as if racing for a wager, in obedience to the order to cast off and
make sail.

‘Hard a port!’ and the _Boadicea’s_ poop is splashed with spray from
rocks and ice as she turns slowly from a jagged, honeycombed
promontory, whilst her late consort goes headlong to destruction on
its iron teeth.

It is still blowing hard; but our captain is more than satisfied; and,
under everything she can carry, the _Boadicea_ rushes, like a
frightened stag, fast away, northwards and eastwards, out of those
dismal seas of ice and fog, snow, and unknown islands, a very
nightmare of navigation, into which one merchant skipper, at least,
will never willingly venture again.

However, we, after all, perhaps, set our course on a higher parallel
than anyone had done since Ross in ’41, followed the outline of a
southern continent, whose volcanoes flamed to heaven from a lifeless,
desolate land of ice and snow. And, as some compensation for our
trouble and dangers, till we sighted the south end of Tasmania, we
never had occasion to touch a rope, so steadily and strongly blew the
fair wind.

‘Seventy-five days—a rattlin’ good passage!’ exclaimed our Port
Jackson pilot; and when he asked what had become of our bulwarks, and
why the cuddy doors wouldn’t shut, we simply told him we had been ‘Too
far south.’




THE MISSION TO DINGO CREEK.

An Apostolical Sketch.


‘Bad work, this!’ exclaimed the Bishop of B—— to one of a recent
consignment of curates. ‘Bad work this, in the North! That part of the
diocese evidently wants looking to again. Nice trip for you,
Greenwell. Give you some idea of the country, too,’ continued the
Bishop. ‘Yes, decidedly; the very man! Let me see; steamer to R——,
then overland. Of course, you may have to rough it a little; but that
will only add a zest to the change.’

The ‘bad work’ that his lordship alluded to was the substance of some
reports that had just arrived from one of the new gold rushes,
situated in the extreme north of his immense diocese, reports of a
terrible state of immorality, drunkenness, and general godlessness
existing there amongst far-off members of his flock—to wit, rough
diggers and bushmen, together with a sprinkling of nondescripts,
characterless vagrants, defaulters, horse-thieves, and worse, who had
flocked there from the neighbouring colonies as to an Alsatia, where
they could remain, at least, for the time being, secure from even the
far-reaching arm of the law.

On such material as this had the good Bishop, shortly after his
arrival in his new see, from his snug English vicarage, essayed the
power of his eloquence on his only visit to that part of his charge: a
visit, be it whispered, he was not in the least anxious to repeat.

The Reverend Spicer Greenwell fairly shuddered at the thought of
trusting his precious person amongst such a set of savages as his
imagination at once conjured up. But all his excuses and demurrings
were without avail, his superior having, by some curious mischance,
got it into his head that his senior curate was the very man qualified
for such a mission to the heathen.

Though getting well on towards middle age, Mr Greenwell was a failure.
He had completely mistaken his vocation; but he did not think so, and
nobody had, as yet, been rude enough to tell him so.

Mrs Jellyby’s mission was, if we remember aright, to cultivate coffee
and the natives of Borioboola-Gha. Mr Greenwell’s was to cultivate
teas—afternoon ones—and at the same time to, if possible, capture a
fair ‘Native,’ rich in those goods of this world, in which he himself
was so unhappily deficient.

For the rest, he was a gaunt, waxen-visaged man, who always wore the
highest waistcoats, longest coats, and whitest neckties obtainable;
was never seen without a large diamond ring on his little finger; and
seldom deigned to consort or even converse with the other clergymen of
the district, unless brought into direct communication with them by
his position—into which he had partly thrust himself, partly had
conferred upon him through home influence—of the Bishop’s _chargé
d’affaires_. He had, he flattered himself, before this untoward affair
happened, been making rapid progress with the damsels of the Banana
city; and, indeed, amongst some of the more elderly spinsters of the
congregation of St Jude’s, he was voted as ‘quite too nice.’

Imagine then, if you can, the horror and disgust of such a man at
being chosen for such an errand. But the Bishop was adamant; and I
have many a time thought since that he purposely hardened his heart,
and that, whilst dilating on his curate’s especial fitness for the
work, his energy and push—as already illustrated in parish matters—his
suave and polished manners, alone a vast handicap in his favour
amongst the rude and illiterate people he was about to visit, the good
prelate privately hoped within himself that if the shepherd he was
sending forth did little benefit to the flock, yet, that the latter
might possibly succeed in some unforeseen way in toning down the
self-sufficiency, egoism and vanity of the pastor.

Seeing, at length, that there was no help for it, and that go he must,
the luckless curate, taking a mournful and solemn farewell of his lady
friends, went forth to preach the Gospel to the heathen of the Dingo
Creek diggings.

Things went well enough with our traveller till he reached R——, the
nearest township of any size to Dingo Creek, which last place lay
still further ahead nearly ninety miles through rough and lonely
country. At intervals on his route he had held services and preached
sermons—little marrowless exhortations that he had long known by
heart, and that, if they did no harm, assuredly did little good. From
R——, whence he set out on horseback, a road led sixty miles to a bush
public-house, where he was told he could be accommodated with a buggy,
and, perhaps, a guide to his destination.

Duly arriving, sore and jaded, at the sign of the ‘Jolly Bushman,’ he
found the host an obliging sort of a fellow enough, who said he would
himself have driven the gentleman to Dingo Creek, but that his wife
was ill. However, his buggy should be at his disposal the next
morning; and also the publican promised Cooronga Billy should go as
guide, and, if necessary, bring both buggy and parson back again.
Early on the following morning the buggy and a pair of good-looking
ponies put in an appearance at the door of the ‘Jolly Bushman’; so did
Cooronga Billy.

But now we must for a while drop the thread of the story, and go back
to the time when, as a baby, Billy lay sound asleep in his black
mother’s arms under the shadow of the far-away Cooronga ranges—back to
that fearful morning whose earliest dawn heralded the pitiless swoop
of the native troopers on to the quiet camp. His tribe ‘dispersed,’
baby Billy, the sole survivor, was brought to B——, sent, in due
course, to the best schools, and received a special education, with a
view to fitting him for the ministry, and a sphere of what, it was
fervently hoped by many good men, would prove congenial and
profitable labour amongst his own benighted countrymen.

As he grew towards man’s estate, Billy became quite one of the lions
of B——, and was proudly exhibited and put through his paces before
distinguished strangers, as a splendid specimen of ‘what can be done
with our aborigines.’

Suddenly, and just when all this gratulation was at its height,
William Cooronga Morris—he was indebted to the white officer who had
commanded the ‘dispersers’ of his tribe for the first and last of
these names, duly received at the font of St Jude’s—disappeared
totally, turning up months afterwards, clad in his native skins, armed
with his native weapons, at one of the far-out townships; and had ever
since loafed around the outskirts of Northern Settlement, a degrading
example of what over-civilisation can do for a black-fellow.

Periodical visits would Billy make far out in the Bush towards the
wild Coorongas—for some strange instinct had led him at his first
departure towards the land of his birth—and there, instead of, as had
been so fondly expected, bending his energies towards the cure of
souls amongst his dark brethren, it was freely reported that Mr W. C.
Morris constituted himself their leader in many a fat-cattle spearing
expedition, if nothing worse.

Billy, at the moment we have chosen to introduce him to the reader,
had just returned from one of those forays, and a terrible figure he
appeared to the Reverend Spicer.

Nearly naked, with the exception of a short ’possum cloak, his skin
plentifully covered with red and white ochre, and his hair decorated
with cockatoo feathers; whilst across one side of his face ran a long,
gaping scar, a relic of some recent corrobboree—what wonder that the
reverend gentleman gazed more than doubtfully at the person introduced
to him by the publican as his guide. The landlord observed his
hesitation and the cause of it.

‘Never mind, sir,’ said he, ‘he’s as quiet as a sheep. Dessay his
’ed’s sore, though. Have a nobbler, Cooronga? It’ll make him lively
like, you see,’ he concluded, addressing the curate, who evidently
thought that Billy looked quite lively enough.

At length they started, Billy driving, sulky and taciturn, answering
questions as shortly as possible, and in the vilest of pigeon English.

Nearly three parts of the journey was accomplished—for Billy drove
like a very Jehu—when the curate began to feel hungry. So, as they
came to a deep gully where the rain-water lay in pools amongst the
rocks, he made his guide pull up, and prepared to comfort the inner
man.

Taking no notice of his companion, he sat down by the edge of the
water, and began with immense gusto to demolish a roast fowl and other
materials for a very fair repast.

  [Illustration: Who hath woe? Who hath sorrow? Who hath
   contentions? (Page 186.)]

At R—— the reverend gentleman had provided himself with two bottles of
port, a wine which he had been told was a first-class specific in
cases of bush-fever and dysentery. The bottles were by this gone;
but out of the last one he had filled a large travelling flask, which
now producing, along with a tumbler, he proceeded—first qualifying his
liquor with a modicum of water—to wash down his lunch.

Billy’s eyes sparkled. He at once recognised the smell and colour, but
would have preferred rum.

However, little of anything, solid or fluid, seemed likely to fall to
his share, for the weather was hot, and our curate thirsty.

Presently, addressing Cooronga, the Reverend Spicer, who had no idea
of entering the scene of his ministrations, with such a figure as
Billy for his charioteer, said,—

‘How many miles did you say it was from here to Dingo Creek?’

‘Lebn,’ grunted Billy.

‘Is the road as plain all the way as it is here?’

‘Ess,’ again grunted the tantalised Cooronga.

‘Very well, then,’ replied the curate, ‘you can walk on. I will follow
with the buggy when it gets a little cooler.’

But this was out of Billy’s programme altogether. Pointing to the
capacious flask, to which the thirsty divine was paying repeated
attention, he said abruptly,—

‘You gib it Cooronga. Him dry too!’

‘That is medicine, my friend,’ was the reply, ‘and it would do you no
good. If, as you seem to imply, you are thirsty, there lies water in
abundance.’

Billy’s first impulse was to drive his spear through the curate. But,
restraining himself with a sigh, another idea entered into his
mischievous head. A large stump stood close by, overlooking the
unsuspecting Spicer and the _débris_ of his meal. Upon this stump,
with a bound, Billy sprung, and, letting fall his cloak, disclosing to
view his whole body, hideously chalked, skeleton-wise, he began, in a
tone and with an enunciation far superior to that of the reverend
gentleman himself, to declaim, with pointed spear,—

‘_Who hath woe? Who hath sorrow? Who hath contentions? Who hath
babbling? Who hath wounds without cause? Who hath redness of eyes?_

‘_They that tarry long at the wine; they that go to seek mixed wine._

‘_Look not thou upon the wine when it is red, when it giveth its
colour in the cup, when it moveth itself aright._

‘_At the last_—’

But here, poor Spicer, who had risen to his feet, and stood
horror-stricken at hearing himself, as he imagined, reproved and
threatened for his bibbing propensities through the mouth of a fiend,
or even, as his staring eyes took in Billy’s _tout ensemble_, it might
be the Arch Enemy of mankind himself, uttered a shriek and fled,
terror lending unwonted speed to his legs, down the gully; whilst
Billy, with a wild whoop, descending from his perch, took the flask
and what remained of the provisions to the buggy, and drove off into
the Bush.

Late that night, a weary, footsore traveller entered the principal
public-house in Dingo Creek, and began to ask incoherent questions
about a buggy and a black-fellow, the latter, he averred, an emissary
of Satan, who had led him into the wilderness, and there deserted
him—a story that the rough host and his equally rough customers could
make neither head nor tail of.

‘It’s a rum go altogether,’ said the former to one of his digger
friends, after poor Spicer had retired, nearly dead beat, to his
rough-slabbed room, whence he could hear all that went on in the bar.

‘The rummest thing I’ve heard on for some time,’ assented the other.
‘He looks somethin’ like as a parson should look, right enough. But
either he’s just off of a rather heavy spree, or else he’s more’n a
shingle short. Sez he seen Ole Nick back there in the Bush, an’ the
old ’un shook his buggy.’

’Bin on the bust, down at the “Jolly Bushman’s,” I ’spects,’ put in
another. ‘You fellers knows as some _do_ see the old chap arter a ’ard
bust. As for me, I takes it out in snakes mostly. But there’s my mate,
Bill, he allus has cats. I seen him one time a-huntin’ ’em round the
tent all night long, arter bein’ on the spree for a week.’

Confidence in the Reverend Spicer was, however, a little restored,
when, next morning, the buggy was found intact in the public-house
yard; and his confused appearance and rambling statements of the
previous night were charitably ascribed by the majority to ‘a touch
of the sun.’

During the day it was announced throughout the place that the Reverend
gentleman would address the inhabitants in the ‘dance-room’ of the
public-house, as being the only one available for such a purpose.
Figure to yourself a long, low room, on the earthen floor of which
tree stumps still stood. At the far end, behind a sort of bar formed
by sheets of galvanised iron, supported on trestles, waits, manuscript
in hand, still in a rather unsettled state of mind, the Reverend
Spicer. The place is dimly lit by flaring candles and slush lamps, and
is crowded by an assembly of as mixed nationalities, customs and
creeds, as could be found out of, say, Alexandria or Singapore. A
strong smell of stale spirits and tobacco smoke pervades everything.
All the men, as our curate sees, are armed with a sheath-knife and
revolver; and, as he looks, he trembles and handles the address as
gingerly as if it were a parcel of dynamite, and liable to explode
at any moment, for it is not one of his own pithless compositions,
but the work of the Bishop himself, a powerful and emphatic
remonstrance—penned in his quiet study at Bishopstowe—against the
sinful and dissolute lives of the Dingo Creekers. But, had the
frightened curate only known it, the mob, mixed and uncontrolled as
it was, would have as soon thought of ill-treating a grasshopper as
himself. And, all roughened and uncivilised as were the best of them,
there were still men amongst them in whom the mere sight of a
clergyman awoke memories long forgotten and buried under the combats
and toils of life—men who had once ‘looked on better days,’ and whom
Sabbath-bells had once ‘knoll’d to church,’ and this portion it was
who, after awhile, obtained silence, and set the example of doffing
their hats and putting away their pipes.

Very picturesque was the scene, with the lights flickering—now on the
bronzed features of some stalwart European, now on the dark face of a
negro, or the yellow expressionless countenance of a Chinaman—as the
motley audience stood or squatted silent and attentive, whilst our
curate quavered and stammered through the opening sentences of the
address. And favourable, beyond all hope, would have seemed the
opportunity to a true soldier of the Cross for softening the hearts of
the poor heathen of Dingo Creek.

But never, perhaps, since the days when William C. Morris, arrayed in
black broadcloth, was qualifying as an evangelist, has anyone felt
himself more of a square peg in a round hole than did poor Spicer
Greenwell, as he droned away, presently, amidst exclamations of
disgust and disapproval from his curious congregation.

‘Give it lip, man!’ shouted a gigantic digger, whose beard reached
almost to his waist. ‘Give it lip, an’ let’s hear what it’s all
about.’ Then, turning to the publican: ‘Give him a nobbler, Jimmy;
it’ll keep his pecker up. He’s mighty scared o’ somethin’.’ Declining
the offered half-tumblerful of rum with a gesture of disgust, the
curate, intent only on getting to the end of his task, resumed his
reading.

At this moment Cooronga Billy, who had passed the day in the adjacent
black’s camp, entered, and was at once warmly greeted by the crowd, to
all of whom he was well known, and to whom he proceeded, amidst shouts
of laughter, to relate the story of his escapade at the gully.

The curate, disturbed by the noise, lifted up his head, and, seeing
Billy now standing just in front of him, he dropped his papers, and
pointing to the grinning black fellow, shouted,—

‘Men! men! Satan himself is amongst you!’

The truth of the affair, helped out by Billy’s story, now broke on all
hands, and roars of unrestrained laughter, accompanied by wild
impromptu dancing and cheers for ‘Cooronga,’ put an end, for the time
at least, to any hopes that the Reverend Spicer might have once
entertained as to his being instrumental to even a slight degree in
the regeneration of Dingo Creek, the dust of which, a sadder and a
wiser man, he shook without the least delay from off his feet.

Cooronga Billy has long since rejoined his tribe in the happy hunting
grounds; but stories, many and wonderful, of the effect produced by
the exercise of his perverted abilities are still told by the pioneers
of the region in which he flourished.

The Reverend Spicer Greenwell still exists; but, should the reader
feel inclined to seek him, his quest must lie well within the
precincts of the highest civilisation to be found in our colonies, and
he must be careful that no reference, be it ever so remote, to the
adventure herein described, pass his lips; for, though his life has
‘fallen into the sere, the yellow leaf,’ still is the reverend
gentleman strangely susceptible to any allusion to that episode of his
earlier Australian experience.




BOOKS AT BARRACABOO.

A Sketch.


PART I.

They were all very sore at Barracaboo station. From manager to
horse-boy, from jackaroo to boundary-rider, they felt aggrieved and
vengeful. First it had been ‘Around the World by Sea and Land,’
copiously illustrated, and in monthly parts. This was dull—unutterably
dull—and each instalment turned out duller and heavier than the last.
Also, the pictures resembled those on the specimen sheets as nearly as
a mule does a grindstone.

After this came ‘Diseases of All Known Domestic Animals,’ with
gorgeously coloured pictures. As nothing could be found in the whole
work relating to horses or cattle or dogs, except the illustrations,
this was also voted a fraud. However, they cut out the plates, and
stuck them upon the walls of the huts and cottages, so that it was not
clear loss altogether.

  [Illustration: Started back to Atlanta, pursued for half the
   distance with thunderous whip-crackings. (Page 194.)]

But the last straw was ‘The Universal Biography of Eminent Men—Dead
and Alive,’ with splendid portraits. When they discovered that the
notices they had been led to expect of their own ‘Boss,’ ‘Hungry’
Parkes of Humpalong, the Mayor of Atlanta, etc., etc., were absent,
and their places filled by paragraphs and woodcuts relating to Nelson,
Julius Cæsar, Pompey, Scipio Africanus, and such-like characters, they
one and all bucked, and refused to pay on delivery. Then they were
hauled to Quarter Sessions, confronted with their signatures, and made
to pay.

In vain they swore that the thing had never been ordered; that it
wasn’t up to specification; that their handwriting was a palpable
forgery. In vain they related how they had never touched it, but had
left their copies lying on verandahs, stockyard posts, in mud, in
dust, wherever, in fact, the agent had chanced to bail them up. All in
vain; they had to pay—costs and all.

Therefore was it that Barracaboo had forsworn literature by sample, or
in uncertain instalments, and vowed vengeance upon all shabby men with
indelible pencils, and printed agreements with a space left for
signature. More especially had they a ‘down’ on people who wore
goatees and snuffled when they talked.

‘If you see one of ’em at the station,’ said the manager—a rough,
tough old customer, and disappointed at being ousted by Julius
Cæsar—‘set the dogs on him. I’ll pay damages. If he don’t take that
hint, touch him up with stockwhips. It’ll only be justifiable homicide
at the worst. I know the law: an’ I don’t mind a fiver in such a
case!’

‘Let us only get a chance, sorr,’ said the sheep-overseer, ‘an’ we’ll
learn ’em betther manners wid our whups. Doggin’s too good for the
thrash!’

This state of affairs was pretty well known at Atlanta, the
neighbouring township; and book-fiends, warned, generally gave
Barracaboo a wide berth. Once, certainly, a new hand at the game, and
one who fancied himself too much to bother about collecting local
information, came boldly into the station-yard just as the bell was
ringing for dinner, and produced the advance sheets of a sweet and
lively work, entitled, ‘Hermits, Ancient and Modern: Illustrated with
Forty-seven Choice Engravings.’

He had got to ‘Now, gentlemen,’ when, hearing the howl of execration
that went up, he suddenly took in the situation and started back to
Atlanta, pursued for half the distance with thunderous whip-crackings
by the sheep-overseer and the butcher, who were the only two who
happened to have their horses ready.

Chancing to have a capital mount, he distanced them and galloped into
town, and up the main street, reins on his horse’s neck, and trousers
over his knees, half dead with fright, only to be promptly summoned
and fined for furious riding within the municipality.

For weeks afterwards sheets of ‘Hermits’ strewed the ‘cleared line,’
and he received a merciless chaffing from his fellow-fiends, who could
have warned him what to expect had he confided his destination to
them.

About this time came to Atlanta a small, ’cute-looking, clean-shaven,
elderly man. He was unknown to any present, but modestly admitted
that he was in the book trade, and had a consignment with him. And he
listened with interest to the conversation in the ‘Commercial Room.’

‘The district’s petered out,’ remarked a tall American gentleman, with
the goatee and nasal voice abhorred of Barracaboo. ‘Clean petered out
since that last “Universal Biography” business. They’re kickin’
everywhere. Darned if a feller didn’t draw a bead on me yesterday
afore I’d time almost to explain business. Then he got so mad that I
left, not wantin’ to become a lead mine.’

‘Been here a week and haven’t cleared exes.,’ said another mournfully.
‘Off to-morrow. No use trying to work such a desert as this now.’

‘Big place, this station with the funny name, you’re talkin’ about?’
asked the newcomer, who had introduced himself as ‘Mr Potts, from
London.’

‘Over a hundred men of one sort or another all the year round,’ was
the reply. ‘Capital shop for us, once too. But it’s sudden death to
venture there now. I did real good biz at Barracaboo for the Shuffle
Litho. Company. It wouldn’t pay, though, to chance back again.’

‘Ah, that was the “Around the World” thing, wasn’t it? Didn’t come up
to guarantee, eh?’

‘Well, hardly,’ replied the other. ‘However, that wasn’t my fault, you
know. All I had to do was to get the orders, which I did to the tune
of a couple of hundred or thereabout.’

‘That’s the worst of those things,’ said Mr Potts. ‘Instalments always
make a mess of it. Then the agent loses his character, if nothing
else. I was out delivering in the Western District for Shuffle Litho.,
and was glad to get away by the skin of my teeth. But it’s not only
the personal danger I object to,’ continued Mr Potts, after a pause.
‘It is the, ahem, the moral degradation involved in such a pursuit—you
know what I mean, sir?’

‘Just so, just so,’ answered the other vaguely, with a hard stare at
the round, red face looming through cigar smoke.

‘That’s what made me throw the line up,’ went on Mr Potts, ‘more than
anything else. The money’s not clean, sir! I’d rather carry about a
ton of print, and risk selling for cash at a fractional advance upon
cost price.’

‘That’s all right,’ replied his companion with a grin. ‘Only take my
advice, and don’t trouble Barracaboo with your ton of print, or you’ll
be very apt to leave it there. They won’t give you time to open your
mouth. Ask “The Hermit,” if you don’t believe me.’

For a whole day Mr Potts drove around and about with a selection from
his stock.

But he never was allowed even a chance to exhibit a sample. Farmers,
selectors, squatters, townsfolk, had all apparently quite made up
their minds.

Times out of number he was threatened with personal violence, and
greeted with language quite unprintable here. Once sticks were thrown
at him; and once an old copy of the ‘Biography’ was hurled into the
buggy, whilst cattle-dogs were heeling his horses. Clearly it was
useless to persist. The district was fairly demoralised; and with a
sigh, Mr Potts drove home to receive the ‘What did I tell you’s’ of
the other ‘gents.’

But he was a resourceful man was Mr Potts, and he determined, before
leaving the district for ever, to have one more attempt under
conditions which should, at all events, give him an opportunity of
displaying a specimen of his goods. Besides, he thirsted for vengeance
on the community, and knew that if he could but get an opening it was
his, full and complete.

       *       *       *       *       *

‘No objection to my camping here to-night, I s’pose?’ asked a rather
forlorn-looking traveller of the cook at Barracaboo, shortly after the
events related above.

‘Chop that heap o’ wood up, an’ you gets your supper an’ breakfus’,’
said the cook, laconically.

The traveller worked hard for an hour, and finished his task, handling
the axe as if born to it, and provoking the cook’s admiration to such
an extent that he went one better than his promise, and proffered a
pint of tea and a lump of ‘brownie.’

Presently, lighting his pipe, and undoing his swag, the new-comer,
remarking that there was nothing like a read for passing the time
away, took out a gorgeously bound volume, sat down at the table, and
was soon so interested that he let his pipe go out. Save for the cook,
the long kitchen was empty, all the men being away on the run.

For a time, busy with a batch of bread, the former took no notice of
the stranger. Then, his work done, he came and looked over his
shoulder, saying, ‘What you got there, mate?’

‘Finest thing ever you read,’ said the other, carelessly turning over
some vivid pictures. “The Life and Adventures of Dick Turpin, Claude
Duval, and Other Eminent Outlaws.” Something like a book this is,’ he
continued. ‘Six hundred pages full of love and murder; and that
excitin’ you can’t bear to put it down!’

This was charming; and the cook, and the butcher, and a couple of
boundary riders dropped in for a yarn, at once became inquisitive, and
anxious to have a look.

‘See here,’ said the owner of the wonderful volume, pointing to an
outrageous effort in coloured process, ‘this is the bold Dick Turpin
on his wonderful mare, Black Bess, taking the ten-foot gate on the
road to York. See, he’s got the reins in his teeth and a pistol in
each hand.’

‘By gum, she’s a flyer!’ ‘Twig the long-necked spurs.’ ‘No knee-pads
to the saddle either!’ ‘Ten foot! there ain’t a horse in Hostralia as
could do it!’—exclaimed his audience, becoming excited.

‘And here you have,’ went on the traveller, ‘the gentle highwayman,
Claude Duval, stickin’ up the Duke of York’s coach on ’Oundslow ’Eath.
And here he is again, dancing under the moon with the Duchess.’ And so
he continued, setting forth in tempting sequence the glories of the
work, pausing at intervals to read aloud thrilling bits, and comment
upon them.

‘Where did you get it, mate?’ at length asked the cook.

‘Bought it in Atlanta,’ replied the other. ‘Fellow there’s got lots of
’em, and only thirty bob apiece. Cheap at double the price, I reckon,
considerin’ the amoun’ of readin’ in it.’

‘Ain’t no deliv’rin’ numbers, or signin’ ’greements, or any o’ that
game?’ asked one suspiciously. ‘’Cause if there is, we’re full.’

‘No,’ was the reply; ‘you pays your money and you takes your bargain.
But I don’t think you fellows’ll ever get the chance. I heard him say
he’d as soon face a mad bull as come to this station.’

The men, of whom the hut was now full, laughed; and said one,—

‘The chap as sells, out an’ out, an honest article like that un
needn’t be scared. It’s them coves as gets you to sign things, and
keeps sendin’ a lot o’ rotten trash, not a bit like what you seen
furst; an’ then comes, as flash as you please, summonsin’ of you an’
a-gettin’ of you bullyragged in Court—them’s the coves as we’ve got a
derry on. Let’s have another squint at that pitcher o’ Dick Turpin an’
Black Bess, mates.’

‘Give you five bob on your bargain!’ shouted a tall stockman,
presently, from the outer edge of the circle, where he had been
impatiently waiting for a look.

‘Couldn’t part with it,’ said the owner decidedly. ‘But I’ll tell you
what I will do. I’m going back to the township to-morrow. If the chap
ain’t gone, I’ll let him know he can sell a few here. He might venture
if you’ll all give your word not to go for him when he does come. He’s
got lots of others, too. There’s “The Bloody Robber of the Blue
Mountains,” and “The Pirate’s Bride,” and “The Boundin’ Outlaws of the
Backwoods,” and plenty more—all same price, and all pictures and
covers same as this one is.’

‘Right! Tell him to come! It was pay-day yesterday,’ yelled the crowd
unanimously.

‘Not a bad night’s work, I do believe,’ muttered the traveller to
himself, as he reluctantly stretched out on the hard bunk-boards. ‘I
hope, though, this confounded beard and moustache won’t come off while
I’m asleep, if I ever do get any on such a bed.’


PART II.

‘Is your life insured?’ ‘You’ll get sudden notice to vamose the
ranche, sir!’ ‘Mind the dogs!’ ‘Look out for whips!’ ‘You’ll lose your
stock!’

Such were some of the warnings and admonitions dealt out to Mr Potts
by his friends, as he heavily loaded his buggy preparatory to
starting for Barracaboo.

‘I’ll chance it!’ said he. ‘Haven’t sold a cent’s worth yet; and it’s
the only place I haven’t tried. They can’t very well kill a fellow,
anyhow. I’ll chance it; faint heart never won fair lady!’

‘Give you five pounds to one you don’t deal!’ cried one.

‘Give you five pounds to one you’re hunted!’ shouted ‘The Hermit.’

‘Bet you slap-up feed for the crowd to-night, and wine thrown in, that
somethin’s broke afore you come back,’ said the American gentleman.

‘Done, and done, and done,’ replied Mr Potts placidly, as he carefully
booked the wagers and drove off; whilst the bystanders, to a man,
agreed to delay their departure for the sake of not only eating a
cheap dinner, but witnessing a return which they were all convinced
would be ‘as good as a play.’

But they were mistaken. Mr Potts was received at Barracaboo with open
arms, no one recognising in the clean-shaven features those of the
bearded, dilapidated swagman who had the other night spied out the lay
of the land and the leanings of its people. The manager was absent;
but the overseer, who had already by personal inspection satisfied
himself of the merits of ‘Bold Dick Turpin,’ etc., was amongst the
earliest purchasers.

‘Everything went like wildfire. Mr Potts could hardly hand them out
fast enough. Those present bought for others away on the run, and in
a very short time there were only three volumes left.

These were of a different calibre to the rest of the rubbish, being
nothing less than ‘The Adventures of Don Quixote de la Mancha,’ with
illustrations by Gustave Doré. However, as no one would even look at
them at the price—five pounds—the dealer, having pretty well cleaned
out ‘the Hut,’ determined to try his luck at ‘the House.’

Now, it happened that Mrs Morris, the manager’s wife, wished just at
this time to buy something for her eldest boy, whose birthday was
approaching. Recognising, as a reading woman, that the work was
genuine, and not more than a pound or two over price, she bought it.
It was so much less trouble than sending to the capital, with a chance
of disappointment.

‘It’ll do very nicely for Master Reginald,’ quoth she; ‘I’m sure he’ll
be pleased with it. And I’m glad to see that you people are at last
beginning to carry something better than the usual lot of trash. I
hope you did well amongst the men with these standard works?’

‘Very nicely indeed, thank you, ma’am,’ replied Mr Potts, smiling, as
he bowed and withdrew.

       *       *       *       *       *

John, the waiter, had twice informed the ‘commercial gents’ that
dinner was ready, before the anxious watchers saw the man who was
expected to pay for it drive into the yard of the hotel.

‘He looks kinder spry,’ remarked the American gentleman
disappointedly. ‘Guess he’s got clear off with a caution this once.’

‘Buggy seems to run light,’ chimed in another. ‘Shouldn’t wonder if
they’d unloaded it into the river.’

‘Never had such a haul since I’ve been in the business, gentlemen!’
exclaimed Mr Potts, as he presently entered the dining-room with a big
roll of paper in his hand. ‘There must have been some mistake about
the place. Why, they’re the mildest crowd you’d see in a day’s march.
Sellin’ ’em books is like tea-drinkin’. It actually kept me goin’ as
fast as I could to change their stuff for ’em. Here, you know the
Barracaboo cheques. Look at this, and count ’em, one of you. Blessed
if I’ve had time! I hope dinner’s ready. Never let me hear a word
against Barracaboo after this!’

There was a long silence of utter astonishment, during which the
American rapidly thumbed strips of green paper, and made mental
calculations.

‘Eight hundred dollars!’ exclaimed he, at last, in tones of unalloyed
admiration. ‘Mister Potts, sir, you’re a gifted genius! I ante-up,
Colonel, to once, an’ allow I’ll take a back seat.’

And so, in their several fashions, said the rest; whilst the lion of
the evening ate his dinner, sipped his porphyry, and kept his own
counsel.

‘Cost me four bob, landed in Sydney, averaging the lot,’ said Mr Potts
confidentially to a friend that evening, as they enjoyed their coffee
and cigars on the balcony. ‘I’m on my own hook, too, now. I seen that
the specimen-sheet-monthly-delivery-collection-per-agent game was
blown—not that I guessed it was near as bad as it really is. So I
sends straight away to New York for this consignment, specially got up
and prepared for the Bush. It was a regular bobby-dazzler! You see,
the boards are only stuck on with glue, type and paper’s as rough as
they make ’em, and the picturin’s done by a cheap colour patent. I’ve
got another lot nearly due by this—not for here, though. You fellows
have ruined this district. Of course the Dorees was genuine. I bought
the three of ’em a job lot in town for a song. They’re the only books
I’ve got left now. If I’d had a score more of Turpins and such, I
could have sold ’em at the station.’

       *       *       *       *       *

‘There’s old Morris, of Barracaboo, just come in,’ remarked someone
the next morning. ‘He’s on his way home from Larras Show, I expect.’

‘Which is him?’ asked Mr Potts eagerly (all literary people are not
necessarily purists).

‘Sorry to disturb you at lunch, sir,’ said Mr Potts presently, as he
entered, bearing a large book. ‘But Mrs Morris was kind enough to say
that this would do nicely for Master Reginald’s birthday. ‘Don
Quixote,’ sir, the most startling work of that celebrated author,
Gustavus Do-ree, sir. Splendidly illustrated, sir. Your good lady was
very much pleased with it.’

‘Umph, umph,’ growled the manager. ‘Been out at the station, eh?
Didn’t they run you, eh? No whips, no dogs! Eh! eh! What?’

‘I am not an advance agent for books I know nothing about, sir,’
returned the other with dignity, as he took the volume up again. ‘I
sell a genuine article, sir, for cash on the nail. In transactions of
that kind there can be no mistake, sir.’

‘Umph!’ growled the squatter doubtfully. ‘Well, as long as the missus
says it’s all right, I s’pose it is. How much?’

He paid without a murmur. Mrs M. was a lady who stood no trifling.

‘Wrap the thing up and put it in the buggy,’ said he. ‘Gad, it’s as
big as the station ledger! Look sharp, now, I’m in a hurry!’

‘So am I,’ quoth Mr Potts, as he returned. ‘John, what time does the
next train start?’

       *       *       *       *       *

When the manager reached home that afternoon with ‘Don Quixote,’ and
compared notes and books, there was a row, the upshot of which was
that he received orders to hurry off at once in pursuit, and avenge
the trick played upon them.

‘You’re a J.P.,’ stormed the lady, ‘and if you can’t give that oily
villain three months, what’s the use of you? Besides, isn’t five
pounds worth recovering?’

Mr Morris would much sooner have let the matter drop quietly. No man
likes to publicly advertise the fact of his having been duped, least
of all by a book-fiend.

‘Well, well, my dear,’ said he at last, ‘never mind. I’ll go directly.
I’ve got some letters to write first But I’ll send M‘Fadyen into town
to see the fellow doesn’t get away.’

‘Tell him,’ said the manager, as the overseer was preparing to start,
‘tell him I’m coming in presently, about—um—er—about a book. Oh, and
if he gives you anything, perhaps you’d better take it. No use,’ he
muttered to himself, with a side glance to where his wife sat,
‘letting all hands and the cook know one’s business. The beggar ’ll
only be too glad to stump up when he finds I’m in earnest. Thought, I
suppose, that I wouldn’t bother about it, eh, what!’

Inquiring at the ‘Royal,’ the overseer was told that Mr Potts had
left; although, perhaps, if he hastened, he might yet see him, as the
train hadn’t started. Sure enough, galloping up to the station and
searching along the carriages, he found his man just making himself
comfortable in smoking-cap and slippers.

‘Be jakers, mister,’ he gasped breathlessly, ‘the Boss wants to see ye
badly! Have ye got anythin’ for him? It’s of a book he was spakin’.
Tould me to tell ye that he’d be in himself directly.’

‘Too late! Can’t stop! Time’s up!’ replied Mr Potts. ‘But’—rising to
the occasion, and taking the last copy of ‘Do-ree’ out of his
portmanteau—‘this is it. It’s for Master Reginald’s birthday. Your
Boss wouldn’t miss having it for three times the money. Six
pounds—quick!’

In a desperate flurry, the overseer ransacked his pockets. No; he
could only muster four.

‘All right, guard, wait a minute!’ he yelled as, borrowing the
balance, he clutched the book, whilst the train, giving a screech,
moved away, with Mr Potts nodding and grinning a friendly farewell.

‘Be kicked now!’ exclaimed the overseer, ‘if that wasn’t a close
shave! The Boss oughter think himself lucky, so he ought!’

So, carrying the book carefully under his arm, he jogged
Barracaboowards.

Half way he met Mr Morris coming in at full speed.

‘No hurry in loife, sorr!’ cried the overseer, beamingly, and showing
‘Don Quixote.’ ‘I ped six notes for it, an’ had to borrow two. It was
just touch an’ go, though, so it was!’




‘BARTON’S JACKAROO.’


‘Bother!’ exclaimed Mr Barton, the Manager of Tarnpirr, as he finished
reading one of his letters on a certain evening.

‘What’s the matter, papa?’ asked his daughter, Daisy, pausing with the
teapot in her hand.

‘Oh, nothing much, my dear,’ he replied; only we are to have company.
The firm is sending up the 444th cousin of an Irish Earl to learn
sheep-farming, and I suppose I’ve got the contract to break him in.
That’s all.’

‘I wish your mother could be at home, Daisy,’ he continued. ‘I never
did care much about these colonial-experience fellows. They generally
give a lot of trouble, especially when they’re well connected. There,
read the precious letter for yourself. Pity we couldn’t put him into
the hut, instead of making him one of ourselves—eh, Daisy?’

The girl laughed as she read aloud,—

‘Mr Fortescue is highly connected; and as he not only brings
introductions from the London office, but also possesses an interest
in several properties out here, we hope you will do your best to make
him comfortable, and to give him that insight into the business that
he seems desirous of acquiring at first hand.’

‘Why, daddy!’ she exclaimed, ‘you ought to think yourself
honoured—“highly connected,” not merely “well,” remember—by such a
charge! As for myself, I am all anxiety to see him.’

‘I don’t think anything of the sort, then, Daisy,’ said her father.
‘And if I could afford to do so, I should like to tell them that I
consider it a piece of impertinence on their part to ask me to receive
a perfect stranger, knowing how I am situated alone with you, how
small the place is, and how roughly we live. But one can’t ride the
high horse on a hundred and fifty pounds a year!’

And the Manager of Tarnpirr sighed, and stared thoughtfully into his
cup.

In the general sense of the word, Daisy Barton was not a pretty girl,
inasmuch as she possessed not one regular feature. But it was such a
calm, quiet, pleasant face, out of which dark blue eyes looked so
tenderly and honestly at you, that one forgot to search for details in
the charm of the whole. Add to this, one of the neatest, trimmest,
most loveable little figures imaginable, and you may have some faint
idea of the pleasant picture she made as she sat thinking which of the
two spare rooms should be got ready for the new inmate. Mrs Barton was
never at the station. She was a confirmed invalid, and resided
permanently in a far southern town. Daisy and an old Irishwoman kept
house.

In due course the ‘highly connected’ one arrived, bringing with him as
much luggage as sufficed to fill the extra room.

He was a tall, good-looking Englishman, and he gazed around at the
small bare house with its strip of burnt-up, dusty garden, and
background of sombre eucalypti; at the squalid ‘hut;’ the sluggish,
dirty river; and the barren forlornness of everything, with a look on
his face that caused Mr Barton to chuckle, and think to himself that
the new-comer’s stay would be short. The manager had expected a
youngster, not a grown man of five or six and twenty, and he was
rather puzzled.

This self-possessed, languid sort of gentleman, with well-cut
features, long moustache, and slow, pleasant-sounding, if rather
drawling, speech, wasn’t by any means the sort of creature that
Mr Barton was accustomed to associate with the term ‘jackaroo,’ and
its natural corollary, ‘licking into shape.’

‘A fellow with lots of money, I expect,’ he said to Daisy that night
after their guest, pleading fatigue, had retired. ‘One of those chaps
who just come out to have a look around, and then off home again with
wonderful stories about the wild Australian Bush.’

‘Yaas; shouldn’t wondah, now, Mistah Barton, if you ah not quaite
correct,’ laughed Daisy, mischievously. ‘Oh, papa, do all the folk in
England talk as if they were clean knocked up?’

‘Only the highly-connected ones, my dear,’ replied her father,
smiling. ‘It’s considered quite fashionable, too, amongst our own
upper ten. He’ll lose it after he’s been bushed a few times. I
shouldn’t imagine from his looks, however, that he’s got much
backbone. He’ll be away again presently—too rough a life.’

And, in fact, poor Fortescue at first often did get bushed.

Luckily for him, perhaps, a camp of blacks settled at Tarnpirr shortly
after his arrival, and these made a regular income by hunting for and
bringing him back. And he was very considerate.

Once, when he had been missing for three days, and Mr Barton and Daisy
were half out of their minds with fright, he made the blacks who were
bearing him home, tattered and hungry, and faint from exposure, go
ahead for clean clothes and soap and water before he would put in an
appearance. This incident only confirmed Mr Barton the more in his
idea that he had to do with a man lacking strength of character—a
dandy willing to sacrifice everything to personal outward show. His
daughter thought quite otherwise.

However, in time, ‘Barton’s Jackaroo,’ as he was called throughout the
district of the lower rivers, became a favourite, not only at
Tarnpirr, but on the neighbouring runs. Even old Bridget admitted
that ‘he was a good sort ov a cratur, barrin’ the want ov a bit more
life wid him.’

But he was always calm and self-possessed; and the Manager was
accustomed to swear that a bush fire at his heels wouldn’t make him
quicken his pace by a step.

And once Daisy, in a moment of irritation, confided to her father that
she felt inclined to stick a needle into his jackaroo for the sake of
discovering whether that provoking air of leisurely languor was
natural or assumed.

‘He’s got no backbone, my dear,’ said the Manager, laughing. ‘But try
him by all means. I’ll bet you ten to one he only says what he did
last week, when that old ram made a drive at him in the yard, and
knocked him down and jumped on him.’

‘And what did he say to that?’ asked Daisy eagerly.

‘Well,’ replied Mr Barton, laughing again, ‘when he’d cleaned the mud
out of his eyes and mouth, he looked surprised and said “Haw!”’

‘Oh,’ said Daisy, disappointedly. ‘But what ought he to have said to
show that he had a backbone, papa?’

‘Well,’ replied her father vaguely, ‘you know, Daisy—er—um—well, that
is—um—a great many people, my dear, your father amongst them, perhaps,
would be apt to say a good deal on such an occasion.’

‘I have a better opinion than ever of Mr Fortescue,’ cried Daisy
indignantly at this. ‘Because he keeps his temper, and doesn’t go on
like Long Jim or Ben the Bullocky when any little thing happens, he’s
got no pluck or resolution! I own he exasperates one sometimes with
his calm, dawdling ways. But if he were pushed, I shouldn’t be
surprised to find more in him than he gets credit for after all!’

‘Umph!’ said Mr Barton glancing kindly, but with rather a troubled
face, at the flushed cheeks and sparkling eyes upturned to his own.
And as he rode over the run that day the burden of his thoughts was
that the sooner his serene-tempered jackaroo got tired of the Bush the
better it would be for all of them.

       *       *       *       *       *

‘Ned, if the river ain’t a-risin’, an’ risin’ precious quick, too,
call me a Dutchman! ’Arf-an-hour ago the water warn’t near them
bullocks, and now it’s right agin their ’eels!’

‘Well,’ replied his mate, glancing towards the brown stream slowly
spreading over the flat, ‘we’re safe enough. I’ll forgive it if it
comes over this. Tell you what, though, you might catch the pony an’
canter up to the station, an’ tell ole Barton as there’s some water
a-comin’. He might have some stock he’d like to git out o’ the road.
An’ you might’s well git a lump o’ meat while you’re there.’

So Ned, of the travelling bullock team, went with the news to
Tarnpirr, lower down.

But Mr Barton that very morning had been to Warrooga township, and the
telegraph people had said no word of floods or heavy rain at the head
of the river. Around Tarnpirr and district the weather had been dry
for weeks, so the Manager was not in the least uneasy.

‘It’s only a bit of a fresh, Brown,’ said he. ‘It’ll soon go down
again. Thanks all the same, though. Meat? Yes, of course. And now
you’d better go over to the kitchen and get your dinner.’

‘Boss reckons it’s nothin’,’ said Ned, returning that evening. ‘No
rain fall’d up above.’

‘We wouldn’t need shift anyhow,’ replied the other, preparing to cook
the meat given them by Mr Barton, who little dreamt how welcome it
would be to some people later on. ‘We’re a lot higher here than they
are at the station. I saw “Barton’s Jackaroo” just now, out ridin’
with Miss Daisy. He’s a rum stick, he is.’

‘But ain’t she a little star!’ exclaimed Ned enthusiastically.

‘She are; all that!’ replied his mate. ‘Finest gall on the rivers. Too
good by sights for any new-chum.’

And so the pair sat and yarned and watched the treacherous water of
what was to become the biggest flood since ’64 stealthily eating its
way up amongst the long grass of the sandridge, sneaking quietly into
little hollows, then pretending to creep back again, then with a rush
advancing a miniature wave further than ever. Sat and talked and
watched the brown expanse broaden until the tall oaks that bordered
the banks were whipping the fierce current with their slender tops,
sole mark now to show where lay mid-stream.

‘It’s a darned big lump of a fresh!’ quoth Ned doubtfully.

‘It’ll be down afore mornin’,’ replied his mate. ‘And anyhow it can’t
do us real bad, seein’ what we’ve got in the loadin’. But there’s no
danger ’ere on this ridge.’

So they turned in under their tarpaulins, and never heard how the
water hissed at midnight as it crept, little by little, advancing,
receding, but always gaining, into their carefully covered-up fire.

       *       *       *       *       *

In the snug sitting-room at Tarnpirr, with lamps burning brightly, and
curtains drawn against the lowering dusk, sat Herbert Fortescue and
Daisy Barton, their heads pretty close together over a chessboard.

‘I’m going across to the Back Ridge out-station this afternoon,’ had
said Mr Barton. ‘I sha’n’t be home before to-morrow; I want to see how
Macpherson’s getting on with those weaners. Needn’t bother about the
river. It’s only a fresh, or Warrooga would have sent us word.’

Alas for dependence on Warrooga with its absent trooper, and
absent-minded operator, who was warned, just after Manager Barton left
him, that masses of water were coming down three rivers towards
Tarnpirr!

Had he but taken horse and galloped out the few miles, or sent, things
might have happened very differently, and this story would never have
been written. But as it was—

‘There!’ exclaimed Daisy, ‘my king is in trouble again. I feel out of
sorts to-night. It’s very close. Shall we go on to the verandah?’

‘With pleasure,’ said the young man rising. ‘But it’s as dark as pitch
outside. Give me your hand, please, for fear you stumble.’

Hesitating for a moment, their eyes met, and with deepening colour she
placed her hand in his, and they went out through the long window into
the night. It was very quiet, and the darkness felt woolly and warm.
No light glimmered anywhere, and the only sound was the cry of a
solitary mopoke coming from amongst the spectral boles of the box
trees.

‘The men are in bed, I suppose,’ said Daisy, glancing towards their
hut.

‘They are away on the run,’ replied Fortescue, ‘drawing fencing stuff
for the new line. But it’s a wonder we don’t see the blacks’ fire.’

As they stood leaning against the garden fence a soft continuous
ripple, mingled with a sound like the sighing of wind through tall
belars fell on their ears.

‘It’s only the river,’ said Daisy, ‘I’ve often heard it making that
mournful noise when it’s rising over its banks. Shall we walk as far
as the camp?’

It was a rough track, and more than once, but for the sustaining arm
of her companion, Daisy would have come to grief over log or tussock.

But they got there at last, guided by a few dim sparks from expiring
fires.

‘Why, it’s deserted,’ exclaimed Daisy, as they found themselves
amongst the empty gunyahs. ‘They’re gone, dogs and all.’

‘Off on some hunting expedition, I expect,’ replied Fortescue,
laughing. ‘They look at me in a comically disgusted manner of late
since I left off getting bushed so regularly.’

It was too dark to see the water, but they stood for a long time
listening to the swish of it as it ran full-lipped from one steep high
bank to the other, telling with eerie mutterings and whisperings, and
curious little complaining noises, and low hoarse threatenings of what
it would presently do, and the mischief it would work, but in language
all untranslatable by its hearers.

‘What a sweet little lady it is,’ said Fortescue to himself as, later,
he sat on the edge of his bed staring straight before him into a pair
of tender, steadfast eyes conjured out of the darkness. ‘I wonder if
she does? I’m nearly sure of it, thank heaven! Why, she is worth
coming here and roughing it like this, and being called “Barton’s
Jackaroo” twenty times over for!’ and he laughed gently. ‘Fancy a
prize like that hidden away amongst these solitudes. I wonder what her
father will say? Anyhow, I won’t put it off any longer. I’ll ask him
to-morrow.’

With which resolution he laid down and went to sleep, still thinking
on Daisy Barton.

He awoke with a start, and lay listening to noises in his room, the
remnants, as he imagined, of some grotesque dream.

Gurglings there were, and agonised squeakings and scrapings, with,
now and then, ploppings and splashings as of many small swimmers. Then
something cold, wet and hairy, crawled over his hand.

Shaking it off with an exclamation, he jumped out of bed, and with the
shock of it, stood stock still for two minutes up to his knees in
water.

Then, striking a match, he saw that his room was awash, and that all
sorts of articles were floating about it, drawn hither and thither by
the current which swelled and eddied between the old slabs. Up a
corner of blanket, touching the water, swarmed a great host of ants,
tarantulas, beetles and crickets, whilst drowning mice, lizards, and
heaven knows what else, swam wildly round and round and gratefully
hailed his bare legs as a harbour of refuge. Hastily rubbing them off,
and getting into some wet clothes, he opened the window and looked
out. A wan moon shed a feeble light upon one vast sea of turgid water.
Nothing in sight but water—water, and the tops of the trees quivering
above the flood! No wonder the river talked to itself last night! The
scene was enough to make even a man with a backbone quail and feel a
bit nervous.

As for Barton’s Jackaroo, his first astonishment over, he forgot
himself so far as first to whistle, and then to swear, but very softly
and tentatively, as one trying an experiment.

You see, this was a different matter altogether to being butted of
rams, or even being badly bushed without a drink for three days and
three nights.

Brushing off his sleeve the head of a column of sugar-ants that had
effected a lodgment _via_ the window-sill, he waded into the
sitting-room and lit the lamp. Then, making for Daisy’s room, he
called and tapped until she answered.

‘It’s me—Fortescue. Don’t be alarmed, Daisy—Miss Barton,’ said he.
‘The water’s in the house. Get up and dress, and come out as quickly
as possible.’

As he finished speaking a wild yell rang through the place, and
Bridget’s voice from near by exclaimed, punctuated by screams,—

‘Howly Mother av Moses! Ow! Blessid Vargin an’ all the saints purtect
us! Ow! the divvle be wid me! but it’s drowned I am this minnit! an’
the wather up me legs, an’ niver a soul comin’ next anigh me! Och!
wirras-thru! it’s a lost woman I am, wid all the mices and bastes
atin’ away at me! Ow! ow! ow!’

With difficulty suppressing a desire to laugh, Fortescue shouted to
her to get her clothes on and join him. One little cry of dismay he
heard from Daisy as she lit her candle, and then he returned to the
dining-room.

Here he was startled to notice a burst of dull moonlight coming in
through the front of the house where already were gaps caused by the
slabs being displaced and carried away by the water.

Clearly the building, old and rotten, was going to pieces.

Presently Daisy, pale, but silent and composed, entered. Taking her in
his arms, he placed her on a sideboard, grieving the while to see how
the water poured from her clothes.

‘I am afraid the whole house will go, Daisy,’ he said. ‘It’s shaky and
decayed. I was thinking of making a stage on the wall-plates up there.
But I’m sure now that our only hope is in a raft of some kind.’

At this moment in floundered Bridget, clasping a large bottle to her
breast, and muttering at every stride objurgations, entreaties, and
fag-ends of prayers.

‘Ochone!’ she cried, ‘may the saints an’ the Howly Mother av all hould
us in their kapin’ this night!’ Then, uncorking the bottle, ‘Sure,
Misthur Fortyskeu, sorr, if ye _are_ a haythen, ye might have a thry
for purgathory itself. It’s better nor the other place, so it is.
Here’s the howly wather, avick, that Father Dennis give me lasht
chapel at Warrooga—if ye’ll let me sprinkle a weeshy dhrop—’

‘Come, come, Bridget; stop that nonsense!’ exclaimed Fortescue
sternly, as he knocked down slabs and pulled them inside. ‘Isn’t there
water enough about, without any more. Take the candle and get me some
ropes—clothes-lines, saddlestraps, anything you can find!’

Bridget opened her mouth with astonishment. She had never been spoken
to in such manner before. Then putting down her precious bottle, she
waddled off.

Presently Daisy slipped into the water, saying,—

‘I can’t sit there and watch you working away by yourself,’ and she
helped to hold the slabs, whilst he and Bridget secured them with
lashings.

Four, ten feet long, tied at the ends, and upon them cross-pieces, and
upon these the long dining-room table. This was the raft; and while
Fortescue tied and knotted and fastened, he talked of how he had once
been cast away in a yacht, and had then learned many things. And the
pair, listening to his cheery voice, took courage, albeit the water
now was waist high.

The seasoned pine timber floated like a cork, and to his satisfaction
Fortescue found that with their combined weight it was still well out
of the water. He was just considering whether it might be possible to
secure a few valuables and important papers, when an ominous creaking
caught his ear, and the house began to quiver bodily.

Hurriedly jumping on board and seizing a long thin slab, he pushed
off. And what a wild sight it was outside, as the frail craft shot
clear of everything into the flood!

The water ran like brown oil, swift but waveless, bearing with it
logs, great trees, posts and rails, planks, heaps of straw, _débris_
of every description, whilst into the still, warm air ascended a stern
hum like the sound of some mighty engine. It was like the sound of the
river purring with satisfaction at the fulfilling of its last night’s
promises.

Looking back, they saw through the open front the lamp, like some
welcoming beacon, burning steadily across the waters. Even as they
gazed, there was a faint crash heard, and the light disappeared. The
house had gone, and in another moment its fragments drifted by them.
Round and round they swept, now threatened by some huge uptorn tree
whose bristling roots came nigh transfixing them, now nearly dashed
against the topmost limbs of a standing one, taking all Fortescue’s
strength and skill to avoid a collision.

Presently they saw, on either hand, long strings of sheep swimming
down the current with plaintive bleatings to their death; heard, too,
shrill neighings and bellowings of drowning cattle and horses.

Round and round they swept, although they knew it not, towards the
raging central current, where disaster was inevitable; whilst Daisy
sat with white face, mute, and almost hopeless, and Bridget crouched,
one arm around a table leg, mumbling over her beads; and Barton’s
Jackaroo, the man without a backbone, toiled steadily and watchfully,
still finding time, at intervals, to throw a word of cheer to his
helpless companions.

Crash! and a log overtaking them and hitting them end-on, sent the
raft spinning; whilst to his dismay Fortescue felt the slabs begin to
loose and spread. Decidedly, a few more knocks like that, and they
would all find themselves in the water.

‘I’m afraid, Herbert, it’s going to pieces,’ whispered Daisy, who had
crept close to where he knelt.

It was the first time she had ever used that name when addressing him,
and her voice sounded so inexpressibly sweet that, without even
glancing at Bridget, he turned and took the girl in his arms and
kissed her, a caress which she, thinking her end at hand, and loving
him, returned.

Smash! and they are amongst the stout upper branches of what must be a
giant tree. But, in place of pushing off, Fortescue hugs and pulls,
and calls upon the women to help him, which they do until the raft is
moored, so to speak, hard and fast between forks and branches, the
only ones visible now over all that brown, bare waste of water with
silver patches of moonlight here and there upon it.

It was a grateful thing to be at rest, even so precariously, after all
the twisting and twirling they had come through; and Bridget, rising
stiffly and shaking herself, with the fear of present death gone out
of her soul, said,—

‘Praise the saints! Sure, Misther Fortyskeu, sorr, we oughter to be
thankful for gettin’ this far wid clane shkins, so we ought! Sorra a
one ov me ’ll go any furder if I can help it! Is the wather raisin’
yet, does ye think, sorr?’

‘I’m afraid it is, Bridget,’ said Fortescue, as he sat on a stout limb
supporting Daisy beside him. ‘I hope, though, it won’t rise over the
top of this tree.’ But, disquieted by the idea, he presently got into
the water and tightened the lashings of the raft as well as he was
able.

It was a long, dreary night, especially after the moon went down.
Fortunately it was warm and fine. Indeed, throughout that trying time
of flood, curiously enough, not a single point of rain fell in that
region. They talked of many things, these two, nestling snugly in a
great fork of the giant apple-tree, but their chief subject was the
old, old story; whilst Bridget, just below them, alternately invoked
heavenly succour and lamented earthly losses.

‘Twinty wan poun’ notes undther me head in the bolsther, an’ me too
hurried an’ flurried to remimber ’em! Sure, it’s clane roond I am
afther this noight, bad cess to it! But for Father Dennis’s wather—may
glory be his bed whin his toime comes—it’s at the bottom wid the sheep
and craturs I’d be afore now, so it is! May the saints above sind the
blessed light an’ the masther wid a ship to us! Ochone! Miss Daisy, me
darlin’, I knows it’s hard on ye too. An’ for ye too, sorr—God forgive
me thinkin’ ye wasn’t quite so smart as ye moight be!’

And so she rambled on, unheeded by the lovers perched in the big fork
above her.

Dawn at last, bright and clear, with presently a brilliant sun.

To his relief, Fortescue saw by the marks on the tree that the water
was falling. By noon the raft was suspended high and dry. But still a
lamentable procession of sheep and household _débris_, with an
occasional horse or bullock, hurried along the swift central stream,
at whose very verge a merciful Providence had arrested the raft.
Presently Fortescue was lucky enough to secure a pumpkin out of the
dozens floating about, and the three divided and ate it with an
appetite. Slowly the shadows lengthened. Other tree tops, dishevelled
and dirty with driftage, began to appear around them. The water was
falling rapidly. But were they to pass another night there? Fortescue
began to fear so, and was even setting about the construction of a
platform out of the raft, when a loud ‘_Coo-ee-e-e!_’ made him start.
‘_Coo-ee-e-e!_’ in answer; and then a small boat pulled by two men
came through the branches of the big tree.

‘Hoorar!’ shouted one. ‘We was afraid it was all up with yees! But
where’s the Boss?’

‘My father went to the out-station yesterday,’ replied Daisy.

‘Oh, then he’s right enough,’ said the man. ‘Bet your life, miss, he
ain’t very far away this minute! He’s seed, afore now, what the “bit
of a fresh” turned to. Hand us down the lady fust, guv’nor.’

But old Bridget, being lowest, and in a hurry, suddenly let herself
drop fairly on the speaker’s shoulders, fetching him down, and nearly
capsizing the boat. Then, to his infinite astonishment, she got her
arms round his neck and hugged him, and would have served his mate the
same way, but he sprang into the tree and avoided her.

‘Where are your waggons?’ asked Fortescue, as at last they pulled off.

‘Ten foot under water, by this,’ replied the carrier, ‘seein’ it was
up to the naves afore we left. We knowed nothin’ till we feels it in
our blankets. Then up we jumps, and, behold you, we’re on a hiland
about twenty foot round, an’ the flood a-roarin’ like billyho. As luck
’ll ’ave it, Tom, there, has this boat in his loadin’, takin’ her to a
storekeeper at Overflow—I expect he’s a-thinkin’ on her just now. So
we hiked her out, paddles an’ all, gits some tucker, an’ steers for
Tarnpirr, knowin’ as you was a lot lower ’n we, an’ no boat. Well,
when we sees nothin’ but water where the house shud ha’ been, we
reckoned you’d all been swep’ away, so comes along on chance, cooeyin’
pretty often. By jakers, guv’nor, if you hadn’t ’appened to have savee
enough to chuck that thing together, you’d all a’ been gone goosers
sure enough! I don’t b’lieve there’s one single solitary ’oof left on
the run, not exceptin’ our bullocks an’ saddle ’orses.’

The castaways now made a much-needed meal off damper and some of the
Tarnpirr mutton, and voted it a wonderful improvement on raw pumpkin,
even with love for its sauce.

Before they had pulled a mile towards Warrooga, they met Mr Barton
with some residents in the police boat. He had been nearly frantic
with anxiety since, on returning home, he encountered the water, and,
galloping back, had with great difficulty reached the township.

       *       *       *       *       *

‘What’s the use?’ replied Mr Barton despondently, when, that same
evening, Fortescue asked him for Daisy. ‘I’m a ruined man, and, like
most such, selfish, and I want to keep my little girl. So far as I can
gather, there’s not an animal of any description left alive on
Tarnpirr. Pastoral firms make no allowances; they’ll say I ought to
have cleared everything off before the flood came, and they’ll sack me
at a minute’s notice. Of course, if the people here had done as they
should, I might have saved most of the sheep, if not all. No; I don’t
like to disappoint you, after having behaved so nobly and pluckily—and
I must say now that I never did you justice—but I think, Mr Fortescue,
you’d better choose a wife elsewhere; I do, indeed.’

Seeing that Barton was irritable, and rather inclined to hug his
misfortune, Fortescue, perhaps wisely, said no more just then, and
apparently took his dismissal with a good grace.

But later, before starting for the capital, Daisy and he had a long
talk, during which a conspiracy was hatched.

Mr Barton bade his jackaroo a kindly good-bye; and if he felt any
surprise at the non-renewal of his suit, he never showed it.

He was expecting, with almost feverish impatience, a letter from the
firm in answer to his own report, with details of the disaster at
Tarnpirr. And when at length it arrived, after what seemed a long
delay, and he found that, instead of the reproaches and curt dismissal
he was prepared for, it contained sympathy and an appointment to a
large station on the Darling Downs, words were wanting to express his
utter astonishment, and his deep contrition for the bad opinion he had
formed of his employers.

‘Never mind, Daisy,’ he cried. ‘They say the owner will be there
himself to receive us on our arrival. I can thank him then in person.’

‘Dear me, how nice that will be!’ replied Daisy, demurely.

‘And, only fancy,’ he went on, ‘they request us to take our
servant—that’s Bridget, of course—with us! I’m to find out, too, if
those carriers lost much, and, if so, to compensate them.’

‘How very good and thoughtful they must be,’ answered Daisy—but this
time with moist eyes.

I will not insult the reader’s penetration by asking him to guess who
the owner of that Downs station was.

It will be sufficient to remark that Mr and Mrs Fortescue have only
just returned from their wedding trip to the Continent; and that it
will be very long indeed ere they forget that memorable night in ’90
upon which the waters came to Tarnpirr, and caused ‘Barton’s Jackaroo’
to show what he was made of.




TOLD IN THE ‘CORONA’S’ CABIN.

ON THREE EVENINGS.


=The First Evening.=

In the south-east trades, and the big ship moving steadily through the
water with every sail full. Not a quiver of the tightly-strained
canvas, not the rattle of a reef-point, broke the stillness aloft.

A glorious evening in the South Atlantic, with the sun setting, as is
often his wont in those latitudes, in a bed of crimson, gold and
amethyst. The passengers, who had been watching the many-hued passing
of the day-king, went below as the cool night breeze began to whistle
with a shriller note through the top-hamper and the water to swish
more loudly along the sides, and fall back with a louder plop. Very
comfortable, snug, and home-like the _Corona’s_ cabin looked. It was a
cabin, remember, not a ‘saloon.’

There was nothing of the modern curse of varnish and veneer about it.
Everything was handsome, also substantial, from the dark mahogany
casing of the mizzen-mast to the highly polished, solid panelling of
rosewood, relieved with only a narrow gold beading. The cabin might
aptly have been termed a study in brown and gold, so predominant was
this combination. Even the curtains in front of each berth door were
of brown damask, with gold fringe. The general effect, if a little
sombre, was good.

Especially good it seemed this evening to the passengers as they came
trooping in with talk and laughter; especially snug and home-like,
with its three big swinging moderator lamps, its long table covered
with odds and ends of female work, books, papers, etc., etc., its
piano, and its comfortable couches scattered here and there.

The _Corona’s_ great beam had been utilised to some purpose, and,
thus, her cabin was not, like the saloons of so many sailing ships, a
sort of stage drawing-room, all white paint, gilding, glass,
spindle-shanked chairs, and turn-over-at-a-touch tables.

The company suited the cabin. There were only a dozen or so of them,
mostly middle-aged married folk, who had left their grown-up families
in Australia whilst they took a trip ‘Home,’ and were now returning to
their adopted country. Amongst them, however, were two or three single
ladies of uncertain ages, bound to the Land of the Golden Fleece in
search of fortune, even if it should only come in the shape of a
husband. There was, also, Miss Amy Hillier, an Australian heiress in
her own right, returning to her native land with an uncle and an
aunt. This is another man’s story; so that I am not going to take up
space by a description of Amy Hillier’s charms; suffice it to say here
that she was young and pretty, and as good as she was young and
pretty.

Wonderful to relate, the company of passengers fitted each other. Each
seemed to have discovered in another his or her affinity, and, up to
this, there had been none of the usual backbitings, heart-burnings,
and malicious tittle-tattle usually so inseparable from a sea voyage
in a sailing ship.

Miss Hillier had seated herself at the piano, and was playing
something from _Lohengrin_, when a remarkable-looking man, entering
the cabin, doffed his gold-banded cap, and made his way to her side.

Strongly, yet gracefully built, upright as the royal pole, active in
all his movements, one would have taken him to be scarce arrived at
middle-age, but for the fact that his thick, closely-cropped hair
shone a dead white under the lamplight. His features were regular and
good, albeit they wore, in general, a rather serious expression.
Altogether, it was a strong, pleasant face, full of energy,
confidence, and the power to command.

As he rested one hand on the corner of the instrument, it might be
noticed that, from wrist to finger tips, it was covered by the white
cicatrices of long-healed scars. In spite, however, of his grey hair
and disfigured hands, Captain Marion, of the _Corona_, Australian
liner, was called by many people a handsome man.

‘Sing me my favourite, please,’ asked the Captain presently.

‘On condition,’ was the reply, ‘that you will tell us a story in
return.’

‘It’s a bargain,’ said the Captain. ‘I’ll relate the legend of
Vanderdecken, the Flying Dutchman. Thoroughly appropriate it will be,
too, as we are just entering his domains.’

‘We don’t want to hear about the Flying Dutchman,’ answered the girl
promptly.

‘Well, then,’ continued the Captain, ‘what do you say if I tell you
how I was cast away in ’69, on the coast of—’

‘No, no, Captain Marion,’ interrupted she, smiling shyly up at him,
‘we don’t want that either.’

‘Ah, I see!’ exclaimed the Captain, after a pause, ‘a conspiracy!
Well,’ he went on, after a still longer hesitation, ‘I don’t care much
about it. The telling, I mean, of how I got this’ (touching his hair)
‘and these’ (spreading out his hands), ‘for, of course, that is what
you wish to hear. It reminds me of a time I would rather not recall.

‘No, Miss Hillier’—for the girl had risen in dismay and almost tears
at her thoughtlessness, and was attempting to apologise incoherently
enough—‘it doesn’t matter a bit. Besides, I somehow feel in the vein
for story-telling this evening; and as well that as anything else.
With some passengers, I find that I have to put a stopper on their
curiosity rather abruptly. But’ (with a grave smile and a bow to the
group) ‘it being a rare thing, indeed, to meet so well-assorted and
pleasant a party as we are this trip, I’ll spin you the yarn, such as
it is. And now, Miss Hillier, my song.’

‘What would you like—the same as usual, I suppose—“The Silent Land?”’

‘Yes,’ answered the Captain; ‘your rendering puts a new interpretation
on Salis’ words for me, and I seem to bear with me more strongly than
ever the promise, as I listen, that he

  Who in life’s battle firm doth stand
  Shall bear Hope’s tender blossoms
        Into the Silent Land!’

       *       *       *       *       *

‘It is,’ commenced Captain Marion, the song finished, and taking his
accustomed seat, whilst the others gathered round him—‘It is nearly
fourteen years ago that the strange, and what many may deem
improbable, adventure happened which I am about to relate. I was then
about twenty-two years of age, an able-bodied seaman on board a ship
called the _Bucephalus_, belonging to Liverpool. It was my first
voyage before the mast, for, although I had duly served my
apprenticeship with the firm who owned her, and also passed my exam.
as second mate, there was no vacancy just then open. They, indeed,
offered me a post as third; but, knowing that I should be none the
worse for a month or two in the fok’s’le, I preferred to ship as an
A.B. The _Bucephalus_ was an Eastern trader, and on this trip was
bound for Singapore and China. All went well with us until we entered
the Straits of Sunda. Then, one afternoon, the ship lying in a dead
calm off one of the many lovely islands which abound in those narrow
seas, the passengers, chiefly military officers with their families,
asked the captain to let them have a boat and a run ashore.

‘He was a good-natured man, and consented. Luckily for me, as it
afterwards proved, the gig, a very old boat, was full of lumber,
fruit, fowls, etc., procured at Anjer, and so the life-boat, a stanch,
nearly new craft, was put into the water instead.

‘At the last moment some one suggested that a cup of tea might be
acceptable on the island. Not tea alone, but provisions for an ample
meal were at once handed in, together with a keg of fresh water. This
also was, as you will discover presently, another lucky or—ought I not
to say?—providential, chance for me.

‘With myself, three more seamen, and eight or nine ladies and
gentlemen, we pushed off towards the verdant, cone-shaped island.
Landing without any difficulty on a shell-strewn beach which ran up
between two lofty and abrupt headlands, all hands, except myself and
an elderly seaman known as Tom, jumped ashore and went climbing and
scampering about like so many schoolboys out for a holiday. For my
part, I had been on scores of similar islands, or imagined I had, and
felt no particular wish to explore this one. Neither, apparently, did
my companion. So, hauling off a little from the shore, we threw the
grapnel overboard and prepared to take things easy, each in his own
fashion, he with a pipe, and I with a book lent me by one of the cabin
passengers.

‘We made a rough sort of awning with the boat’s sail, and I lay in the
stern-sheets, my companion between the midship thwarts, under its
grateful shelter. It was a drowsy afternoon and a very hot one. To our
ears the shouts and laughter of those ashore came at intervals,
gradually growing fainter as they made their way towards the summit of
the mountain, for such one might say the island was.

‘Presently, looking up from my book, I saw that old Tom was fast
asleep, his pipe still in his mouth. Very shortly afterwards I dozed,
and heard the book drop from my hand on to the grating without making
any effort to recover it. I fell asleep in the broad sunlit day,
between ship and land, in the motionless boat, with the voices of my
kind still in my ears, and awoke in thickest darkness, moving swiftly
along in utter silence, save for, at times, an oily gurgle of water
under the bows. Not that I realised even so much all at once. It took
me some time. I thought I must be still dreaming, and lay there
staring into the blackness with unbelieving eyes. Then I pinched
myself and struck my hands sharply against the thwarts. But it was of
no use. I could not convince myself that I was not the victim of some
ghastly nightmare. Then the idea came into my mind that, although
awake, I had suddenly become blind; that Tom had gone ashore for a
stroll, and that the boat, drifting, had been carried out to sea by
some current. Under the influence of this notion, I leaped to my feet,
only to be at once struck down again, as if by a hand of iron.
Although not completely stunned, I was, for a few minutes, quite
bewildered. I could feel, too, that my head was bleeding freely.
Sitting cautiously up, I called “Tom!” I listened intently, but
nothing was audible save the faint gurgling sound of the water. I
called repeatedly, but there was no answer. Suddenly I recollected
that in my pocket was a large metal box full of matches—long wax
vestas.

‘Striking one, I held it aloft and gazed eagerly about me. I thanked
God that I was not blind. But, so far as I could see, I was alone.

‘On each side, and a foot or so above my head, barely visible in the
feeble glimmer, were swiftly passing walls of dripping rock, covered,
in many places, with huge clusters of shiny weeds. So amazed was I at
my perfectly inexplicable situation that I stared until the match
burned my fingers and dropped into the water, whilst I fell back quite
overcome by astonishment and fright.

‘Then, after a bit, I struck more matches. But things were just the
same. Always the rocky weed-grown sides, sometimes within touch, at
others seeming to widen out; always the rocky, dripping roof,
sometimes at my head, at others out of sight; always the darkness, the
hurrying boat, and the water like liquid pitch.

‘Unable to see thoroughly over the boat, I presently crawled for’ard,
feeling, as I went, under the sail which had fallen over the thwarts.
As I feared, I found no one.

‘Groping about, I picked up Tom’s pipe. And then I feared the worst
for him.

‘The darkness was horrible. It was so thick that one seemed to swallow
mouthfuls of it. The atmosphere was close and muggy, with a smell
reminding me strongly of a tannery. Although lightly clad, I was
bathed in perspiration as I half sat, half crouched, at the boat’s
stern, straining my eyes ahead, and now and again lighting one of my
matches. Time nor distance had any meaning for me, now; and I have no
idea how long I had been voyaging in this unnatural fashion, when
there fell on my ears the loud threatening roar of many waters.
Commending my soul to God, I laid myself in the boat’s bottom. The
next minute she seemed to stand nearly upright and then shoot downward
like a flash, whilst thick spray flew in showers over me, and the
imprisoned waters roared and howled with deafening clamour adown the
narrow chasm, so narrow that more than once, in her headlong course, I
heard splinters fly from the boat’s timbers, whilst masses of dank
weeds detached by the blows fell upon me.

‘I now,’ continued the Captain, after a pause, during which he glanced
from the ‘tell-tale’ compass overhead to the attentive, wondering
faces of his audience—‘I now gave myself up for lost, or, at least,
imagined that I did so. But the love of life is strong indeed within
us; so that when after shooting this subterranean cataract, or
whatever it might have been, I found my boat once more steadily
gliding along, ever with the same dull gurgle of cleft water at her
bows, a faint ray of hope took the place of despairing calm. I was
young, remember; healthy, too, powerful and agile beyond the common,
and I felt it would be hard indeed to die like a rat in that black
hole. What accentuated the hope I speak of was the fact that the
lessening roar of the torrent I had just passed sounded as if directly
overhead. In vain I told myself that it was but a deceptive echo. Hope
would have her say, and buoyed me up, though ever so little, with the
idea, incredible as it seemed, that this horrible underground river
had doubled back beneath itself, and was making for the sea once more.
It has well been said that drowning men will clutch at straws! This
one, indeed, was soon to fail me; for presently, to my utter despair,
the noise of tumultuous waters ahead gave warning of another
cataract—another, or the same one, for, what with the din and the
darkness, I became quite confused. The passage was a repetition of the
last one, only, if anything, rougher; and, crushed in spirit, all
courage flown, I sank back, listening to the rush of the falling water
dying away overhead again. Was I, I wondered, descending to even
lower depths of earth’s bowels in this fashion, or merely driven to
and fro at the caprice of some remorseless current in what was to
prove my tomb! I believe that, for a time, under the stress of ideas
like this, my mind wandered; for I have a vague remembrance of singing
comic songs, of shouting defiance to fate, the darkness, and things
generally; behaving, in fact, like the lunatic I must have become.
Whether I descended any more rapids or not I cannot say. I have no
recollection whatever of the last part of my strange journey. When,
however, I came to my sober senses again I was at the end of it. The
boat was motionless, and I was standing upright in her.’

At this point in the Captain’s story, and while the interest of his
hearers was at its height, the chief officer came quietly in, and,
catching his superior’s eye, as quietly made his way out again.

Now, four bells struck, and the Captain exclaimed, ‘What, ten o’clock
already! My yarn has somewhat spun itself out, and I’m afraid the rest
must keep for another evening.’

At this there was quite a chorus of remonstrance. ‘It was cruel to
have excited their curiosity and leave it unsatisfied,’ was the
general verdict.

‘No sleep for me to-night,’ said Miss Hillier; ‘I shall be wandering
through that horrid place in my thoughts, and puzzling my brain to
discover how you got out, unless I know the sequel.’

‘It grieves me to think of your disturbed rest,’ replied the Captain,
with a bow and a quizzical smile, ‘although honoured by the cause of
it. I am afraid, however, I must refuse even you. I saw heavy weather
just now in Mr Santley’s eye; and the ship, you know, before all.’

Then the sound of ropes thrown heavily on deck was heard, together
with tramp of feet and shouting, the ship heeled over, and the Captain
went out, and was not again seen that night by his passengers.


=The Second Evening.=

Close-reefed top-sails, with a wild, high sea, met on ‘rounding the
corner,’ did not prevent the _Corona’s_ passengers from putting in an
appearance the next evening to hear the continuation of the Captain’s
story.

‘Well,’ he remarked, as he took his seat, ‘this yarn of mine seems to
bring us luck, judging by the way we exchanged our trades last night
for this rattling westerly breeze that is now taking us round the Cape
so nicely. I think I left off my story,’ continued the Captain, ‘as
the boat came to a stop in her travels, through the darkness.’

‘I had recovered from my temporary fit of madness, and was standing
up. I was trembling violently, and my limbs felt cramped and stiff. I
fancy I must have been a long time on the journey, for I was sick and
faint, principally from want of food. The air, though still heavy and
warm, was not so oppressive as it had been. But the former silence was
broken by the most unearthly noises imaginable, sobbings, deep
cavernous groans, and hoarse whistlings resounded on every side. For a
long time I did not stir. I just stood listening with all my ears, and
expecting every moment that something awful was going to take place.

‘After a while, slightly reassured, and feeling the boat’s bows
scraping some hard substance, I crept into them, and putting out my
hand, and groping about alongside, felt a mass of smooth honeycombed
stone. Striking a match, the possession of which, in my confused state
of mind, I had almost forgotten, I got hold of the painter and took a
couple of turns around a projecting ledge of rock.

‘Then I scooped up a handful of water and tasted it. It was as bitter
as gall, also quite lukewarm. Happily that in the breaker was
unspoiled. Rummaging about, I found the case of eatables also intact;
and, sitting there in profound darkness, made a meal of cheese and
white biscuits, listening between the mouthfuls to the mysterious
noises, whose origin, however, I was now enabled pretty well to guess
at.

‘It was very warm, and the tannery smell more powerful than ever. A
sensation of surrounding vastness and space, however, was with me as
opposed to the confined cramped feeling of being in a narrow channel,
such as I suppose myself to have emerged from. Now, I could stand
upright and thrust an oar out and upwards without touching anything;
and, shouting aloud, the sound went echoing and thundering away over
the surface of the water with reverberations lasting for minutes.

‘I can take you into that place,’ continued the Captain impressively,
‘and tell you about it as far as my poor words will serve. But I
cannot tell you my feelings. At times I almost imagined that I was in
Hades, and that the ceaseless noises about me were the cries and
groans of lost souls therein. At others, a wild, forlorn hope would
seize me, that it might all turn out to be only a horrible dream, and
that I should presently awake to see God’s dear sun shining brightly
on the gallant ship and the green island once more. It had all
happened with such startling rapidity, the transformation had been so
utter and complete, that to this day I wonder I did not become a
raving madman, and so perish miserably down there in the depths. But
God in His infinite mercy took pity upon me, and brought me at the
last out of such a prison as it is given to few men to see, much less
escape from.

‘Like the majority of seafarers, I, in those days, seldom troubled my
head about what is vaguely called “religion.”

‘The careful and pious teachings of my childhood had been forgotten
almost wholly. But, in that awesome place, in solitude and misery,
bound with darkness of Scripture, “that might be felt,” many things
came back to me; and, kneeling down, I clasped my hands and prayed
fervently that I might be saved out of the valley of the shadow of
death which encompassed me. Feeling better and stronger, I took my
sheath-knife, and with it cut away at one of the oars until I had
quite a respectable pile of chips. Placing this on the rock alongside,
I set it on fire, and soon had the satisfaction of seeing it blaze
cheerfully up and, for a few yards, dispel the darkness. I kept adding
fuel from the same source, with the addition of a couple of
stretchers, until I had a really good-sized fire. By its light I saw
that I was on a flat rock some twenty feet in circumference. Round
about were other islets, shaped most fantastically. One, close to,
resembled a gigantic horseshoe; another towered up, the perfect
similitude of a church spire, into the darkness. At their bases were
holes, into and through which the water, flowing and ebbing, produced
the sounds that at first had so alarmed me. Look as I might, I could
not distinguish the way I had come in, although I thought I could hear
the steady pouring of a volume of water not far away. Breaking off a
lump of the stone on which I sat, I examined it closely, and felt
pretty certain that it was lava. I had seen such before at Mauna Loa,
in the Sandwich Islands.

‘Was I then in the womb of a volcano, extinct just at present,
doubtless; but, perhaps, even now, taking in water preparatory to
generating steam and becoming active? Somewhere in my reading I had
dropped across an article on seismology, and one of the theories put
forward came to mind as above.

‘The idea made my flesh creep!

‘I seemed to feel the air, the water, and my lump of lava getting
hotter and hotter.

‘Hopeless as my case appeared, and almost resigned to face the end as
I had become, even so, I did by no means relish a private view of the
preliminaries to a volcanic eruption.

‘Strangely inconsistent, you will say, but so it was. When face to
face, even with the last scene of all, it seems there can yet be
something of which one may be afraid.

‘Meanwhile, my beacon blazed up brightly, and, peering around, I
presently made out a pile of stuff apparently floating against the
base of one of the nearest islets.

‘Taking a flaring fire-stick, I got into the boat and sculled over to
it. It was a heap of driftwood. Lowering my torch to examine the stuff
more closely, I nearly pitched overboard, as, out of the reddish-black
water within the ragged patch of light, a white, dead face gazed up at
me with wide-open, staring eyes. I recognised it at once as that of my
old shipmate. Tom, on awaking, had evidently been knocked out of the
boat and drowned, as so nearly happened to myself. The current had as
evidently carried him here with me.

‘I leaned over the gunwale as if fascinated. What would I not have
given for his living companionship now!

‘Lifting, at last, one of the stiff arms, I shook the unresponsive
hand in silent farewell, and paddled back towards the flame that
marked my islet, actually feeling envious of the quiet corpse.
Misfortune makes us sadly selfish, and so little had my thoughts ran
on the fate of my comrade that the shock of his appearance thus was a
heavy one.

‘I took it as a bad omen, and what spirit I had nearly left me.

‘After sitting motionless on my rock for a very long time, with my
head bowed on my knees, and nearly letting my fire go out, I shook
myself together a little, threw more chips on, and examined my stores.

‘All told, with cheese, biscuits, several tins of potted meat and
preserves, I reckoned there was enough, on meagre allowance, to last
me for a week. Water about the same.

‘More than once I felt tempted to throw the lot overboard and follow
it.

‘But youth and health and strength are indeed wondrous things, and a
man possessed of them will do and dare much before giving up entirely,
no matter how drear the outlook, how sharp the arrows of fate which
transfix him!

‘Feeling weary and fagged, I lay down in the boat and slept, I
suppose, for hours very soundly.

‘The awaking was bad—worse even than the first time.

‘One thing comforted me somewhat. I found that by the constant
endeavour to use my eyes in the darkness I was becoming able to
discern at least the dim outlines of objects.

‘Renewing the fire with a lot of driftwood I picked up at the further
side of my islet, I proceeded to carry out a plan I had formed. Taking
the gratings out of the stern-sheets, I arranged them firmly in the
bows. Then, breaking off projecting lumps and knobs of lava, I beat
them smaller with an iron pin, which I fortunately found in the boat,
and spread them thickly over the gratings, thus forming a sort of
stage. Upon this I built a substantial fire. I was, you see, bound on
a voyage of exploration.

‘There might, possibly, be some avenue to freedom out of this
subterranean sea other than the one I had entered it from, exit by
which was, of course, hopeless.

‘It was, I argued, useless to stay on the rock. I could not be much
worse off, no matter where I got to.

‘How I yearned and hungered for light no tongue could tell. It seemed
so hard to wander in the gloom for a brief night of existence. And
then, the end! Do you, any of you, wonder at my hair turning grey?

‘As I scraped the last embers off the islet on to the tin dish used as
a baler, in order to throw them on the new fire, the light fell full
upon the corpse, which, to all appearance, had just floated alongside.

‘My nerves were evidently getting unstrung by what I had gone through,
for, letting the dish fall, I shouted with terror, and, jumping into
the boat, pushed wildly away from the poor body. To my unutterable
dismay it followed me, with one arm extended and raised slightly, as
if in deprecation of my desertion of it.

‘I have thought at times,’ remarked the Captain parenthetically, ‘of
what a picture the scene would make—the boat floating in a patch of
crimson water, with the fire flaring into the blackness on her bows,
myself standing up grasping an oar, and gazing intently at the nearly
nude body as it came closer and closer, and everywhere around the
thick darkness.

‘I think that in another moment I should have leapt overboard, so
great was my fright, but that I happened to catch sight of a piece of
rope leading from the boat to the body.

‘Getting hold of it, I pulled, and the corpse came also. Then I
understood. On my leaving it the first time a portion of the sail
halliards, which had been towing overhead, had got foul of the body,
and, unperceived, I had brought it back to my islet with me.

‘My presence of mind returned, and, not caring to run the risk of more
surprises of the sort, I again landed, and pulled the body on to the
islet.

‘There must have been some preserving agent in that water, for,
despite the heat, there was no sign of decomposition, and the features
were as fresh as in life.

‘Sculling gently along, with my fire blazing bravely and comfortingly
at the bow, I set off into the unknown.

‘For a time my attention was thoroughly taken up in trying to avoid
the numerous lava islets, whose presence I could scarcely detect until
right upon them. Indeed, once or twice we bumped heavily enough to
send showers of hot ashes hissing into the water.

‘At last, after a long spell of this kind of blind navigation, I
seemed to get clearer of these provoking islets. The noises also, to
which I was becoming quite accustomed, nearly ceased.

‘As I sculled warily along, I listened with all my ears for some
indication of a return current. It was my one hope, and it kept every
sense on the alert.

‘But the water within the radius of my so limited vision was quiet and
still as in a covered reservoir—much more so, now, indeed, than at my
old resting-place. This fact I accounted for by the emptying near
there of the underground, possibly under-sea river, which had brought
me into such an awful fix.

‘Presently the boat bumped more violently than ever, and by the
flame-light which shot up from the disturbed fire, I saw, rising far
aloft, a solid wall of rock. No lava islet this, but the end of
all—the boundary, in this direction, of my prison.

‘To right and left stretched the same grim barrier, dropping sheer
down into the still black water. With a sinking heart I turned the
boat’s head along the wall to my right hand, keeping a little distance
out, moving very slowly, with just a turn or two of the oar,
sufficient only to keep way on her.

  [Illustration: The light fell full upon the corpse. (Page 246.)]

‘It may have been minutes, or it may have been hours, when, straight
ahead, over the somewhat feeble light of my fire, which had proved,
after all, more help by way of company than use, I imagined the
darkness looked thinner. Inspired by the mere idea, I sculled
vigorously along, at the risk of complete wreck from some sunken rock,
and in a short time the boat shot into an oblong-shaped streak of
light—light, that is, comparatively, for it was as dim as starlight;
although, so acclimatised, if I may use the term, had my eyes become
to the denser medium, that by its aid I could see clearly every
article in the boat.

‘I will not trouble you with a description of my feelings, nor of all
the extravagancies I committed in the first flush of delighted hope
that had visited me. I seemed to be once more in touch with the upper
world through that column of dim greyness ascending through the
darkness, and so weak as hardly to be able to conquer it.’

       *       *       *       *       *

Here the Captain paused. He had told his story well; seldom at a loss
for a word, and with now and again, but rarely, an appropriate
gesture.

So successful had he been in gaining the attention of his listeners,
that, when he ceased, they sat quite silent, gazing at him fixedly,
and for some minutes no one spoke.

Then four bells, which struck on deck during a lull in the roar of the
gale, came with such sudden distinctness to their ears, as to make
some of the ladies start and utter timid little ejaculations.

The spell broken, a chorus of tongues clamoured out. Miss Hillier
alone was silent. Then some dear foolish female affinity said, ‘Why,
Amy, love, you’ve been crying!’ This the girl, with flaming cheeks
denied, only the next minute to affirm, quite inconsequently, that if
she had wept (which she was certain she had not), was not such a tale
enough to make one, with any heart at all, shed tears?


=The Third Evening.=

East by S-½-South, under fore and main courses and upper and lower
top-sails, sped the _Corona_ with the wind on her quarter. Aft, rose
great water-hills, darkly green, with white crests, seeming, as each
followed each, to hang momentarily suspended over the stern and
threaten to overwhelm everything; then, as the good ship rose just in
the nick of time, breaking with a long surge in sheets of milky foam
away for’ard.

The sun was setting sullenly behind a dense cloud-bank. An albatross
or two flew screaming from one wave-crest to another right in the
wake. It was a typical evening in the Southern Ocean, the long wash of
whose seas reach from the foot of Cape Leuwin to the rugged cliffs of
Fuego.

‘Well,’ continued the Captain, without any preface, as he took his
seat facing the waiting and expectant little party.

‘Well, stare as I might aloft, I could not discover to where this
Jacob’s ladder led. You see, at its best, it was only a column of
dusky twilight, and the further end, from where I stood, was lost to
view. As I gazed, it appeared to be gradually fading away. I rubbed my
eyes; and when I again looked, all around was blacker than the
blackest midnight, except where my fire still burned. For a while, I
was puzzled to account for the disappearance of the light. Then the
thought struck me that it might be caused by the fall of night in the
upper world. Was I, I wondered, as I turned sadly to my fire, ever
again to look upon the bright day, the sun, the moon, the stars, and
all the wonders of that fair earth now grown so dear to me? Truly was
I one of those unhappy men who, as the Psalmist says, “sit in darkness
and in the shadow of death, being bound in affliction and iron.”

‘Close to the pillar of light, just on its outside edge, I had noticed
a long, slender, almost perpendicular pinnacle of lava towering
upwards like the spire of a church.

‘At the base of this I securely moored my boat. Then, thinking that a
cup of tea would cheer me up a little, I brewed one, and made a good
meal. After this, lying down, I pondered many things, gazing always
aloft.

‘Once I imagined I saw a star; but it disappeared before I could make
sure.

‘The one question uppermost in my mind was whether or not the glimmer
would reappear when the morning broke above, or had it been an
illusion? One thing encouraged me to hope for the best. It was
perceptibly cooler, a grateful change from the warm mugginess I had
encountered everywhere else. I had, by this, contracted a habit of
talking aloud, and I presently caught myself saying that I would climb
the lava pinnacle in the morning and try to get a better look-out.

‘“In the morning.”

‘The utter vanity of the so familiar phrase as it fell on my ears
struck me with all the force of some terrible shock, whilst the cold
deadening thought seized upon me that, for me, in this world, there
was to be no more morning. Through darkness was I to make the last
journey towards that dread bourne whence no traveller returns? The
slow death in the darkness, drifting about on the bitter waters of
that secret sea—that was the thought that my soul revolted from. And
strange thoughts, horrible thoughts, a man thinks placed as I was. At
times his reason leaves him, his whole soul rises in impious revolt,
and the devil rages freely therein, as if already his victim’s bed
were made in hell.

‘But, thanks be to God!’ exclaimed the Captain, fervently, ‘that the
recollections of that hideous time—of the fits of doubt and despair
and terror and madness, of which I have said but little to you—grow
dimmer and weaker with the years, leaving only in enduring relief the
memory of a great mercy!

‘It pleased me, though, unproved as it was, that notion of being able
to distinguish between night and daylight. The very fact, pure
conjecture though it might be, of having the power to say, “Night has
come,” seemed to bring peace to my wearied eyes; so that I presently
lay down and slept dreamlessly, and on awakening found again, to my
intense joy, that mild, soft haze falling upon me.

‘Scarcely giving myself time to snatch a mouthful of biscuit and a
draught of cold tea, I jumped ashore and commenced the ascent of the
tapering mass of rock. It was, as I have said, nearly perpendicular,
and there was no lack of foot and hand-holds—projections sharp as
razors, formed by the drippings of the once molten lava. Thanks to my
trained vision and the help afforded by the close proximity of the
light, I could see dimly. Higher up, the projecting spurs and knobs
grew scarcer, and the surface more smooth and slippery. It was
terrible work. At home I had had some practice as a cragsman, and this
stood to me well now. As I climbed, sometimes vertically, at others
spirally, wherever I could feel the firmest hold, the atmosphere grew
palpably clearer, and this infused new strength into my aching limbs
as I crawled upwards, now hanging by one bleeding hand over the abyss
beneath me, now with both hands breathlessly embracing some sharp spur
that cut into my flesh, whilst my feet groped convulsively for
precarious support.

‘When just about spent, I unexpectedly came to the top. I found only
room enough there to sit down and pant. A wild hope had filled my
breast that this rocky ladder would lead me to liberty—a hope growing
stronger with every upward step. As I looked around, these hopes fell,
and the old leaden weight of despair seemed to settle once more upon
my soul. Slanting away from me on every side, stretched the rugged
acclivities of a vast amphitheatre, converging again towards its
summit, where the blue sky was distinctly visible. Picture to
yourselves an hour-glass with a long tunnel-like waist. Place a straw,
the end of which rests on the bottom of the lower section of the glass
and reaches up through the tunnel until just on a level with the
sloping-upward portion of the top section, but touching it nowhere.
Now place a minute insect on the very tip of the straw, and you have
my situation as nearly as I can explain it to you. And there I
crouched on my lava straw, stretching out unavailing hands to those
scarred cliffs of liberty, betwixt me and which spread that dark
abyss, with the mournful waters of the bitter sea at its foot. The
distance between where I sat on the top of the pinnacle and the
sloping walls of the crater all round must have been about twenty
five feet. I think it was afterwards measured as that. A hundred
plans darted swiftly into my mind for crossing this little space,
which meant so much to me, only to be as quickly dismissed as
impracticable.

‘Although still very far from day, it was yet light enough to let me
see that the sides of the crater, nearly equi-distant around my perch,
were cut and ploughed into deep furrows, and that, once there, I
should have comparatively little trouble in reaching upper air.

‘Would it be possible, I wondered, to splice what remained of the oars
together, and thus make some kind of a bridge along which to creep?
But the idea of again facing such a climb with such an unwieldy burden
made me shudder. Also, I doubted much if there was length enough to
reach across, supposing I ever got them to where I was. This one
amongst many other plans. All at once, as I sat gazing alternately at
the far, far away patch of blue overhead, and the dark rocks opposite,
there flashed across my thoughts the recollection of the boat’s
grapnel. I had seen nothing of it. But it might still be hanging under
her bows. Attached to the stern-post by a short length of chain
shackled to a ring-bolt, it would have taken a heavy shock to shift
it. If I could but get a line across and, by help of the grapnel,
firmly secured to the opposite side, I felt I was saved. Tearing up
the light dungaree jumper I was wearing, and which, with the remainder
of my clothing, was little else but a rag, I bound pieces around my
stiff and wounded hands and feet, and commenced the descent. It was an
awful journey, worse than the coming up. Then, my skin was whole, at
the start, anyhow; now, the cuts and tears re-opened and bled and
stung more than ever. At one time, indeed, I felt that I must give up
and let go. But the thought of the grapnel appeared to endue me with
fresh strength, whilst, in my mind’s eye, I kept steadfastly the
memory of that dear glimpse of blue sky. At length, looking down and
pausing for a moment, I saw a flicker of light. It was from the dying
embers of my fire, and, in a few minutes, I was in the boat. Although
nearly utterly exhausted, crawling for’ard, I felt for the chain. It
was there; and pulling it rapidly in, what was my delight to find the
little grapnel still at its end. Replenishing my fire, I made some
tea, preparatory to having something to eat, for I knew I should want
all my strength presently. In hauling at the chain my hands had got
wet, and, to my surprise, the bleeding had ceased, and the pain almost
departed. I immediately bathed my feet, and felt wonderfully relieved
thereby. Now, I had my tea, and then considered whether it might not
be wiser to pass the night where I was, and take a full day for my
attempt. God knows how eager I was for the moment of trial to arrive!
Still, I chose the prudent side, and sat and watched the hazy column
turn first to a dull green, then to ashen grey, then go out suddenly,
and so I knew, certainly now, that the day was over on the earth.

‘As the darkness, thick and impenetrable, closed me in, I lay down
thinking to sleep a little, but my rest was disturbed and broken.
Always, as I dozed off, I was clambering painfully up that terrible
rock, with bleeding hands and feet, staggering under huge burdens of
rope and iron. Once I dreamt that my shipmate’s body had floated off
the islet, and was, even now, with white clammy fingers, striving to
lift itself into the boat, whilst the ghastly face peered at me over
the side. This effectually awoke me; but so strong was the impression,
that I seized a fire-stick, and, making it blaze up, searched sharply
around. I had my trouble for my pains. But further attempt at sleep
for me was out of the question.

‘My dawn, such as it was, came at last. I had already detached the
grapnel from its chain, and unrove the halliards from the mast. These
last I wound round and round my body, fully thirty feet of line, small
“Europe” rope, but tough and strong. The disposal of my precious
grapnel, which, luckily, was one of the smallest of its kind, only
used, as we had used it, for a temporary holdfast, bothered me a good
deal.

‘Finally, I placed my head between two of the flukes, one of which
then rested on each shoulder, whilst the stock hung down my back,
swinging loosely. To make sure of the flukes not slipping, I passed a
piece of line from one to the other, and knotted it securely.

‘It was a most uncomfortable fixture altogether, a tight fit for my
neck into the bargain, but I could think of no other way.

‘I’m not going to inflict upon you a detailed description of how I
reached the top—I believe it must have been fully five hundred
feet—carrying that half-hundred weight of iron, to say nothing of the
rope. Indeed, I hardly know myself. However, get there I did; but, as
you may guess, in a very evil plight.

‘I recollect, when still some thirty feet from the top, unable to bear
any longer the horrible chafing of the flukes, which had broken
through the skin, and were grinding against the bone, that I rested,
or, rather, balanced myself on a sharp ledge, whilst casting the
grapnel adrift from my shoulders, and unwinding the rope from my body.
Then, making one end of the line fast to the ring in the stock, I
fastened the other round my waist, the grapnel all this time resting
loosely on the rock.

‘Leaving it there, and paying out the line cautiously into the void
below me, away I went again, bracing myself at every step to withstand
the awful jerk should the grapnel slip off, and tighten the rope with
the momentum of its fall. If such a thing had happened, and the
chances were many, my fate was certain—a few scrambling clutches and
annihilation. But where it went I had made up my mind to go also.

‘It was my only and last hope, that bit of crooked four-clawed iron!
Death was in every step I took, and I believe that it was in those
last few feet that my hair turned its colour, so terrible was the
suspense and expectation.

‘But God was very good to me, and I reached the summit with a couple
of feet of line to spare. Dragging the grapnel up, I crouched down on
the little flat, table-like top, and fairly sobbed with pain and
exhaustion.

‘To my alarm, I felt myself growing weaker instead of stronger from my
rest. The fact was that, with the awful cutting about I had received,
I had lost a good deal of blood. Many of the deeper cuts on my hands
and arms were bleeding still. Evidently there was no time to lose.
Standing up, feeling sick and dizzy, I coiled down my line for a fair
throw, and, grasping it some three feet or so above the grapnel, swung
it to and fro until I thought impetus enough was attained, then hove
with all my remaining strength.

‘I shut my eyes, expecting to hear every second the sound of iron
clanging far beneath against the sides of the pinnacle. When I opened
them again, the line was hanging in a slack bight across the chasm.
The little anchor had fallen directly into one of the deep furrows,
but perilously close to the edge. With trembling fingers I hauled the
line in. Tighter, tighter, tighter still, then with all the force I
could command. Would it support the weight of my body, or would it
come?

‘Without staying to argue the question, I made it fast afresh to a
round nob, the only one on the place. Then, saying a short prayer, and
taking a last glance at the blue sky, I let myself slip gently off the
rock, hanging with my hands on the thin, hempen line.

‘It sagged terribly. I could plainly hear my heart knocking and
thumping against my ribs. It sagged and “gave” still more. Imagining
that I heard the noise of the grapnel scraping and dragging, I looked
upon myself as lost. But I still continued to drag myself across. It
was a long, terrible agony, and, more than once, I thought I should
have to let go. My hands almost refused to close upon the rope. But I
still, almost as in a dream, worked myself along. Once I caught myself
wondering if I should fall into or near the boat, and whether the dead
man would be there to receive me. Then a horrible fancy seized me that
I was making no progress, but that my hands were glued to the rope
with blood—ever in the same spot. Then suddenly, in my now mechanical
motions, my head hit with great violence against rock. This
effectually aroused me. I was at the threshold of liberty—the edge of
the crater, where it sloped quickly away below.

‘I hung there whilst one might count twenty, looking up. I was three
feet beneath the rim. The rope had given that much.

‘I don’t remember in the least pulling myself up and over that
overhanging ledge. When my senses returned, I was lying in the furrow
alongside the grapnel, and a rush of cold water was sweeping under me.
How long I had been there I have no notion. Certainly a great many
hours. The rain was pouring down in tropical torrents; thunder pealed
above me, and the lightning flashed and darted in vain endeavour to
pierce the lower abyss.

‘After many fruitless attempts, I staggered to my feet. I felt so
dreadfully weak and faint that I thought I was about to die. But a
glance aloft gave me fresh heart. The dark clouds of the thunderstorm
were passing over, and full upon my nearly naked body fell the warm
rays of the glorious sun. I almost at that moment, Parsee-like,
worshipped him.

‘Painfully, stumbling at every step, I crawled upwards, with many a
rest and draught of the rain water, caught in rocky hollows, until,
after a weary time, and feeling as one risen from the tomb, I emerged
into the full light of day once more.

‘Naked, bleeding, bruised, but free, I stood on the topmost peak of
that fateful island. At first everything swam before my vision. Trees,
the ocean, the far horizon, reeled and shook, advanced and receded to
my dazzled eyes. The sun was low in the heavens. As things gradually
assumed their natural appearance, I became conscious of a great ship
lying at anchor, of a cluster of white tents not a hundred yards away
from me.

‘But of these things, for a space, I took no heed. Sun, air, water and
sky held my regards in ecstasy. I drank the beauty and the newness of
them in till my soul was saturated with the tender loveliness of that
nature to which I had been for so long a stranger. Then, and not till
then, I tottered towards the clump of tents lying just below me.

‘Men were there, carpenters apparently, hammering at a tall wooden
structure. Other men—men-o’-war seamen by their rig—were arriving and
departing with burdens.

‘I was close upon them before they saw me. Some shrank back. One, I
recollect, picked up a rifle and brought it to his shoulder. A man
with a gold epaulette on his coat struck it up and spoke to the sailor
in English.

‘Presently I was taken into a tent, a doctor appeared from somewhere,
and, whilst he dressed my wounds, they gave me a cordial, and I told
my story with what seemed to me like the voice of a stranger. I don’t
remember much afterwards until I awoke, swinging in a hammock under a
shady tree close to the tents.

‘I was a mass of bandages, but sensible, though terribly weak.

‘“You’ve had a narrow escape of brain fever, my lad,” said the doctor.
“But we’ve pulled you through all right. Lucky we happened to be here,
though, wasn’t it? A nice time you must have had down there. We found
your rope; but our men didn’t care about venturing any further, as
steam was beginning to come up.”

‘“Four days,” replied the doctor, in answer to my question, “it is
since you appeared on the scene and scared the camp.

‘“The _Bucephalus_? Yes, curiously enough, we met her just entering
Singapore Harbour. That’s ten days ago. She spoke us, and asked us to
keep a look-out for her boat with two seamen. We have one of them, at
all events. I suppose the other poor beggar will be thrown up
presently.”

‘I looked at him. “Yes,” he continued, “the old volcano is showing
every indication of renewed activity. We came here to observe the
transit of Venus, but shall have probably to pack up and form another
station if those symptoms don’t subside. See there!”

‘Looking in the direction of his outstretched finger, I saw several
tall puffs of what seemed like white smoke issuing from the depths of
the crater.

‘The observers were loth to shift their quarters; but, when some
red-hot cinders from below set one of the tents on fire, they accepted
the hint.

‘Still in my hammock, I was presently carried down the mountain and on
board H.M.S. _Hygeia_, where, with careful and skilled attention, I
soon recovered.’

The Captain ceased speaking. For a time nothing was heard except the
steady blast of the ‘Roaring Forties’ overhead.

Asked a passenger presently,—

‘And did the volcano really explode after all?’

‘It did, indeed,’ replied Captain Marion; ‘but not for a month
afterwards, and then so fiercely as to scatter death and destruction
throughout those narrow seas, grinding the island of Krakatoa itself
into cosmic dust—visible, according to scientists, nearly all over the
world.’

       *       *       *       *       *

Here ends the story proper as compiled from the notes taken by one of
the passengers and jotted down in his cabin of a night as the Captain
finished each section of his narrative.

Lower down on the last pages of these notes is gummed, however, a
printed paragraph, cut from a Sydney daily newspaper, which runs as
follows:—

  MARION—HILLIER.—On the 29th ultimo, at St James’s Church of
  England, Sydney, by the Rev. R. Garnsey, George Wreford Marion,
  master in the British Mercantile Marine, to Amy Margaret, daughter
  of the late John Hillier, Esq., of Pevensey, Miller’s Point,
  Sydney, and Eurella and Whydah stations, Riverina, N.S.W.




‘DOT’S CLAIM.’


It was evening in the German Arms at Schwartzdorf. Great fires blazed
in all the rooms of that old-fashioned hostelry, welcome enough on
entering from the chill, wild weather ruling over the mountainland
outside.

Tired with a heavy day’s work at inspecting the mining claims, which
were beginning to attract notice to this secluded spot, it was with a
feeling of satisfaction that, after tea, I drew a chair up to the
fire, lit my pipe, and made myself comfortable.

Presently there was a knock at the door and, in response to my ‘Come
in,’ there entered the man who told me this story.

In his hand he carried a canvas bag, whose contents he emptied on the
table with the remark, ‘I thought perhaps you might like to see
these.’

Very beautiful they were, without doubt—quartz, ironstone and gold,
mingled in the most fantastic manner; grotesque attempts by Nature’s
untrained fingers at crosses, hearts, stars, and other shapes defying
name.

‘We got these the last shot knocking off to-night,’ said the owner of
the pretty things as I asked him to sit down. ‘You might remember me
tellin’ you as I didn’t think we was very far from the main reef. I
believe we got it now in good earnest. Same lead as is in “Dot’s
Claim.” Same sort o’ country. Reef runnin’ with the same dip. An’ you
knows yourself, sir, as they took forty-five pound weight o’ specimens
richer than them out o’ “Dot’s” this mornin’.’

‘I beg your pardon,’ I said after a hasty glance at my note-book, ‘but
I don’t remember any such name. I thought, too, that I had seen all
the most important claims.’

‘Why, of course,’ he replied, ‘I forgot! It’s only a few of us old
hands as knows the story as calls it Dot’s now. When the big company
took it from Fairleigh they names it the “El Dorado.” I reckon t’other
was too short—didn’t sound high enough for ’em. But if it hasn’t the
best right to the old name I’d like to know the reason why.’

‘El Dorado,’ I remarked; ‘why that’s the original prospector’s claim.’

My visitor nodded, saying, ‘An’ I’m No. 2 South.’

‘Ward and party?’ I inquired, referring again to my memos.

‘That’s it. I’m Ward.’

‘Well, then, Mr Ward, I want to hear that story you hinted at just
now. Kindly touch that bell at your elbow. Thanks.’

It may have been only fancy, but I thought that between blooming
Gretchen journeying to and fro with hot water, tumblers, sugar, etc.,
etc., and my lucky reefer glances passed betokening a more than casual
acquaintance.

‘Yes, Gretchen, you may as well leave the kettle.’

I am trying to air my German, but fail lamentably, judging from the
expression on the girl’s full, fresh-coloured features as she
struggles to avoid laughing. Even my visitor smiles. Everything is
German here—bar, luckily, the beds. Outside the wind howled and beat
against the curtained windows, and the rain fell dully on the shingled
roof, and the roar of the Broken River came to our ears between the
storm gusts.

Inside, the fire flickered and fell, sending deep shadows over the
pine-panelled walls and the grave handsome face of my companion, the
first fruits of whose labour shone sullenly under the shaded
lamplight. From a distant room rose and died away faintly the chorus
of some song of the Fatherland.

‘Now,’ said I, as Gretchen finally closed the door, ‘now for the
story.’

‘Well,’ commenced Ward, after getting his pipe into good going order,
‘it’s over eight years ago since I came here from the West
Coast—Hokitika. I’d been diggin’ there. But my luck was clean out, so
I chucked it up, an’, after a lot of knockin’ about, settles down
here—would you believe it?—farmin’!

‘Now I know’d as much about farmin’ as a cow does o’ reefin’. Cert’nly
my mate—for there was a pair of us—had been scarin’ crows for a farmer
in the Old Country when he was a boy. That wasn’t much. Still, on the
strength o’ that experience, he used to give himself airs.

‘I think it was two years afore we got a crop o’ anythin’. Then it was
potaters. When we tried to sell ’em we couldn’t get an offer.
Everybody had potaters. So we just turned to an’ lived on ’em. They’re
fillin’, doubtless. But potaters and fish, an’ fish an’ potaters for a
change, all the year round, gets tiresome in the long run.

‘I often wonder now what could have possessed me an’ Bill to go in for
such a thing as farmin’. But there, when a chap’s luck’s out diggin’,
he’s glad to tackle anythin’ for a change!

‘Presently one or two more, men with fam’lies, settles close to us and
tries to make a livin’. It didn’t amount to much. Then up comes a
string o’ Germans, trampin’ along from the coast, carryin’ furniture
an’ tools, beds—ay, even their old women—on their backs. An’ they
settles, an’ starts the same game—clearin’, an’ ploughin’, an’ sowin’.
But I couldn’t see as any of ’em was makin’ a pile. They worked like
bullocks, women an’ all, late an’ early. The harder they worked, the
poorer they seemed to get. Bill an’ me had a pound or two saved up for
a rainy day. But they had nothin’; an’ how they lived was a mystery.
So, you see, takin’ things all round, it was high time somethin’
turned up. An’ somethin’ did. The next farm to us belonged to a
married couple. He was a runaway sailor. She’d been a passenger on
board. They had one child, just turned four year old, an’ they was
both fair wrapped up in that kid.

‘If Dot’s—Dot was his pet name—finger only ached, the work might go to
Jericho.

‘An’ indeed he were a most loveable little chap. With regards to him,
we was all of us ’most as bad as the father an’ mother, the way we
played with him an’ petted him. There was no denyin’ Dot of anythin’
once he looked at you out o’ those big blue eyes o’ his. And the
knowledgeableness of him! No wonder Jim Fairleigh an’ his missis
thought the sun rose every mornin’ out o’ the back o’ their boy’s
neck.’

Here Ward paused and queried,—

‘Married man, sir?’

‘No,’ I replied.

‘No more ’m I,’ he continued, ‘or I don’t s’pose I’d be here yarning a
night like this.’

‘It’s a wonder,’ I said, ‘that none of these jolly-looking _Fräuleins_
about here have been able to take your fancy.’

‘Well, to tell the truth,’ he replied, with, however, a rather
conscious expression on his face, ‘I think what those poor Fairleighs
went through rather scared me of marryin’.

‘But, as I was sayin’, farmin’ didn’t seem to agree with my mate,
Bill—that’s him you seen at the claim to-day—spite o’ his past
experience, any more’n it did with me. _He_ done the business,
by-the-bye, quite lately with a bouncin’ gal—Lieschen Hertzog—an’ now
stays at home o’ nights.

‘We had a note or two left. We had also a crop o’ potaters an’ some
punkins. But no one wanted ’em—wouldn’t buy ’em at any price. In fact,
you couldn’t give ’em away in those times.

‘The Fairleighs an’, I think, all of us, were pretty much in the same
box. As I said before, it was time somethin’ turned up.

‘It was a wild night. Bill an’ me was lyin’ in our stretchers readin’.
About ten o’clock, open flies the door, an’ in bolts Fairleigh
drippin’ wet, no hat on, an’ pale as a ghost, an’ stands there like a
statue, starin’ at us, without a word.

‘“In God’s name what’s the matter?” I says at last. With that he flaps
his hands about, so-fashion, an’ sings out, “Dot’s lost in the
ranges!”

‘You may bet that shook us up a bit! You’ve seen the Broken Ranges for
yourself, an’ can judge what chance a delicate little kiddy like Dot’d
have among them rocks an’ scrub on a worse night than this is.

‘That fool of a sailor-man, if you’ll believe me, an’ his wife had
been out sence dark searchin’ for the child, ’stead o’ rousin’ the
settlement. Presently, to make matters worse, it appears that he’d
lost the woman too—got separated in the scrub, an’ couldn’t find her
again. Just by a fluke, while on the Black Hill yonder, he’d caught
the glimper o’ sparks from our chimney. He was covered with cuts and
bruises an’ goin’ cranky fast when he got to the hut.

‘Bill had gone to tell the news; an’ in a very few minutes a whole
crowd o’ Fritzes, an’ Hanses, an’ Hermans, an Gottliebs was turned out
an’ ready for a start.

‘They didn’t want no coaxing. All they says was ‘_Ach Gott!_’ an’ they
was fit for anythin’. By no manner o’ means a bad lot,’ here commented
Ward, ‘when you comes to get in with ’em an’ know ’em like. Honest as
the light, an’ as hard-workin’ as a bullock. Slow, maybe, but very
sure. Full o’ pluck as a soger-ant. Clannish as the Scotties, an’ as
savin’. I’ve got some real good friends among ’em now. An’ their
women-folks, too, is amazin’ handy—make you up a square feed out o’ a
head o’ cabbage an’ a bit o’ greenhide, I do believe, if they was put
to it.

‘Cert’nly their lingo ’s the dead finish at first, till you gets used
to it. I can _Deutsch gesprechen_, myself, now, more’n a little.

‘However, that’s neither here nor there.

‘Bill, my mate, as I told you, as much as me, havin’ got full o’
farmin’, we used to take a prospectin’ trip now and then among the
ranges. But we never rose the colour. Never found a thing, ’cept scrub
turkeys’ eggs. Anyhow, we knew the country better’n the Germans, an’
took the lead.

‘Pitch dark it were, with heavy squalls, an’ the river roarin’ along
half a banker.

‘Fairleigh, after a stiff nip o’ rum, began to find his senses again
sufficient to give us the right course.

‘Such scramblin’, an’ _coo-eein’_, an’ slippin’, an’ tearin’ about the
Bush in the dark never, I should think, happened before. But we
managed to keep in some sort o’ line an’ cover a goodish track o’
country.

‘We must ha’ gone fully five miles into the ranges, an’ Bill an’ me
was gettin’ to the end of our tether in that direction, when we found
Mrs Fairleigh. Karl Itzig nearly falls over her, lyin’ stretched out
on a big flat rock.

‘We thought she was dead; but, after a while, she comes to,
light-headed, though, and not able to tell us anythin’. So we sends
her home with a couple o’ the chaps carryin’ her.

‘Well, we searched till daylight—rainin’ cats an’ dogs all the time.
And we searched all the next day without any luck. That evenin’ it
cleared-up bright at sundown. Then Fairleigh gives in complete, an’
has to be carried home to his wife.

‘After a camp an’ a snack the moon rose, an’ we at it afresh. But we
’bouted ship now; for I was sure we’d overrun ourselves. There was
full fifty of us, an’ we circled, takin’ in all the country we could.
You see, we was hopin’ for fresh tracks, an’ we went with our noses on
the groun’ like a lot of dogs on the scent of an old man kangaroo,
only a sight slower.

‘’Bout midnight I sees somethin’ shinin’. It was the steel buckle on
the front o’ poor Dot’s shoe. Only one of ’em, an’ all soaked through
with rain. No tracks; so we reckoned he’d been here last night in the
heaviest of it.

‘That little bit o’ leather put us in better heart. But it wasn’t to
be. The sun was just risin’, when, pretty near done up, me an’ Bill
an’ Wilhelm Reinhardt comes out o’ the scrub on to a small bald knob,
an’ there, on a bare patch, lies Dot, stone dead, with his blue eyes
wide open, starin’ at the sky, an’ the long curly hair, as his mother
used to be so proud of, all matted with sand and rain.

‘Four crows was sittin’ overright him on the limb of a tree. I don’t
believe the poor little fellow ’d been dead very long—in the chill o’
the early hours o’ that mornin’ likely. In one hand he had a bit o’
stick. With the other he held his pinny, gathered up tight, same as
you’ve seen kiddies do when they’re carryin’ somethin’.

‘A real pitiful sight it were. It was as much as Bill an’ me could
stand. As for Wilhelm, he just sits down aside the body an’ fair
blubbers out.

‘Well, with our _coo-ees_, the rest comes up in twos an’ threes. Most
of the Germans started to keep Wilhelm company. Foreigners, I think,
must be either softer-hearted than us, or ain’t ashamed o’ showin’
what they feel. Anyhow, there wasn’t a dry eye among them Germans when
they gathered round little Dot.

‘Presently we starts to rig a sort o’ stretcher with coats and a
couple o’ saplin’s.

‘Then Bill lifts the body up, an’ as he does out from the pinny drops
four o’ the beautifullest specimens you’d ever wish to see—them on the
table ain’t a patch on ’em.

‘I twigs them at once. So did three or four more old digger chaps.

‘Then we takes a squint around, an’ there, right against our noses, as
one might say, ran the reef, with bits o’ gold stickin’ out o’ the
surface-stone an’ glimperin’ in the sun.

‘I don’t believe the Germans tumbled for a while. You see they was all
new chums. Most likely none of ’em hadn’t ever seen a natural bit o’
gold afore.

‘But the others did, quick. An’, presently, a rather hot sort o’
argument begins to rise.

‘For a short time me an’ Bill stands and listens to the wranglin’.
Then I looks at Bill, and he nods his head, and I shoves my spoke in.

‘“Look here, chaps!” I says, “this may be only a surface leader, as
some of you appears to think, or it may be a pile. I don’t care a damn
which it is! It’s Fairleigh’s first say. His kid, as lies there dead,
found it! An’, by the Lord, his father’s goin’ to be first served! I’m
goin’ now to peg out what I considers a fair prospectin’ claim for
him. That’ll be seen to after. When that’s done you can strike in as
you likes. If you objects to that you ain’t men. Bill, here, ’ll back
me up, an’, if you don’t like it, we’ll do it in spite o’ you. We’re
all poor enough, God knows! But none of us ain’t just lost an only
child, an’ self an’ wife gone half mad with the sorrow of it.”

‘Well, sir, the Germans, who was beginning to drop to how the thing
lay, set up a big shout o’ “_Hoch! Hoch!_” meanin’ in their lingo,
“Hooray.” An’ the rest, what was right enough at bottom, an’ only
wanted showin’ like what was the fair an’ square thing to do, quick
agreed. All ’cept, that is, one flash sort of a joker from the
Barossa. But, while I steps the groun’, Bill put such a head on him in
half-a-dozen rounds that his own mother wouldn’t know him again.

‘It were only a couple o’ miles in a straight line from the
settlement, through the ranges, to that bit of a bald hill.

‘Exactly, almost, where you stood to-day, lookin’ at the windin’ plant
o’ the El Dorado, was where we found Dot.

‘When the field was proclaimed the Warden didn’t have much alteration
to make in the p.c. I’d marked off for Fairleigh.

‘You see it was only one man’s groun’ then. An’ it turned out rich
from the jump. An’ it’s gettin’ better every foot. None o’ the others,
as the Company’s bought an’ ’malgamated with it, although joinin’, can
touch “Dot’s.”

‘But Fairleigh’s never to say held up his head sence that night.

‘A week after we buried the child we carried the mother to rest beside
him.

‘Fairleigh must be a rich man now. Everythin’ he touches, as the
sayin’ is, seems to turn to gold. He can’t go wrong. But he seldom
comes a-nigh the place. One of the first things he done when “Dot’s”
turned up such trumps, was to put five thousand pounds to mine and
Bill’s credit in the A—— bank. But we never touched it. Ever sence
that night our luck’s been right in. First we sells out No. 1 North to
the Company at a pretty stiff figure. Then we buys out No. 2 South
an’ seemingly we’ve struck it again, an’ rich.’

‘And, now,’ I remark as my friend, his yarn finished, sits gazing
meditatively at the glowing logs,—‘and, now, all you want is a wife.
Follow your mate’s example, and make a home where you’re making your
money.’

Ward shook his head, smiling doubtfully, and, knocking the ashes out
of his pipe, rose to go.

Just then Gretchen, buxom, and smiling also, appeared bearing a huge
back-log in her arms. And when I saw the way my companion sprang up
and rushed to meet and relieve her of the burden, and heard the
guttural whispering that took place before the lump of timber reached
its destination, I thought that, ere very long, all doubts would be
dissipated, and that, even then, I sat within measurable distance of
the future Mrs Ward.




A CAPE HORN CHRISTMAS.


All hands in Yamba hut had turned in, except a couple at the end of
the long rough table.

These late birds were playing euchre by the flickering light of an
evil-smelling slush lamp. The cook had banked up the fire for the
night, but the myall ashes still glowed redly and cast heat around. On
the stone hearth stewed a bucket of tea. But for the snores of the men
in the double tier of bunks ranged ship-fashion along both sides of
the big hut, the frizzling of the grease in the lamp, and the muttered
exclamations of the players, everything was very quiet.

‘Pass me!’

‘Make it!’

‘Hearts!’

And both men dropped their hands and sprang up in affright as a wild
scream rang out from the bunk just above them.

As they gazed, a white face, wet with the sweat of fear, poked out and
stared down upon them with eyes in which the late terror still lived.

‘What the dickens is up?’ asked one, recovering from his surprise,
whilst the grumbles of awakened sleepers travelled around the hut.

‘My God! what a dream! what a dream!’ exclaimed the man addressed,
sticking out a pair of naked legs, and softly alighting on the earthen
floor, and standing there trembling.

‘Shoo!’ said the station wit, as he turned for a fresh start; ‘it’s
only Jack the Sailor had the night-horse.’

But the man, crouching close to the players, and wiping his pallid
face with his loose shirt sleeve, still exclaimed,—

‘What a dream! My God! What a dream!’

‘Tell us what it were all about, Jack,’ asked one of the others,
handing him a pannikin of tea. ‘It oughter been bad, judgin’ by the
dashed skreek as you give.’

‘It was,’ said the other—a grizzled, tanned, elderly man—as he warmed
his legs, and looked rather ashamed of himself. ‘But hardly enough to
make such a row over as you chaps reckons I did. I was dreamin’,’ he
continued, speaking slowly, ‘as I was at sea again. It was on
Christmas Day, an’ the ship was close to Cape Horn. How I knowed that,
I can’t tell. But the land was in sight quite plain. Me an’ another
feller—I can see his ugly face yet, and sha’n’t never forget it—was
makin’ fast one of the jibs. Presen’ly we seemed to ’ave some words
out there, hot an’ sharp. Then I done a thing, the like o’ which ud
never come into my mind when awake—not if I lived to the age of
Methyuseler—I puts my sheath-knife into him right up to the handle.

‘The weather were heavy, an’ the ship a-pitchin’ bowsprit under into a
head sea. Well, I was just watchin’ his face turn sorter slate colour,
an’ him clingin’ on to a gasket an’ starin’ hard, when she gives a
dive fathoms deep.

‘When I comes up again I was in the water, an’ there was the ship
half-a-mile away.

‘Swimmin’ an’ lookin’ round, I spies the other feller alongside me on
top of a big comber, with the white spume all red about him.

‘Nex’ minute, down he comes, an’ I feels his two hands a-grippin’ me
tight by the throat. I expect’s it was then I sung out an’ woke
myself,’ and the man shivered as he gazed intently into the heart of
the glowing myall ashes.

‘Well, Jack Ashby,’ said one of his hearers, gathering up the
scattered cards, ‘it wasn’t a nice dream. If I was you I should take
it as a warnin’ never to go a-sailorin’ no more. Never was at the game
myself, and don’t want to be. There can’t be much in it, though, when
just the very thoughts o’ what’s never ’appened, an’ what’s never
a-goin’ to ’appen, is able to give a chap such a start as you got.’

‘Ugh!’ exclaimed the sailor, getting up and shaking himself as he
climbed into his bunk. ‘No, I’ll never go back to sea again!’

But, in course of time, Jack Ashby became tired of station life—became
tired of the everlasting drudgery of the rouseabout, the burr-cutting,
lamb-catching, and all the rest of it.

He had no more dreams of the kind. But when o’ nights the wind
whistled around and shook the crazy old hut, he would turn restlessly
in his bunk and listen for the hollow thud of the rope-coils on the
deck above, the call of ‘All hands,’ the wild racket of the gale, and
the hiss of stormy waters.

So his thoughts irresistibly wandered back again to the tall ships and
the old shipmates, and all the magic and mystery of the great deep on
whose bosom he had passed his life. He knew that he was infinitely
better off where he was—better paid, better fed, better off in every
respect than he could ever possibly hope to be at sea.

Battling with his longing, he contrasted the weevilly biscuits and
salt junk of the fo’k’stle with the wholesome damper and fresh mutton
and beef of the hut.

He thought of the ‘all night in’ of undisturbed rest, contrasting it
with the ‘Watch ahoy! Now then, you sleepers, turn out!’ of each
successive four hours.

He thought, too, of tyrannous masters and mates; of drenched decks and
leaking fo’k’stles, of frozen rigging, of dark wild nights of storm,
and of swaying foot-ropes and thundrous canvas slatting like iron
plates about his ears; of hunger, wet, and misery.

Long and carefully he thought of all these things, and weighed the
balance for and against. Then, one morning, rolling up his swag
hurriedly, he went straight back to them.

Even the thought of his dream had no power to stay him.

But he made a reservation to himself. Said he,—

‘No more deep water! I’ll try the coast. I’ve heard it’s good. No more
deep water; and, above all, no Cape Horn!’

He shipped on board a coaster, and went trips to Circular Head for
potatoes; got bar-bound for weeks in eastern rivers looking for maize
and fruit; sailed coal-laden, with pumps going clanketty-clank all
down the land, and finally, after some months of this sort of work,
found himself in Port Adelaide, penniless, and fresh from a gorgeous
spree. Here he fell in with an old deep-water shipmate belonging to
one of the vessels in harbour.

‘Come home with us, Jack,’ said his friend. ‘She ain’t so bad for a
limejuicer—patent reefs, watch an’ watch, an’ no stun’s’ls for’ard.
The mate’s a Horse. But the ole man’s right enough; an’ he wants a
couple o’ A.B.’s.’

‘No,’ said Jack Ashby, firmly, ‘I’ll never go deep water again. The
coast’s the ticket for this child. I’ve got reasons, Bill.’

And then he told his friend of the dream.

The latter did not appear at all surprised. Nor did he laugh. Sailors
attach more importance to such things than do landsmen. All he said
was,—

‘The _Dido’s_ a fine big ship. She’s a-goin’ home by Good Hope. Was
it a ship or a barque, now, as you was on in that dream?’

‘Can’t say for certain,’ replied Ashby, reflectively; ‘but, by the
size o’ her spars, I should reckon she’d be full-rigged. Howsomever,
if ever I clap eyes on his ugly mug again—which the Lord forbid—you
may bet your bottom dollar, Bill Baker, as I’ll swear to that, with
its big red beard, an’ the tip o’ the nose sliced clean off.’

‘A-a-a-h!’ said the other, staring for a minute, and then hastily
finishing his pint of ‘sheoak.’ And he pressed Ashby no more to go to
England in the _Dido_.

But the latter found it just then anything but easy to get another
berth in a coaster. Also he was in debt to his boarding-house; and,
altogether, it seemed as if presently he would have to take the very
first thing that offered, or be ‘chucked out.’

‘Two A.B.’s wanted for the _Dido_,’ roared the shipping master into a
knot of seamen at his office door one day shortly after Jack and his
old shipmate had foregathered at the ‘Lass o’ Gowrie.’ And the former,
feeling very uncomfortable, and as a man between the Devil and the
Deep Sea, signed articles.

His one solitary consolation was that the _Dido_ was not bound round
Cape Horn. He cared for none other of the world’s promontories. Also,
as he cheered up a little, it came into his mind that it would be
rather pleasant than otherwise once more to have a run down Ratcliffe
Highway, a lark with the girls in Tiger Bay, and a look-in at the old
penny gaff in Whitechapel. But the main point was that there was no
Cape Horn. Had not Bill Baker told him so? ‘Falmouth and the United
Kingdom,’ said the Articles. Certainly there was no particular route
mentioned. But who should know if Bill Baker did not?

But all too surely had the thing that men call Fate laid fast hold on
the Dreamer. And the boarding-house-keeper cashed his advance
note—returning nothing—and carted him to the _Dido_, and left him
stretched out on the fo’k’stle floor, not knowing or caring where he
was, or who he was, or where he was going, and oblivious of all things
under the sun.

Nor did he show on deck again until, in the grey of next morning, a
man with a great red beard and a flat nose looked into his bunk and
called him obscene names, and bade him jump aloft and loose the
fore-topsail, or he would let him know what shirking meant on board of
the _Dido_.

‘This is a bad beginning,’ thought Jack Ashby, as, with trembling body
and splitting head, he unsteadily climbed the rigging, listening as
one but yet half awake to the clank of the windlass pawls and the
roaring chorus of the men at the brakes. ‘That’s the feller, sure
enough!’ he gasped, as, winded, he dragged himself into the fore-top.
‘I’d swear to him anywhere. Thank the Lord we ain’t goin’ round the
Horn! I wonder if he knowed _me_? He’s the mate. An’ Bill was right;
he _is_ a Horse. Damn deep water!’

‘Now then, fore-top, there, shift your pins or I’ll _haze_ you,’ came
up in a bellow from the deck, making poor Jack jump again as he
stared ruefully down at the fierce upturned face, its red beard
forking out like a new swab.

‘Thank the Lord, we ain’t goin’ round the Horn!’ said Jack Ashby, as,
with tremulous fingers, he loosened the gaskets and let the stiff
folds of canvas fall, and sang out to sheet home.

Down the Gulf with a fair wind rattled the _Dido_, through
Investigator Straits and out into the Southern Ocean, whilst Jack cast
a regretful look at the lessening line of distant blue, and exclaimed
once more,—

‘Damn deep water!’

That evening the officers spin a coin, and proceed to pick their
respective watches.

To his disgust, Jack is the very first man chosen by the fierce chief
mate, who has won the toss, and who at once says,—

‘Go below the port watch!’—his own.

It is blowing a fresh breeze when he comes on deck again at eight
bells. It is his wheel. He finds his friend Bill Baker there.

‘East by sowthe,’ says Bill emphatically, giving him a pitying look,
and walking for’ard.

‘East by sowthe it is,’ replies Jack, mechanically.

Then, as he somewhat nervously, after the long absence, eyes the white
bobbing disc in the binnacle, and squints aloft at the dark piles of
canvas, it suddenly bursts upon him. Whilst he has been asleep the
wind has shifted into the west. It blows now as if it meant to stay
there. They are bound round Cape Horn after all.

‘Mind your hellum, you booby,’ roars the mate, just come on deck.
‘Where are you going to with the ship—back to Adelaide? I’ll keep an
eye on you, my lad,’ lurching aft, and glancing first at Jack’s face
and then at the compass.

Truth to tell, the latter had been so flustered that he had let the
_Dido_ come up two or three points off her course. But he soon got her
nose straight again, with, for the first time, a feeling of hot
satisfaction at his heart that, upon a day not far distant, he and the
man with the red beard, and tip off his nose might, if there was any
truth in dreams, be quits. Be sure that, by this Jack’s story was well
known for’ard of the foremast. Bill Baker’s tongue had not been idle,
and, although a few scoffed, more believed, and waited expectantly.

‘There’s more in dreams than most people thinks for,’ remarked an old
sailor in the starboard watch, shaking his head sagely. ‘The first
part o’ Jack’s has comed true. If I was Mister Horse I’d go a bit
easy, an’ not haze the chap about the way he’s a-doing of.’

But the chief officer seemed to have taken an unaccountable dislike to
Ashby from the moment he had first seen him. And this dislike he
showed in every conceivable way until he nearly drove the poor chap
frantic.

At sea an evil-minded man in authority can do things of this sort with
impunity. The process is called ‘hazing.’ The sufferer gets all the
dirtiest and most disagreeable of the many such jobs to be found on
shipboard. He is singled out from his fellows of the watch and sent
aloft with tarry wads to hang on to a stay by his eyelashes. Or he is
set to scraping masts, or greasing down, or slung outboard on a stage
scrubbing paintwork, where every roll submerges him neck high, whilst
his more fortunate companions are loafing about the decks.

If the hazed one openly rebels, and gives his persecutor a good
thrashing, he is promptly ‘logged,’ perhaps ironed, and at the end of
the passage loses his pay, holding himself lucky not to have got six
months in gaol for ‘mutiny on the high seas.’ There is another thing
that may and does happen; and every day the crew of the _Dido_ watched
placidly for the heavy iron-clad block, or marlingspike, sharp-pointed
and massive, that by pure accident should descend from some lofty nook
and brain or transfix their first officer—the Horse, as unmindful of
the qualities of that noble animal, they had named him. But Jack Ashby
never thought of such a thing. Nor did he take any notice of friendly
hints from his mates—also sufferers, but in a less degree—that the
best of spike lanyards would wear out by constant use, and that the
best-fitted block-strops would at times fail to hold.

Jack’s mind was far too much occupied by the approaching test to which
his dream was to be subjected to bother about compassing a lesser
revenge that might only end in maiming.

He, by this, fully believed things were going to turn out exactly as
he had seen them that night in Yamba men’s hut in the far-away
Australian Bush. Therefore he looked upon himself and his tyrant as
lost men.

At times, even, he caught himself regarding the first officer with an
emotion of curious pity, as one whose doom was so near and yet so
unexpected. And, by degrees, the men, recognising this attitude of
his, and sympathising heartily with it in different fashions, and
different degrees of credulity, forbore further advice, and waited
with what patience they might.

It was getting well on towards Christmas.

       *       *       *       *       *

I no more wished to go to London _viâ_ Cape Horn than did John Ashby.
But my reasons were altogether different.

When I had engaged a saloon passage on the _Dido_ it was an understood
thing that she would take the other Cape for it. But a short four
hours’ fight against a westerly wind so sickened the captain that he
put his helm up, and squared his yards, and shaped a course that would
bring him closer to Staten Island than to Simon’s Bay.

It was some time before I had any conception of how things stood
for’ard, with respect at least to the subject of this story.

I saw, of course, that the chief officer was a bully, and that he was
heartily disliked by the men. But of Jack Ashby and his dream I knew
nothing. Nor, until my attention was especially drawn to it, did I
perceive that he was undergoing the hazing process.

As the only passenger, and one who had paid his footing liberally, I
was often on the fo’k’stle and in other parts of the ship supposed to
belong peculiarly to the men.

Thus, one night, happening to be having a smoke on the top-gallant
fo’k’stle, underneath which lay the quarters of the crew, I sat down
on the anchor stock, and watched the cold-looking seas rolling up from
the Antarctic Circle, and exchanging at intervals a word with the
look-out man as he stumped across from rail to rail.

Close beside me was a small scuttle, with the sliding-lid of it pushed
back.

I had scarcely lit my pipe when up through this, making me nearly drop
it from my mouth, came a long, sharp scream as one in dire agony.

‘What’s the matter down there?’ shouted my companion, falling on his
knees and craning his head over the coamings of the hatch.

Without waiting for an answer, we both bolted on to the main deck and
into the fo’k’stle, where could be heard broken murmurs and growlings
from the sleepy watch who filled the double tier of open bunks running
with the sheer of the ship right into the eyes of her.

And on one of these, as I struck a match and lit the swinging slush
lamp, and glanced around me, I saw a man sitting, his bare legs
dangling over the side. Down his pale face ran great drops of sweat,
and his eyes were staring, glassy, and fixed. One or two of his mates
tumbled out; others poked their heads over the bunk-boards and swore
that it couldn’t be eight bells already. But the man still gazed over
and beyond us with that horrible stare in his dilated eyes, and when I
laid my hand on him he was rigid. Then one who, in place of drinking
his ‘tot’ of rum that night, had treasured it up for another time,
produced it; and, laying the man back, and forcing open the clenched
teeth, we got some of it down his throat; and presently he came to
himself and sat up.

His first words were,—

‘I’ve had it again! Just the same—the mate an’ me!’ Then, with a look
around, ‘I’m sorry to have roused ye up, mates. I’m all right now.’
Then, to myself, ‘How long afore we’re off the Horn, sir?’

‘About a week if the wind holds. Why?’

‘Because,’ replied he, lying back and rolling over in his blankets,
‘I’ve got a week longer to live.’

‘That was Jack Ashby, an’ he’s had his dream again,’ said the lookout
man in an awed voice as we hurried on deck, fearful of wandering
bergs.

Then (his name was Baker) he told me the whole story, and, in spite of
my utter incredulity, I became interested, and, having little to do,
watched closely the progress of the expected drama.

Also, after that night, I had many a talk with Ashby. I found him a
man rather above the average run of his class, and one open to reason
and argument; nor, on the whole, very superstitious. But on the
subject of his vision he was immovable.

‘You saw the land in your dreams, did you not?’ I once asked.

‘Yes, sir,’ replied he. ‘Big cliffs, not more ’n a mile away,’ and he
described its appearance, and the position of the vessel.

‘Well, then,’ I said, ‘it may interest you to know that the skipper
intends to keep well to the south’ard, and that we’re more likely to
sight the Shetlands than the Horn.’

But he only shook his head and smiled faintly as he replied,—

‘He was goin’ home by Good Hope, sir. But he didn’t. What the skipper
means to do, an’ what the Lord wills is two very different things. My
time’s gettin’ short; but we’ll both go together—_him_ an’ me. I don’t
reckon as there ’ll be any hazin’ to speak of in the next world.
P’r’aps it’s best as it is. If I wasn’t sure an’ certain o’ what’s
comin’, I’d have killed him long ago. But,’ he concluded, ‘I’m ready.
I’ve been showed how it’s ordained to happen; an’, so long as I’ve the
company I want, I don’t care.’

During these days, impressed, somehow, by the feeling of intense
expectation that pervaded all hands for’ard, I took more notice of
Mr Harris, the mate, than I had hitherto done.

‘He was no favourite of mine, and, beyond passing the time of day, we
had found very little to say to each other.

And now, although scouting the idea of anything being about to happen
to the man, I watched him and listened to him with curiosity.

Certainly he was an ill-favoured customer. Besides being plentifully
pitted with smallpox over what of his face was visible through the
red tangle of hair and beard, the fleshy tip of his nose had been
sliced clean off, leaving a nasty-looking, flat, red scar.

This, he said, was the work of a Malay kreese, whilst ashore at
Samarang on a drunken spree. But the captain once told me
confidentially that common report around Limehouse and the Docks
attributed the mishap to Mrs Harris and a carving-knife.

Be this as it may, he was a bad-tempered, overbearing brute, although,
I believe, a good seaman.

At meal times he rarely spoke, but, gulping his food down, left the
table as quickly as possible.

The captain, who occupied the whole of his time in making models of a
new style of condenser, for which he had taken out a patent, but by no
means could get to work properly, never interfered with his first
officer, but left the ship entirely in his charge.

No thought of approaching evil appeared to trouble Mr Harris, and he
became, if possible, more tyrannical in his behaviour towards the
crew, Ashby in particular. Truly wonderful is it how much hazing
Mercantile Jack will stand before having recourse to the limited
amount of comparatively safe reprisal that a heavy object and a high
altitude endows him with!

But the Jacks of the _Dido_ were waiting, with more or less of faith,
the fulfilment of their shipmate’s dream.

It was on the 23d of December—which, by the way, was also the extra
day we gained—that the strong westerlies, after serving us so well,
began to haul to the south’ard.

‘You’ll see the Horn after all,’ remarked the captain to me that
morning. ‘Two years ago I was becalmed close to it. But I scarcely
think that such a thing will happen this time,’ and off he went to his
condenser.

It was bitterly cold, and the sharp wind from the ice-fields cut like
a knife. The water was like green glass for the colour and clearness
of it, the sky speckless, and as bitter looking as the water.
Gradually freshening, and hauling still to the south, the wind at
length made it necessary to shorten some of the plain sail the _Dido_
had carried right across. On the 24th land was sighted, and the
captain, coming on deck with his pockets full of tools and little tin
things, told us that it was Cape Horn.

The fo’k’stle-head was crowded with men, one minute all gazing at the
land, the next staring aft.

‘What the deuce are those fellows garping at?’ growled the mate,
walking for’ard.

Whereupon the watchers scattered.

Looking behind me, I saw that Jack Ashby was at the wheel.

He smiled as his eye caught mine, and pointed one mittened hand at the
chief officer’s back. I looked at the land, and began for the first
time, to feel doubtful.

Coming on deck that Christmas morning, I rubbed my eyes before being
able to take in the desolation of the scene, and make sure that I was
indeed on board the _Dido_.

The ship looked as if she had been storm-driven across the whole
Southern Ocean, and then mopped all over with a heavy rain-squall.

The wet decks, the naked spars, the two top-sails tucked up to a
treble reef, and seeming mere strips of canvas, grey with damp, the
raffle of gear lying about, with here and there a man over his knees
in water slowly coiling it up, hanging on meanwhile by one hand,
combined, with the lowering sky and leaden sea, to make up a gloomy
picture indeed. The ship was nearly close-hauled, and a big lump of a
head-sea on, with which she was doing her level, or rather, most
unlevel, best to fill her decks fore and aft.

Broad on the port bow loomed the land—great cliffs, stern and
ragged—at whose base, through the thin mist that was softly drizzling,
could be seen a broad white belt of broken water.

‘Cape Horn weather!’ quoth the captain at my elbow.

He was swathed in oilskins, and squinting rather anxiously at the sky.

‘The glass is falling,’ he continued; ‘but there’s more southing in
the wind. Might give us a slant presently through the Straits of Le
Maire.’

And with that, pulling out a bit of the condenser, and looking
lovingly at it, he went below. The mate was standing near, staring
hard at the land. It might have been the shadow of the sou’-wester on
his face, but I thought he appeared even more surly and forbidding
than ever.

Of course it was a holiday. During the last four hours both watches
had been on deck shortening sail. After clearing up the washing raffle
of ropes, and leaving a man at the wheel and another on the lookout,
they were free to go into the fo’k’stle, and smoke or sleep, as they
pleased.

Dinner—a curious acrobatic feat that Christmas day in the _Dido’s_
cabin—over, I donned waterproofs and sea-boots, and, putting four
bottles of rum in a handbag, which I slung over my shoulder, I stepped
across the washboards and made for the fo’k’stle.

Creeping from hold to hold along the weather bulwarks, at times up to
my waist in water, I wondered how any ship could pitch as the _Dido_
was doing and yet live.

One moment, looking aft, you would imagine that the man at the wheel
was about to fall on your head; the next that the jibbooms were a
fourth mast; whilst incessantly poured such foaming torrents over her
fo’k’stle that, as I slowly approached, I seriously doubted of getting
in safely with my precious freight. Luckily, the men were watching me,
and a couple, running out, caught hold of my hands, roaring in my
ear,—

‘Run, sir, when she lifts again!’

And, making a dash for it, we got through the doorless entrance just
in time to escape another avalanche.

I found the fo’k’stle awash, chests and bags lashed into lower bunks,
and the greater part of both watches sitting on the upper ones,
smoking, and eyeing the cold sparking water as it rushed to and fro
their habitation.

My arrival, or rather, perhaps, my cargo, was hailed with acclamation.

The captain certainly had sent them a couple of dozen of porter. But,
as one explained,—

‘What’s the good of sich rubbishin’ swankey as that when a feller
wants somethin’ as ’ll warm ’is innards this weather?’

‘Where’s Ashby?’ I asked, hoisting on to a bunk amongst the crowd.

‘Here I am, sir,’ replied a voice close to in the dimness.

‘Well,’ I said, cheerily, ‘what did I tell you? Here’s Christmas Day
well on for through, everything snug—if damp—and nothing happening.
Give him a stiff nip, one of you, and let us drink to better times,
and no more nonsense. Once we’re round the corner, yonder, this trip
will soon be over.’

‘Thank you kindly, sir,’ replied Ashby, as he emptied the pannikin,
which was being so carefully passed around by the one appointed, who,
holding on like grim death, after every poured-out portion, held the
bottle up to the light to see how the contents were faring. ‘Thank you
kindly, sir,’ said he. ‘But Christmas Day isn’t done yet.’

Even as he spoke, a form clad in glistening oilskins came through the
water-curtain that was roaring over the break of the fo’k’stle, and,
leaning upon the windlass, sang out,—

‘You there, Ashby?’

‘Ay, ay, sir,’ replied the seaman.

‘Lie out, then,’ continued the mate, for he it was, ‘and put another
gasket around that inner jib! It’s coming adrift! Bear a hand, now!’

The ship for a minute seemed to stand quite still, as if waiting to
hear the answer, and each man turned to look at his neighbour.

Then Ashby, jumping down, with a curious set expression on his face,
walked up to the mate and said very loud,—

‘Don’t send a man where you’d be frightened to go yourself.’

‘You infernal soger!’ shouted the other, enraged beyond measure at
this first sign of rebellion in his victim. ‘Come out here and I’ll
show you all about that! Come out and crawl after me, and I’ll learn
you how to do your work!’

He disappeared, and Ashby followed him like a flash. In a trice every
soul was outside—some clinging to the running gear around the
foremast, others on the galley, others in the fore rigging.

I could see no sign of any of the head sails being adrift. All, except
the set fore-topmast stay-sail, lay on their booms, masses of sodden
canvas, off which poured green cataracts as the _Dido_ lifted her nose
from a mighty plunge.

For a minute or two, so dense was the smother for’ard of the windlass
bits, that nothing was visible but foam. But, presently, as the _Dido_
paused, weaving her head backwards and forwards as if choosing a good
spot for her next dive, we saw, clear of everything, and high in air
fronting us, the two men.

One was on the boom, the other on the foot-rope. The topmost man
seemed to be hitting rapidly at the one below him, who strove with
uplifted arm to shield himself.

Perhaps for half a minute this lasted. Then the ship gave her headlong
plunge, the crest of a great wave met the descending bows, and when
the bitter spray cleared out of our eyes again the lower figure was
missing.

From the other, overhanging us, a black streak against the sullen sky,
came what sounded like a faint cheer. There was a rapid throwing
motion of the arm released from the supporting stay, followed by a
clink of steel on the roof of the galley. Then came once more the
roaring plunge, and slow upheaval as of a creature mortally wounded.

But, this time, the booms were vacant, and a man beside me was
curiously examining a sheath-knife, bloody from point of blade to tip
of wooden handle.

Louder shrieked the gale through the strained rigging, and more
heavily beat the thundrous seas against the _Dido’s_ sides, as,
breathless, drenched and horrified, I staggered into the captain’s
state-room.

‘I think I’ve got it now,’ said he, smiling, and holding up a thing
like a tin saucepan.


THE END.




Transcriber’s Note


The text contains a lot of dialect spelling, which has been left as
printed. Punctuation has been amended where required to clarify the
sense of the text. A small number of errors that appear to be
typographical rather than authorial have been corrected; otherwise
inconsistent spelling and hyphenation (agoin’/a-goin’, anigh/a-nigh,
apiece/a-piece, ashen grey/ashen-grey, befel/befell, black
fellow/black-fellow, bulkhead/bulk-head, close hauled/close-hauled,
dark blue/dark-blue, doorposts/door-posts, enquiries/inquiries, far
inland/far-inland, fo’c’sle/fo’c’stle, greenhide/green-hide, half
way/half-way, head sea/head-sea, highly connected/highly-connected,
lifelike/life-like, lookout/look-out, main deck/main-deck, middle
age/middle-age, mopoke/mo-poke, native born/native-born, new
chum/new-chum, newcomer/new-comer, out an’ out/out-an’-out,
p’raps/p’r’aps, rain water/rain-water, remarkable
looking/remarkable-looking, rope coils/rope-coils,
saddlestraps/saddle-straps, soger/sojur, sojur ants/sojur-ants, such
like/such-like, thundrous/thunderous, topsail/top-sail,
upturned/up-turned, viâ/via) have been retained as printed.





End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Steve Brown's Bunyip and other Stories, by 
James Arthur Barry and Rudyard Kipling

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 60482 ***